initial commit of ebook 20337HEADmain

17 files changed, 10773 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6833f05
--- /dev/null
+++ b/.gitattributes
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+* text=auto
+*.txt text
+*.md text
diff --git a/20337-8.txt b/20337-8.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1811c53
--- /dev/null
+++ b/20337-8.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,3379 @@
+The Project Gutenberg EBook of A Narrative Of The Mutiny, On Board His
+Majesty's Ship Bounty; And The Subsequent Voyage Of Part Of The Crew, In The Ship's Boat, by William Bligh
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: A Narrative Of The Mutiny, On Board His Majesty's Ship Bounty; And The Subsequent Voyage Of Part Of The Crew, In The Ship's Boat
+
+Author: William Bligh
+
+Release Date: January 11, 2007 [EBook #20337]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK MUTINY OF THE BOUNTY ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Chuck Greif, V. L. Simpson and the Online
+Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net. (This
+file was produced from images generously made available
+by the Posner Memorial Collection
+(http://posnet.library.cmu.edu/Posner/)).
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+             A NARRATIVE OF THE MUTINY,
+        ON BOARD HIS MAJESTY'S SHIP _BOUNTY_;
+    AND THE SUBSEQUENT VOYAGE OF PART OF THE CREW,
+                 IN THE SHIP's BOAT,
+
+       From TOFOA, one of the Friendly Islands,
+    To TIMOR, a Dutch Settlement in the East Indies.
+
+          Written by LIEUTENANT WILLIAM BLIGH.
+
+               ILLUSTRATED WITH CHARTS.
+
+
+    LONDON:
+    PRINTED FOR GEORGE NICOL, BOOKSELLER TO HIS MAJESTY, PALL-MALL.
+    MDCCXC.
+
+
+
+
+    ADVERTISEMENT.
+
+
+The following Narrative is only a part of a voyage undertaken for the
+purpose of conveying the Bread-fruit Tree from the South Sea Islands to
+the West Indies. The manner in which this expedition miscarried, with
+the subsequent transactions and events, are here related. This part of
+the voyage is not first in the order of time, yet the circumstances are
+so distinct from that by which it was preceded, that it appears
+unnecessary to delay giving as much early information as possible
+concerning so extraordinary an event. The rest will be laid before the
+Public as soon as it can be got ready; and it is intended to publish it
+in such a manner, as, with the present Narrative, will make the account
+of the voyage compleat.
+
+At present, for the better understanding the following pages, it is
+sufficient to inform the reader, that in August, 1787, I was appointed
+to command the Bounty, a ship of 215 tons burthen, carrying 4
+six-pounders, 4 swivels, and 46 men, including myself and every person
+on board. We sailed from England in December, 1787, and arrived at
+Otaheite the 26th of October, 1788. On the 4th of April, 1789, we left
+Otaheite, with every favourable appearance of completing the object of
+the voyage, in a manner equal to my most sanguine expectations. At this
+period the ensuing Narrative commences.
+
+
+
+
+          A
+
+    NARRATIVE, &c.
+
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. APRIL.]
+
+I sailed from Otaheite on the 4th of April 1789, having on board 1015
+fine bread-fruit plants, besides many other valuable fruits of that
+country, which, with unremitting attention, we had been collecting for
+three and twenty weeks, and which were now in the highest state of
+perfection.
+
+On the 11th of April, I discovered an island in latitude 18° 52´ S. and
+longitude 200° 19´ E. by the natives called Whytootackee. On the 24th we
+anchored at Annamooka, one of the Friendly Islands; from which, after
+completing our wood and water, I sailed on the 27th, having every reason
+to expect, from the fine condition of the plants, that they would
+continue healthy.
+
+On the evening of the 28th, owing to light winds, we were not clear of
+the islands, and at night I directed my course towards Tofoa. The master
+had the first watch; the gunner the middle watch; and Mr. Christian, one
+of the mates, the morning watch. This was the turn of duty for the
+night.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. APRIL.]
+
+Just before sun-rising, Mr. Christian, with the master at arms, gunner's
+mate, and Thomas Burket, seaman, came into my cabin while I was asleep,
+and seizing me, tied my hands with a cord behind my back, and threatened
+me with instant death, if I spoke or made the least noise: I, however,
+called so loud as to alarm every one; but they had already secured the
+officers who were not of their party, by placing centinels at their
+doors. There were three men at my cabin door, besides the four within;
+Christian had only a cutlass in his hand, the others had muskets and
+bayonets. I was hauled out of bed, and forced on deck in my shirt,
+suffering great pain from the tightness with which they had tied my
+hands. I demanded the reason of such violence, but received no other
+answer than threats of instant death, if I did not hold my tongue. Mr.
+Elphinston, the master's mate, was kept in his birth; Mr. Nelson,
+botanist, Mr. Peckover, gunner, Mr. Ledward, surgeon, and the master,
+were confined to their cabins; and also the clerk, Mr. Samuel, but he
+soon obtained leave to come on deck. The fore hatchway was guarded by
+centinels; the boatswain and carpenter were, however, allowed to come on
+deck, where they saw me standing abaft the mizen-mast, with my hands
+tied behind my back, under a guard, with Christian at their head.
+
+The boatswain was now ordered to hoist the launch out, with a threat, if
+he did not do it instantly, to take care of himself.
+
+The boat being out, Mr. Hayward and Mr. Hallet, midshipmen, and Mr.
+Samuel, were ordered into it; upon which I demanded the cause of such an
+order, and endeavoured to persuade some one to a sense of duty; but it
+was to no effect: "Hold your tongue, Sir, or you are dead this instant,"
+was constantly repeated to me.
+
+The master, by this time, had sent to be allowed to come on deck, which
+was permitted; but he was soon ordered back again to his cabin.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. APRIL.]
+
+I continued my endeavours to turn the tide of affairs, when Christian
+changed the cutlass he had in his hand for a bayonet, that was brought
+to him, and, holding me with a strong gripe by the cord that tied my
+hands, he with many oaths threatened to kill me immediately if I would
+not be quiet: the villains round me had their pieces cocked and bayonets
+fixed. Particular people were now called on to go into the boat, and
+were hurried over the side: whence I concluded that with these people I
+was to be set adrift.
+
+I therefore made another effort to bring about a change, but with no
+other effect than to be threatened with having my brains blown out.
+
+The boatswain and seamen, who were to go in the boat, were allowed to
+collect twine, canvas, lines, sails, cordage, an eight and twenty gallon
+cask of water, and the carpenter to take his tool chest. Mr. Samuel got
+150lbs of bread, with a small quantity of rum and wine. He also got a
+quadrant and compass into the boat; but was forbidden, on pain of death,
+to touch either map, ephemeris, book of astronomical observations,
+sextant, time-keeper, or any of my surveys or drawings.
+
+The mutineers now hurried those they meant to get rid of into the boat.
+When most of them were in, Christian directed a dram to be served to
+each of his own crew. I now unhappily saw that nothing could be done to
+effect the recovery of the ship: there was no one to assist me, and
+every endeavour on my part was answered with threats of death.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. APRIL.]
+
+The officers were called, and forced over the side into the boat, while
+I was kept apart from every one, abaft the mizen-mast; Christian, armed
+with a bayonet, holding me by the bandage that secured my hands. The
+guard round me had their pieces cocked, but, on my daring the ungrateful
+wretches to fire, they uncocked them.
+
+Isaac Martin, one of the guard over me, I saw, had an inclination to
+assist me, and, as he fed me with shaddock, (my lips being quite parched
+with my endeavours to bring about a change) we explained our wishes to
+each other by our looks; but this being observed, Martin was instantly
+removed from me; his inclination then was to leave the ship, for which
+purpose he got into the boat; but with many threats they obliged him to
+return.
+
+The armourer, Joseph Coleman, and the two carpenters, M'Intosh and
+Norman, were also kept contrary to their inclination; and they begged of
+me, after I was astern in the boat, to remember that they declared they
+had no hand in the transaction. Michael Byrne, I am told, likewise
+wanted to leave the ship.
+
+It is of no moment for me to recount my endeavours to bring back the
+offenders to a sense of their duty: all I could do was by speaking to
+them in general; but my endeavours were of no avail, for I was kept
+securely bound, and no one but the guard suffered to come near me.
+
+To Mr. Samuel I am indebted for securing my journals and commission,
+with some material ship papers. Without these I had nothing to certify
+what I had done, and my honour and character might have been suspected,
+without my possessing a proper document to have defended them. All this
+he did with great resolution, though guarded and strictly watched. He
+attempted to save the time-keeper, and a box with all my surveys,
+drawings, and remarks for fifteen years past, which were numerous; when
+he was hurried away, with "Damn your eyes, you are well off to get what
+you have."
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. APRIL.]
+
+It appeared to me, that Christian was some time in doubt whether he
+should keep the carpenter, or his mates; at length he determined on the
+latter, and the carpenter was ordered into the boat. He was permitted,
+but not without some opposition, to take his tool chest.
+
+Much altercation took place among the mutinous crew during the whole
+business: some swore "I'll be damned if he does not find his way home,
+if he gets any thing with him," (meaning me); others, when the
+carpenter's chest was carrying away, "Damn my eyes, he will have a
+vessel built in a month." While others laughed at the helpless situation
+of the boat, being very deep, and so little room for those who were in
+her. As for Christian, he seemed meditating instant destruction on
+himself and every one.
+
+I asked for arms, but they laughed at me, and said I was well acquainted
+with the people where I was going, and therefore did not want them; four
+cutlasses, however, were thrown into the boat, after we were veered
+astern.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. APRIL.]
+
+When the officers and men, with whom I was suffered to have no
+communication, were put into the boat, they only waited for me, and the
+master at arms informed Christian of it; who then said--"Come, captain
+Bligh, your officers and men are now in the boat, and you must go with
+them; if you attempt to make the least resistance you will instantly be
+put to death:" and, without any farther ceremony, holding me by the cord
+that tied my hands, with a tribe of armed ruffians about me, I was
+forced over the side, where they untied my hands. Being in the boat we
+were veered astern by a rope. A few pieces of pork were then thrown to
+us, and some cloaths, also the cutlasses I have already mentioned; and
+it was now that the armourer and carpenters called out to me to
+remember that they had no hand in the transaction. After having
+undergone a great deal of ridicule, and been kept some time to make
+sport for these unfeeling wretches, we were at length cast adrift in the
+open ocean.
+
+I had with me in the boat the following persons:
+
+  Names.                 Stations.
+
+  JOHN FRYER             Master.
+  THOMAS LEDWARD         Acting Surgeon.
+  DAVID NELSON           Botanist.
+  WILLIAM PECKOVER       Gunner.
+  WILLIAM COLE           Boatswain.
+  WILLIAM PURCELL        Carpenter.
+  WILLIAM ELPHINSTON     Master's Mate.
+  THOMAS HAYWARD       } Midshipmen.
+  JOHN HALLETT         }
+  JOHN NORTON          } Quarter Masters.
+  PETER LINKLETTER     }
+  LAWRENCE LEBOGUE       Sailmaker.
+  JOHN SMITH           } Cooks.
+  THOMAS HALL          }
+  GEORGE SIMPSON         Quarter Master's Mate.
+  ROBERT TINKLER         A boy.
+  ROBERT LAMB            Butcher.
+  MR. SAMUEL             Clerk.
+
+There remained on board the Bounty, as pirates,
+
+  FLETCHER CHRISTIAN     Master's Mate.
+  PETER HAYWOOD       }
+  EDWARD YOUNG        }  Midshipmen.
+  GEORGE STEWART      }
+  CHARLES CHURCHILL        Master at Arms.
+  JOHN MILLS               Gunner's Mate.
+  JAMES MORRISON           Boatswain's Mate.
+  THOMAS BURKITT           Able Seaman.
+  MATTHEW QUINTAL          Ditto.
+  JOHN SUMNER              Ditto.
+  JOHN MILLWARD            Ditto.
+  WILLIAM M'KOY            Ditto.
+  HENRY HILLBRANT          Ditto.
+  MICHAEL BYRNE            Ditto.
+  WILLIAM MUSPRAT          Ditto.
+  ALEXANDER SMITH          Ditto.
+  JOHN WILLIAMS            Ditto.
+  THOMAS ELLISON           Ditto.
+  ISAAC MARTIN             Ditto.
+  RICHARD SKINNER          Ditto.
+  MATTHEW THOMPSON         Ditto.
+  WILLIAM BROWN            Gardiner.
+  JOSEPH COLEMAN           Armourer.
+  CHARLES NORMAN           Carpenter's Mate.
+  THOMAS M'INTOSH          Carpenter's Crew.
+
+In all 25 hands, and the most able men of the ship's company.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. APRIL.]
+
+Having little or no wind, we rowed pretty fast towards Tofoa, which bore
+N E about 10 leagues from us. While the ship was in sight she steered to
+the W N W, but I considered this only as a feint; for when we were sent
+away--"Huzza for Otaheite," was frequently heard among the mutineers.
+
+Christian, the captain of the gang, is of a respectable family in the
+north of England. This was the third voyage he had made with me; and, as
+I found it necessary to keep my ship's company at three watches, I gave
+him an order to take charge of the third, his abilities being thoroughly
+equal to the task; and by this means my master and gunner were not at
+watch and watch.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. APRIL.]
+
+Haywood is also of a respectable family in the north of England, and a
+young man of abilities, as well as Christian. These two were objects of
+my particular regard and attention, and I took great pains to instruct
+them, for they really promised, as professional men, to be a credit to
+their country.
+
+Young was well recommended, and appeared to me an able stout seaman;
+therefore I was glad to take him: he, however, fell short of what his
+appearance promised.
+
+Stewart was a young man of creditable parents, in the Orkneys; at which
+place, on the return of the Resolution from the South Seas, in 1780, we
+received so many civilities, that, on that account only, I should gladly
+have taken him with me: but, independent of this recommendation, he was
+a seaman, and had always borne a good character.
+
+Notwithstanding the roughness with which I was treated, the remembrance
+of past kindnesses produced some signs of remorse in Christian. When
+they were forcing me out of the ship, I asked him, if this treatment was
+a proper return for the many instances he had received of my friendship?
+he appeared disturbed at my question, and answered, with much emotion,
+"That,--captain Bligh,--that is the thing;--I am in hell--I am in hell."
+
+As soon as I had time to reflect, I felt an inward satisfaction which
+prevented any depression of my spirits: conscious of my integrity, and
+anxious solicitude for the good of the service in which I was engaged,
+I found my mind wonderfully supported, and I began to conceive hopes,
+notwithstanding so heavy a calamity, that I should one day be able to
+account to my King and country for the misfortune.--A few hours before,
+my situation had been peculiarly flattering. I had a ship in the most
+perfect order, and well stored with every necessary both for service and
+health: by early attention to those particulars I had, as much as lay in
+my power, provided against any accident, in case I could not get through
+Endeavour Straits, as well as against what might befal me in them; add
+to this, the plants had been successfully preserved in the most
+flourishing state: so that, upon the whole, the voyage was two thirds
+completed, and the remaining part in a very promising way; every person
+on board being in perfect health, to establish which was ever amongst
+the principal objects of my attention.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. APRIL.]
+
+It will very naturally be asked, what could be the reason for such a
+revolt? in answer to which, I can only conjecture that the mutineers had
+assured themselves of a more happy life among the Otaheiteans, than they
+could possibly have in England; which, joined to some female
+connections, have most probably been the principal cause of the whole
+transaction.
+
+The women at Otaheite are handsome, mild and chearful in their manners
+and conversation, possessed of great sensibility, and have sufficient
+delicacy to make them admired and beloved. The chiefs were so much
+attached to our people, that they rather encouraged their stay among
+them than otherwise, and even made them promises of large possessions.
+Under these, and many other attendant circumstances, equally desirable,
+it is now perhaps not so much to be wondered at, though scarcely
+possible to have been foreseen, that a set of sailors, most of them
+void of connections, should be led away; especially when, in addition to
+such powerful inducements, they imagined it in their power to fix
+themselves in the midst of plenty, on the finest island in the world,
+where they need not labour, and where the allurements of dissipation are
+beyond any thing that can be conceived. The utmost, however, that any
+commander could have supposed to have happened is, that some of the
+people would have been tempted to desert. But if it should be asserted,
+that a commander is to guard against an act of mutiny and piracy in his
+own ship, more than by the common rules of service, it is as much as to
+say that he must sleep locked up, and when awake, be girded with
+pistols.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. APRIL.]
+
+Desertions have happened, more or less, from many of the ships that have
+been at the Society Islands; but it ever has been in the commanders
+power to make the chiefs return their people: the knowledge, therefore,
+that it was unsafe to desert; perhaps, first led mine to consider with
+what ease so small a ship might be surprized, and that so favourable an
+opportunity would never offer to them again.
+
+The secrecy of this mutiny is beyond all conception. Thirteen of the
+party, who were with me, had always lived forward among the people; yet
+neither they, nor the messmates of Christian, Stewart, Haywood, and
+Young, had ever observed any circumstance to give them suspicion of what
+was going on. With such close-planned acts of villainy, and my mind free
+from any suspicion, it is not wonderful that I have been got the better
+of. Perhaps, if I had had marines, a centinel at my cabin-door might
+have prevented it; for I slept with the door always open, that the
+officer of the watch might have access to me on all occasions. The
+possibility of such a conspiracy was ever the farthest from my
+thoughts. Had their mutiny been occasioned by any grievances, either
+real or imaginary, I must have discovered symptoms of their discontent,
+which would have put me on my guard: but the case was far otherwise.
+Christian, in particular, I was on the most friendly terms with; that
+very day he was engaged to have dined with me; and the preceding night
+he excused himself from supping with me, on pretence of being unwell;
+for which I felt concerned, having no suspicions of his integrity and
+honour.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. APRIL.]
+
+It now remained with me to consider what was best to be done. My first
+determination was to seek a supply of bread-fruit and water at Tofoa,
+and afterwards to sail for Tongataboo; and there risk a solicitation to
+Poulaho, the king, to equip my boat, and grant a supply of water and
+provisions, so as to enable us to reach the East Indies.
+
+The quantity of provisions I found in the boat was 150 lb. of bread, 16
+pieces of pork, each piece weighing 2 lb. 6 quarts of rum, 6 bottles of
+wine, with 28 gallons of water, and four empty barrecoes.
+
+[Sidenote: Wednesday 29.]
+
+Wednesday, April 29th[*]. Happily the afternoon kept calm, until about 4
+o'clock, when we were so far to windward, that, with a moderate easterly
+breeze which sprung up, we were able to sail. It was nevertheless dark
+when we got to Tofoa, where I expected to land; but the shore proved to
+be so steep and rocky, that I was obliged to give up all thoughts of it,
+and keep the boat under the lee of the island with two oars; for there
+was no anchorage. Having fixed on this mode of proceeding for the night,
+I served to every person half a pint of grog, and each took to his rest
+as well as our unhappy situation would allow.
+
+[*] It is to be observed, that the account of time is kept in the
+nautical way, each day ending at noon. Thus the beginning of the 29th of
+April is, according to the common way of reckoning, the afternoon of the
+28th.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. APRIL 29.]
+
+In the morning, at dawn of day, we set off along shore in search of
+landing, and about ten o'clock we discovered a stony cove at the N W
+part of the island, where I dropt the grapnel within 20 yards of the
+rocks. A great deal of surf ran on the shore; but, as I was unwilling to
+diminish our stock of provisions, I landed Mr. Samuel, and some others,
+who climbed the cliffs, and got into the country to search for supplies.
+The rest of us remained at the cove, not discovering any way to get into
+the country, but that by which Mr. Samuel had proceeded. It was great
+consolation to me to find, that the spirits of my people did not sink,
+notwithstanding our miserable and almost hopeless situation. Towards
+noon Mr. Samuel returned, with a few quarts of water, which he had found
+in holes; but he had met with no spring or any prospect of a sufficient
+supply in that particular, and had only seen signs of inhabitants. As it
+was impossible to know how much we might be in want, I only issued a
+morsel of bread, and a glass of wine, to each person for dinner.
+
+I observed the latitude of this cove to be 19° 41´ S.
+
+This is the N W part of Tofoa, the north-westernmost of the Friendly
+Islands.
+
+[Sidenote: Thursday 30.]
+
+Thursday, April 30th. Fair weather, but the wind blew so violently from
+the E S E that I could not venture to sea. Our detention therefore made
+it absolutely necessary to see what we could do more for our support;
+for I determined, if possible, to keep my first stock entire: I
+therefore weighed, and rowed along shore, to see if any thing could be
+got; and at last discovered some cocoa-nut trees, but they were on the
+top of high precipices, and the surf made it dangerous landing; both
+one and the other we, however, got the better of. Some, with much
+difficulty, climbed the cliffs, and got about 20 cocoa-nuts, and others
+slung them to ropes, by which we hauled them through the surf into the
+boat. This was all that could be done here; and, as I found no place so
+eligible as the one we had left to spend the night at, I returned to the
+cove, and, having served a cocoa-nut to each person, we went to rest
+again in the boat.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. APRIL 30.]
+
+At dawn of day I attempted to get to sea; but the wind and weather
+proved so bad, that I was glad to return to my former station; where,
+after issuing a morsel of bread and a spoonful of rum to each person, we
+landed, and I went off with Mr. Nelson, Mr. Samuel, and some others,
+into the country, having hauled ourselves up the precipice by long
+vines, which were fixed there by the natives for that purpose; this
+being the only way into the country.
+
+We found a few deserted huts, and a small plantain walk, but little
+taken care of; from which we could only collect three small bunches of
+plantains. After passing this place, we came to a deep gully that led
+towards a mountain, near a volcano; and, as I conceived that in the
+rainy season very great torrents of water must pass through it, we hoped
+to find sufficient for our use remaining in some holes of the rocks;
+but, after all our search, the whole that we found was only nine
+gallons, in the course of the day. We advanced within two miles of the
+foot of the highest mountain in the island, on which is the volcano that
+is almost constantly burning. The country near it is all covered with
+lava, and has a most dreary appearance. As we had not been fortunate in
+our discoveries, and saw but little to alleviate our distresses, we
+filled our cocoa-nut shells with the water we found, and returned
+exceedingly fatigued and faint. When I came to the precipice whence we
+were to descend into the cove, I was seized with such a dizziness in my
+head, that I thought it scarce possible to effect it: however, by the
+assistance of Mr. Nelson, and others, they at last got me down, in a
+weak condition. Every person being returned by noon, I gave about an
+ounce of pork and two plantains to each, with half a glass of wine. I
+again observed the latitude of this place 19° 41´ south. The people who
+remained by the boat I had directed to look for fish, or what they could
+pick up about the rocks; but nothing eatable could be found: so that,
+upon the whole, we considered ourselves on as miserable a spot of land
+as could well be imagined.
+
+I could not say positively, from the former knowledge I had of this
+island, whether it was inhabited or not; but I knew it was considered
+inferior to the other islands, and I was not certain but that the
+Indians only resorted to it at particular times. I was very anxious to
+ascertain this point; for, in case there had only been a few people
+here, and those could have furnished us with but very moderate supplies,
+the remaining in this spot to have made preparations for our voyage,
+would have been preferable to the risk of going amongst multitudes,
+where perhaps we might lose every thing. A party, therefore,
+sufficiently strong, I determined should go another route, as soon as
+the sun became lower; and they cheerfully undertook it.
+
+[Sidenote: MAY. Friday 1.]
+
+Friday, May the 1st: stormy weather, wind E S E and S E. About two
+o'clock in the afternoon the party set out; but, after suffering much
+fatigue, they returned in the evening, without any kind of success.
+
+At the head of the cove, about 150 yards from the water-side, was a
+cave; across the stony beach was about 100 yards, and the only way from
+the country into the cove was that which I have already described. The
+situation secured us from the danger of being surprised, and I
+determined to remain on shore for the night, with a part of my people,
+that the others might have more room to rest in the boat, with the
+master; whom I directed to lie at a grapnel, and be watchful, in case we
+should be attacked. I ordered one plantain for each person to be boiled;
+and, having supped on this scanty allowance, with a quarter of a pint of
+grog, and fixed the watches for the night, those whose turn it was, laid
+down to sleep in the cave; before which we kept up a good fire, yet
+notwithstanding we were much troubled with flies and musquitoes.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. MAY 1.]
+
+At dawn of day the party set out again in a different route, to see what
+they could find; in the course of which they suffered greatly for want
+of water: they, however, met with two men, a woman, and a child; the men
+came with them to the cove, and brought two cocoa-nut shells of water. I
+immediately made friends with these people, and sent them away for
+bread-fruit, plantains, and water. Soon after other natives came to us;
+and by noon I had 30 of them about me, trading with the articles we were
+in want of: but I could only afford one ounce of pork, and a quarter of
+a bread-fruit, to each man for dinner, with half a pint of water; for I
+was fixed in not using any of the bread or water in the boat.
+
+No particular chief was yet among the natives: they were,
+notwithstanding, tractable, and behaved honestly, giving the provisions
+they brought for a few buttons and beads. The party who had been out,
+informed me of having discovered several neat plantations; so that it
+became no longer a doubt of there being settled inhabitants on the
+island; and for that reason I determined to get what I could, and sail
+the first moment the wind and weather would allow me to put to sea.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. MAY 1.]
+
+[Sidenote: Saturday 2.]
+
+Saturday, May the 2d: stormy weather, wind E S E. It had hitherto been a
+weighty consideration with me, how I was to account to the natives for
+the loss of my ship: I knew they had too much sense to be amused with a
+story that the ship was to join me, when she was not in sight from the
+hills. I was at first doubtful whether I should tell the real fact, or
+say that the ship had overset and sunk, and that only we were saved: the
+latter appeared to me to be the most proper and advantageous to us, and
+I accordingly instructed my people, that we might all agree in one
+story. As I expected, enquiries were made after the ship, and they
+seemed readily satisfied with our account; but there did not appear the
+least symptom of joy or sorrow in their faces, although I fancied I
+discovered some marks of surprise. Some of the natives were coming and
+going the whole afternoon, and we got enough of bread-fruit, plantains,
+and cocoa-nuts for another day; but water they only brought us about
+five pints. A canoe also came in with four men, and brought a few
+cocoa-nuts and bread-fruit, which I bought as I had done the rest. Nails
+were much enquired after, but I would not suffer one to be shewn, as I
+wanted them for the use of the boat.
+
+Towards evening I had the satisfaction to find our stock of provisions
+somewhat increased: but the natives did not appear to have much to
+spare. What they brought was in such small quantities, that I had no
+reason to hope we should be able to procure from them sufficient to
+stock us for our voyage. At sun-set all the natives left us in quiet
+possession of the cove. I thought this a good sign, and made no doubt
+that they would come again the next day with a larger proportion of food
+and water, with which I hoped to sail without farther delay: for if, in
+attempting to get to Tongataboo, we should be blown away from the
+islands altogether, there would be a larger quantity of provisions to
+support us against such a misfortune.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. MAY 2.]
+
+At night I served a quarter of a bread-fruit and a cocoa-nut to each
+person for supper; and, a good fire being made, all but the watch went
+to sleep.
+
+At day-break I was happy to find every one's spirits a little revived,
+and that they no longer regarded me with those anxious looks, which had
+constantly been directed towards me since we lost sight of the ship:
+every countenance appeared to have a degree of cheerfulness, and they
+all seemed determined to do their best.
+
+As I doubted of water being brought by the natives, I sent a party among
+the gullies in the mountains, with empty shells, to see what they could
+get. In their absence the natives came about us, as I expected, but more
+numerous; also two canoes came in from round the north side of the
+island. In one of them was an elderly chief, called Maccaackavow. Soon
+after some of our foraging party returned, and with them came a
+good-looking chief, called Eegijeefow, or perhaps more properly Eefow,
+Egij or Eghee, signifying a chief. To both these men I made a present of
+an old shirt and a knife, and I soon found they either had seen me, or
+had heard of my being at Annamooka. They knew I had been with captain
+Cook, who they enquired after, and also captain Clerk. They were very
+inquisitive to know in what manner I had lost my ship. During this
+conversation a young man appeared, whom I remembered to have seen at
+Annamooka, called Nageete: he expressed much pleasure at seeing me. I
+now enquired after Poulaho and Feenow, who, they said, were at
+Tongataboo; and Eefow agreed to accompany me thither, if I would wait
+till the weather moderated. The readiness and affability of this man
+gave me much satisfaction.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. MAY 2.]
+
+This, however, was but of short duration, for the natives began to
+increase in number, and I observed some symptoms of a design against us;
+soon after they attempted to haul the boat on shore, when I threatened
+Eefow with a cutlass, to induce him to make them desist; which they did,
+and every thing became quiet again. My people, who had been in the
+mountains, now returned with about three gallons of water. I kept buying
+up the little bread-fruit that was brought to us, and likewise some
+spears to arm my men with, having only four cutlasses, two of which were
+in the boat. As we had no means of improving our situation, I told our
+people I would wait until sun-set, by which time, perhaps, something
+might happen in our favour: that if we attempted to go at present, we
+must fight our way through, which we could do more advantageously at
+night; and that in the mean time we would endeavour to get off to the
+boat what we had bought. The beach was now lined with the natives, and
+we heard nothing but the knocking of stones together, which they had in
+each hand. I knew very well this was the sign of an attack. It being now
+noon, I served a cocoa-nut and a bread-fruit to each person for dinner,
+and gave some to the chiefs, with whom I continued to appear intimate
+and friendly. They frequently importuned me to sit down, but I as
+constantly refused; for it occurred both to Mr. Nelson and myself, that
+they intended to seize hold of me, if I gave them such an opportunity.
+Keeping, therefore, constantly on our guard, we were suffered to eat our
+uncomfortable meal in some quietness.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. MAY 2.]
+
+[Sidenote: Sunday 3.]
+
+Sunday, 3d May, fresh gales at S E and E S E, varying to the N E in the
+latter part, with a storm of wind.
+
+After dinner we began by little and little to get our things into the
+boat, which was a troublesome business, on account of the surf. I
+carefully watched the motions of the natives, who still increased in
+number, and found that, instead of their intention being to leave us,
+fires were made, and places fixed on for their stay during the night.
+Consultations were also held among them, and every thing assured me we
+should be attacked. I sent orders to the master, that when he saw us
+coming down, he should keep the boat close to the shore, that we might
+the more readily embark.
+
+I had my journal on shore with me, writing the occurrences in the cave,
+and in sending it down to the boat it was nearly snatched away, but for
+the timely assistance of the gunner.
+
+The sun was near setting when I gave the word, on which every person,
+who was on shore with me, boldly took up his proportion of things, and
+carried them to the boat. The chiefs asked me if I would not stay with
+them all night, I said, "No, I never sleep out of my boat; but in the
+morning we will again trade with you, and I shall remain until the
+weather is moderate, that we may go, as we have agreed, to see Poulaho,
+at Tongataboo." Maccaackavow then got up, and said, "You will not sleep
+on shore? then Mattie," (which directly signifies we will kill you) and
+he left me. The onset was now preparing; every one, as I have described
+before, kept knocking stones together, and Eefow quitted me. We had now
+all but two or three things in the boat, when I took Nageete by the
+hand, and we walked down the beach, every one in a silent kind of
+horror.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. MAY 3.]
+
+When I came to the boat, and was seeing the people embark, Nageete
+wanted me to stay to speak to Eefow; but I found he was encouraging them
+to the attack, and I determined, had it then begun, to have killed him
+for his treacherous behaviour. I ordered the carpenter not to quit me
+until the other people were in the boat. Nageete, finding I would not
+stay, loosed himself from my hold and went off, and we all got into the
+boat except one man, who, while I was getting on board, quitted it, and
+ran up the beach to cast the stern fast off, notwithstanding the master
+and others called to him to return, while they were hauling me out of
+the water.
+
+I was no sooner in the boat than the attack began by about 200 men; the
+unfortunate poor man who had run up the beach was knocked down, and the
+stones flew like a shower of shot. Many Indians got hold of the stern
+rope, and were near hauling us on shore, and would certainly have done
+it if I had not had a knife in my pocket, with which I cut the rope. We
+then hauled off to the grapnel, every one being more or less hurt. At
+this time I saw five of the natives about the poor man they had killed,
+and two of them were beating him about the head with stones in their
+hands.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. May 3]
+
+We had no time to reflect, before, to my surprise, they filled their
+canoes with stones, and twelve men came off after us to renew the
+attack, which they did so effectually as nearly to disable all of us.
+Our grapnel was foul, but Providence here assisted us; the fluke broke,
+and we got to our oars, and pulled to sea. They, however, could paddle
+round us, so that we were obliged to sustain the attack without being
+able to return it, except with such stones as lodged in the boat, and in
+this I found we were very inferior to them. We could not close, because
+our boat was lumbered and heavy, and that they knew very well: I
+therefore adopted the expedient of throwing overboard some cloaths,
+which they lost time in picking up; and, as it was now almost dark, they
+gave over the attack, and returned towards the shore, leaving us to
+reflect on our unhappy situation.
+
+The poor man I lost was John Norton: this was his second voyage with me
+as a quarter-master, and his worthy character made me lament his loss
+very much. He has left an aged parent, I am told, whom he supported.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. May 3.]
+
+I once before sustained an attack of a similar nature, with a smaller
+number of Europeans, against a multitude of Indians; it was after the
+death of captain Cook, on the Morai at Owhyhee, where I was left by
+lieutenant King: yet, notwithstanding, I did not conceive that the power
+of a man's arm could throw stones, from two to eight pounds weight, with
+such force and exactness as these people did. Here unhappily I was
+without arms, and the Indians knew it; but it was a fortunate
+circumstance that they did not begin to attack us in the cave: in that
+case our destruction must have been inevitable, and we should have had
+nothing left for it but to die as bravely as we could, fighting close
+together; in which I found every one cheerfully disposed to join me.
+This appearance of resolution deterred them, supposing they could effect
+their purpose without risk after we were in the boat.
+
+Taking this as a sample of the dispositions of the Indians, there was
+little reason to expect much benefit if I persevered in my intention of
+visiting Poulaho; for I considered their good behaviour hitherto to
+proceed from a dread of our fire-arms, which, now knowing us destitute
+of, would cease; and, even supposing our lives not in danger, the boat
+and every thing we had would most probably be taken from us, and thereby
+all hopes precluded of ever being able to return to our native country.
+
+We were now sailing along the west side of the island Tofoa, and my mind
+was employed in considering what was best to be done, when I was
+solicited by all hands to take them towards home: and, when I told them
+no hopes of relief for us remained, but what I might find at New
+Holland, until I came to Timor, a distance of full 1200 leagues, where
+was a Dutch settlement, but in what part of the island I knew not, they
+all agreed to live on one ounce of bread, and a quarter of a pint of
+water, per day. Therefore, after examining our stock of provisions, and
+recommending this as a sacred promise for ever to their memory, we bore
+away across a sea, where the navigation is but little known, in a small
+boat, twenty-three feet long from stern to stern, deep laden with
+eighteen men; without a chart, and nothing but my own recollection and
+general knowledge of the situation of places, assisted by a book of
+latitudes and longitudes, to guide us. I was happy, however, to see
+every one better satisfied with our situation in this particular than
+myself.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. May 3.]
+
+Our stock of provisions consisted of about one hundred and fifty pounds
+of bread, twenty-eight gallons of water, twenty pounds of pork, three
+bottles of wine, and five quarts of rum. The difference between this and
+the quantity we had on leaving the ship, was principally owing to loss
+in the bustle and confusion of the attack. A few cocoa-nuts were in the
+boat, and some bread-fruit, but the latter was trampled to pieces.
+
+It was about eight o'clock at night when I bore away under a reefed lug
+fore-sail: and, having divided the people into watches, and got the boat
+in a little order, we returned God thanks for our miraculous
+preservation, and, fully confident of his gracious support, I found my
+mind more at ease than for some time past.
+
+At day-break the gale increased; the sun rose very fiery and red, a sure
+indication of a severe gale of wind. At eight it blew a violent storm,
+and the sea ran very high, so that between the seas the sail was
+becalmed, and when on the top of the sea it was too much to have set:
+but I was obliged to carry to it, for we were now in very imminent
+danger and distress, the sea curling over the stern of the boat, which
+obliged us to bale with all our might. A situation more distressing has,
+perhaps, seldom been experienced.
+
+Our bread was in bags, and in danger of being spoiled by the wet: to be
+starved to death was inevitable, if this could not be prevented: I
+therefore began to examine what cloaths there were in the boat, and what
+other things could be spared; and, having determined that only two suits
+should be kept for each person, the rest was thrown overboard, with some
+rope and spare sails, which lightened the boat considerably, and we had
+more room to bale the water out. Fortunately the carpenter had a good
+chest in the boat, into which I put the bread the first favourable
+moment. His tool chest also was cleared, and the tools stowed in the
+bottom of the boat, so that this became a second convenience.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. MAY 3.]
+
+I now served a tea-spoonful of rum to each person, (for we were very wet
+and cold) with a quarter of a bread-fruit, which was scarce eatable, for
+dinner; but our engagement was now strictly to be carried into
+execution, and I was fully determined to make what provisions I had last
+eight weeks, let the daily proportion be ever so small.
+
+At noon I considered my course and distance from Tofoa to be W N W 3/4
+W. 86 miles, my latitude 19° 27´ S. I directed my course to the W N W,
+that I might get a sight of the islands called Feejee, if they laid in
+the direction the natives had pointed out to me.
+
+[Sidenote: Monday 4.]
+
+Monday, 4th May. This day the weather was very severe, it blew a storm
+from N E to E S E. The sea ran higher than yesterday, and the fatigue of
+baling, to keep the boat from filling, was exceedingly great. We could
+do nothing more than keep before the sea; in the course of which the
+boat performed so wonderfully well, that I no longer dreaded any danger
+in that respect. But among the hardships we were to undergo, that of
+being constantly wet was not the least: the nights were very cold, and
+at day-light our limbs were so benumbed, that we could scarce find the
+use of them. At this time I served a tea-spoonful of rum to each person,
+which we all found great benefit from.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. MAY 4.]
+
+As I have mentioned before, I determined to keep to the W N W, until I
+got more to the northward, for I not only expected to have better
+weather, but to see the Feejee Islands, as I have often understood, from
+the natives of Annamooka, that they lie in that direction; Captain Cook
+likewise considers them to be N W by W from Tongataboo. Just before noon
+we discovered a small flat island of a moderate height, bearing W S W, 4
+or 5 leagues. I observed in latitude 18° 58´ S; our longitude, by
+account, 3° 4´ W from the island Tofoa, having made a N 72° W course,
+distance 95 miles, since yesterday noon. I divided five small cocoa-nuts
+for our dinner, and every one was satisfied.
+
+[Sidenote: Tuesday 5.]
+
+Tuesday, 5th May. Towards the evening the gale considerably abated. Wind
+S E.
+
+A little after noon, other islands appeared, and at a quarter past three
+o'clock we could count eight, bearing from S round by the west to N W by
+N; those to the south, which were the nearest, being four leagues
+distant from us.
+
+I kept my course to the N W by W, between the islands, and at six
+o'clock discovered three other small islands to the N W, the westernmost
+of them bore N W 1/2 W 7 leagues. I steered to the southward of these
+islands, a W N W course for the night, under a reefed sail.
+
+Served a few broken pieces of bread-fruit for supper, and performed
+prayers.
+
+The night turned out fair, and, having had tolerable rest, every one
+seemed considerably better in the morning, and contentedly breakfasted
+on a few pieces of yams that were found in the boat. After breakfast we
+prepared a chest for our bread, and it got secured: but unfortunately a
+great deal was damaged and rotten; this nevertheless we were glad to
+keep for use.
+
+I had hitherto been scarcely able to keep any account of our run; but we
+now equipped ourselves a little better, by getting a log-line marked,
+and, having practised at counting seconds; several could do it with
+some degree of exactness.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. MAY 5.]
+
+The islands I have passed lie between the latitude of 19° 5´ S and 18°
+19´ S, and, according to my reckoning, from 3° 17´ to 3° 46´ W longitude
+from the island Tofoa: the largest may be about six leagues in circuit;
+but it is impossible for me to be very exact. To show where they are to
+be found again is the most my situation enabled me to do. The sketch I
+have made, will give a comparative view of their extent. I believe all
+the larger islands are inhabited, as they appeared very fertile.
+
+At noon I observed, in latitude 18° 10´ S, and considered my course and
+distance from yesterday noon, N W by W 1/2 W, 94 miles; longitude, by
+account, from Tofoa 4° 29´ W.
+
+For dinner, I served some of the damaged bread, and a quarter of a pint
+of water.
+
+[Sidenote: Wednesday 6.]
+
+Wednesday, 6th May. Fresh breezes E N E, and fair weather, but very
+hazy.
+
+About six o'clock this afternoon I discovered two islands, one bearing W
+by S 6 leagues, and the other N W by N 8 leagues; I kept to windward of
+the northernmost, and passing it by 10 o'clock, I resumed my course to
+the N W and W N W. At day-light in the morning I discovered a number of
+other islands from S S E to the W, and round to N E by E; between those
+in the N W I determined to pass. At noon a small sandy island or key, 2
+miles distant from me, bore from E to S 3/4 W. I had passed ten islands,
+the largest of which may be 6 or 8 leagues in circuit. Much larger lands
+appeared in the S W and N by W, between which I directed my course.
+Latitude observed 17° 17´ S; course since yesterday noon N 50° W;
+distance 84 miles; longitude made, by account, 5° 37´ W.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. MAY 6.]
+
+Our supper, breakfast, and dinner, consisted of a quarter of a pint of
+cocoa-nut milk, and the meat, which did not exceed two ounces to each
+person: it was received very contentedly, but we suffered great drought.
+I dared not to land, as we had no arms, and were less capable to defend
+ourselves than we were at Tofoa.
+
+To keep an account of the boat's run was rendered difficult, from being
+constantly wet with the sea breaking over us; but, as we advanced
+towards the land, the sea became smoother, and I was enabled to form a
+sketch of the islands, which will serve to give a general knowledge of
+their extent. Those I have been near are fruitful and hilly, some very
+mountainous, and all of a good height.
+
+To our great joy we hooked a fish, but we were miserably disappointed by
+its being lost in getting into the boat.
+
+[Sidenote: Thursday 7.]
+
+Thursday, 7th May. Variable weather and cloudy, wind north-easterly, and
+calms. I continued my course to the N W, between the islands, which, by
+the evening, appeared of considerable extent, woody and mountainous. At
+sun-set the southernmost bore from S to S W by W, and the northernmost
+from N by W 1/2 W to N E 1/2 E. At six o'clock I was nearly mid-way
+between them, and about 6 leagues distant from each shore, when I fell
+in with a coral bank, where I had only four feet water, without the
+least break on it, or ruffle of the sea to give us warning. I could only
+see that it extended about a mile on each side of us; but, as it is
+probable that it extends much farther, I have laid it down so in my
+sketch.
+
+I now directed my course W by N for the night, and served to each person
+an ounce of the damaged bread, and a quarter of a pint of water, for
+supper.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. May 7.]
+
+It may readily be supposed, that our lodgings were very miserable and
+confined, and I had only in my power to remedy the latter defect by
+putting ourselves at watch and watch; so that one half always sat up
+while the other lay down on the boat's bottom, or upon a chest, with
+nothing to cover us but the heavens. Our limbs were dreadfully cramped,
+for we could not stretch them out, and the nights were so cold, and we
+so constantly wet, that after a few hours sleep we could scarce move.
+
+At dawn of day we again discovered land from W S W to W N W, and another
+island N N W, the latter a high round lump of but little extent; and I
+could see the southern land that I had passed in the night. Being very
+wet and cold, I served a spoonful of rum and a morsel of bread for
+breakfast.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. MAY 7.]
+
+As I advanced towards the land in the west, it appeared in a variety of
+forms; some extraordinary high rocks, and the country agreeably
+interspersed with high and low land, covered in some places with wood.
+Off the N E part lay two small rocky islands, between which and the
+island to the N E, 4 leagues apart, I directed my course; but a lee
+current very unexpectedly set us very near to the shore, and I could
+only get clear of it by rowing, passing close to the reef that
+surrounded the rocky isles. We now observed two large sailing canoes
+coming swiftly after us along shore, and, being apprehensive of their
+intentions, we rowed with some anxiety, being sensible of our weak and
+defenceless state. It was now noon, calm and cloudy weather, my latitude
+is therefore doubtful to 3 or 4 miles; my course since yesterday noon N
+56 W, distance 79 miles; latitude by account, 16° 29´ S, and longitude
+by account, from Tofoa, 6° 46´ W. Being constantly wet, it was with the
+utmost difficulty I could open a book to write, and I am sensible that
+what I have done can only serve to point out where these lands are to
+be found again, and give an idea of their extent.
+
+[Sidenote: Friday 8.]
+
+Friday, 8th May. All the afternoon the weather was very rainy, attended
+with thunder and lightning. Wind N N E.
+
+Only one of the canoes gained upon us, and by three o'clock in the
+afternoon was not more than two miles off, when she gave over chase.
+
+If I may judge from the sail of the vessels, they are the same as at the
+Friendly Islands, and the nearness of their situation leaves little room
+to doubt of their being the same kind of people. Whether these canoes
+had any hostile intention against us is a matter of doubt; perhaps we
+might have benefited by an intercourse with them, but in our defenceless
+situation it would have been risking too much to make the experiment.
+
+I imagine these to be the islands called Feejee, as their extent,
+direction, and distance from the Friendly Islands, answers to the
+description given of them by those Islanders. Heavy rain came on at four
+o'clock, when every person did their utmost to catch some water, and we
+increased our stock to 34 gallons, besides quenching our thirst for the
+first time since we had been at sea; but an attendant consequence made
+us pass the night very miserably, for, being extremely wet, and no dry
+things to shift or cover us, we experienced cold and shiverings scarce
+to be conceived. Most fortunately for us, the forenoon turned out fair,
+and we stripped and dried our cloaths. The allowance I issued to-day,
+was an ounce and a half of pork, a tea-spoonful of rum, half a pint of
+cocoa-nut milk, and an ounce of bread. The rum, though so small in
+quantity, was of the greatest service. A fishing-line was generally
+towing, and we saw great numbers of fish, but could never catch one.
+
+At noon, I observed, in latitude 16° 4´ S, and found I had made a
+course, from yesterday noon, N 62° W, distance 62 miles; longitude, by
+account, from Tofoa, 7° 42´ W.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. MAY 8.]
+
+The land I passed yesterday, and the day before, is a group of islands,
+14 or 16 in number, lying between the latitude of 16° 26´ S and 17° 57´
+S, and in longitude, by my account, 4° 47´ to 7° 17´ W from Tofoa; three
+of these islands are very large, having from 30 to 40 leagues of
+sea-coast.
+
+[Sidenote: Saturday 9.]
+
+Saturday, 9th May. Fine weather, and light winds from the N E to E by S.
+
+This afternoon we cleaned out the boat, and it employed us till sun-set
+to get every thing dry and in order. Hitherto I had issued the allowance
+by guess, but I now got a pair of scales, made with two cocoa-nut
+shells; and, having accidentally some pistol-balls in the boat, 25[*] of
+which weighed one pound, or 16 ounces, I adopted one, as the proportion
+of weight that each person should receive of bread at the times I served
+it. I also amused all hands, with describing the situation of New Guinea
+and New Holland, and gave them every information in my power, that in
+case any accident happened to me, those who survived might have some
+idea of what they were about, and be able to find their way to Timor,
+which at present they knew nothing of, more than the name, and some not
+that.
+
+[*] It weighed 272 grains.
+
+At night I served a quarter of a pint of water, and half an ounce of
+bread, for supper. In the morning, a quarter of a pint of cocoa-nut
+milk, and some of the decayed bread, for breakfast; and for dinner, I
+divided the meat of four cocoa-nuts, with the remainder of the rotten
+bread, which was only eatable by such distressed people.
+
+At noon, I observed the latitude to be 15° 47´ S; course since yesterday
+N 75° W; distant 64 miles; longitude made, by account, 8° 45´ W.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789 MAY 10.]
+
+[Sidenote: Sunday 10.]
+
+Sunday, May the 10th. The first part of this day fine weather; but after
+sun-set it became squally, with hard rain, thunder, and lightning, and a
+fresh gale; wind E by S, S E, and S S E.
+
+In the afternoon I got fitted a pair of shrouds for each mast and
+contrived a canvass weather cloth round the boat, and raised the
+quarters about nine inches, by nailing on the seats of the stern sheets,
+which proved of great benefit to us.
+
+About nine o'clock in the evening, the clouds began to gather, and we
+had a prodigious fall of rain, with severe thunder and lightning. By
+midnight we had caught about twenty gallons of water. Being miserably
+wet and cold, I served to each person a tea-spoonful of rum, to enable
+them to bear with their distressed situation. The weather continued
+extremely bad, and the wind increased; we spent a very miserable night,
+without sleep, but such as could be got in the midst of rain. The day
+brought us no relief but its light. The sea was constantly breaking over
+us, which kept two persons baling; and we had no choice how to steer,
+for we were obliged to keep before the waves to avoid filling the boat.
+
+The allowance which I now regularly served to each person was one 25th
+of a pound of bread, and a quarter of a pint of water, at sun-set, eight
+in the morning, and at noon. To-day I gave about half an ounce of pork
+for dinner, which, though any moderate person would have considered but
+a mouthful, was divided into three or four.
+
+The rain abated towards noon, and I observed the latitude to be 15° 17´
+S; course N 67° W; distance 78 miles; longitude made 10° W.
+
+[Sidenote: Monday 11.]
+
+Monday, May the 11th. Strong gales from S S E to S E, and very squally
+weather, with a high breaking sea, so that we were miserably wet, and
+suffered great cold in the night. In the morning at day-break I served
+to every person a tea-spoonful of rum, our limbs being so cramped that
+we could scarce feel the use of them. Our situation was now extremely
+dangerous, the sea frequently running over our stern, which kept us
+baling with all our strength.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. MAY 11.]
+
+At noon the sun appeared, which gave us as much pleasure as in a
+winter's day in England. I issued the 25th of a pound of bread, and a
+quarter of a pint of water, as yesterday. Latitude observed 14° 50´ S;
+course N 71° W; distance 102 miles; and longitude, by account, 11° 39´
+W. from Tofoa.
+
+[Sidenote: Tuesday 12.]
+
+Tuesday, May the 12th. Strong gales at S E, with much rain and dark
+dismal weather, moderating towards noon and wind varying to the N E.
+
+Having again experienced a dreadful night, the day showed to me a poor
+miserable set of beings full of wants, without any thing to relieve
+them. Some complained of a great pain in their bowels, and all of having
+but very little use of their limbs. What sleep we got was scarce
+refreshing, we being covered with sea and rain. Two persons were obliged
+to be always baling the water out of the boat. I served a spoonful of
+rum at day-dawn, and the usual allowance of bread and water, for supper,
+breakfast, and dinner.
+
+At noon it was almost calm, no sun to be seen, and some of us shivering
+with cold. Course since yesterday W by N; distance 89 miles; latitude,
+by account, 14° 33´ S; longitude made 13° 9´ W. The direction of my
+course is to pass to the northward of the New Hebrides.
+
+[Sidenote: Wednesday 13.]
+
+Wednesday, May the 13th. Very squally weather, wind southerly. As I saw
+no prospect of getting our cloaths dried, I recommended it to every one
+to strip, and wring them through the salt water, by which means they
+received a warmth, that, while wet with rain, they could not have, and
+we were less liable to suffer from colds or rheumatic complaints.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. MAY 13.]
+
+In the afternoon we saw a kind of fruit on the water, which Mr. Nelson
+knew to be the Barringtonia of Forster, and, as I saw the same again in
+the morning, and some men of war birds, I was led to believe we were not
+far from land.
+
+We continued constantly shipping seas, and baling, and were very wet and
+cold in the night; but I could not afford the allowance of rum at
+day-break. The twenty-fifth of a pound of bread, and water I served as
+usual. At noon I had a sight of the sun, latitude 14° 17´ S; course W by
+N 79 miles; longitude made 14° 28´ W.
+
+[Sidenote: Thursday 14.]
+
+Thursday, May the 14th. Fresh breezes and cloudy weather, wind
+southerly. Constantly shipping water, and very wet, suffering much cold
+and shiverings in the night. Served the usual allowance of bread and
+water, three times a day.
+
+At six in the morning, we saw land, from S W by S eight leagues, to N W
+by W 3/4 W six leagues, which I soon after found to be four islands, all
+of them high and remarkable. At noon discovered a rocky island N W by N
+four leagues, and another island W eight leagues, so that the whole were
+six in number; the four I had first seen bearing from S 1/2 E to S W by
+S; our distance three leagues from the nearest island. My latitude
+observed was 13° 29´ S, and longitude, by account, from Tofoa, 15° 49´
+W; course since yesterday noon N 63° W; distance 89 miles.
+
+[Sidenote: Friday 15.]
+
+Friday, May the 15th. Fresh gales at S E, and gloomy weather with rain,
+and a very high sea; two people constantly employed baling.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. MAY 15.]
+
+At four in the afternoon I passed the westernmost island. At one in the
+morning I discovered another, bearing W N W, five leagues distance, and
+at eight o'clock I saw it for the last time, bearing N E seven leagues.
+A number of gannets, boobies, and men of war birds were seen.
+
+These islands lie between the latitude of 13° 16´ S and 14° 10´ S: their
+longitude, according to my reckoning, 15° 51´ to 17° 6´ W from the
+island Tofoa[*]. The largest island may be twenty leagues in circuit,
+the others five or six. The easternmost is the smallest island, and most
+remarkable, having a high sugar-loaf hill.
+
+[*] By making a proportional allowance for the error afterwards found in
+the dead reckoning, I estimate the longitude of these islands to be from
+167° 17´ E to 168° 34´ E from Greenwich.
+
+The sight of these islands served but to increase the misery of our
+situation. We were very little better than starving, with plenty in
+view; yet to attempt procuring any relief was attended with so much
+danger, that prolonging of life, even in the midst of misery, was
+thought preferable, while there remained hopes of being able to surmount
+our hardships. For my own part, I consider the general run of cloudy and
+wet weather to be a blessing of Providence. Hot weather would have
+caused us to have died with thirst; and perhaps being so constantly
+covered with rain or sea protected us from that dreadful calamity.
+
+As I had nothing to assist my memory, I could not determine whether
+these islands were a part of the New Hebrides or not: I believed them
+perfectly a new discovery, which I have since found to be the case; but,
+though they were not seen either by Monsieur Bougainville or Captain
+Cook, they are so nearly in the neighbourhood of the New Hebrides, that
+they must be considered as part of the same group. They are fertile, and
+inhabited, as I saw smoke in several places.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. MAY 16.]
+
+[Sidenote: Saturday 16.]
+
+Saturday, May the 16th. Fresh gales from the S E, and rainy weather. The
+night was very dark, not a star to be seen to steer by, and the sea
+breaking constantly over us. I found it necessary to act as much as
+possible against the southerly winds, to prevent being driven too near
+New Guinea; for in general we were forced to keep so much before the
+sea, that if we had not, at intervals of moderate weather, steered a
+more southerly course, we should inevitably, from a continuance of the
+gales, have been thrown in sight of that coast: in which case there
+would most probably have been an end to our voyage.
+
+In addition to our miserable allowance of one 25th of a pound of bread,
+and a quarter of a pint of water, I issued for dinner about an ounce of
+salt pork to each person. I was often solicited for this pork, but I
+considered it better to give it in small quantities than to use all at
+once or twice, which would have been done if I had allowed it.
+
+At noon I observed, in 13° 33´ S; longitude made from Tofoa, 19° 27´ W;
+course N 82° W; distance 101 miles. The sun gave us hopes of drying our
+wet cloaths.
+
+[Sidenote: Sunday 17.]
+
+Sunday, May the 17th. The sunshine was but of short duration. We had
+strong breezes at S E by S, and dark gloomy weather, with storms of
+thunder, lightning, and rain. The night was truly horrible, and not a
+star to be seen; so that our steerage was uncertain. At dawn of day I
+found every person complaining, and some of them soliciting extra
+allowance; but I positively refused it. Our situation was extremely
+miserable; always wet, and suffering extreme cold in the night, without
+the least shelter from the weather. Being constantly obliged to bale, to
+keep the boat from filling, was, perhaps, not to be reckoned an evil, as
+it gave us exercise.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. MAY 17.]
+
+The little rum I had was of great service to us; when our nights were
+particularly distressing, I generally served a tea-spoonful or two to
+each person: and it was always joyful tidings when they heard of my
+intentions.
+
+At noon a water-spout was very near on board of us. I issued an ounce of
+pork, in addition to the allowance of bread and water; but before we
+began to eat, every person stript and wrung their cloaths through the
+sea-water, which we found warm and refreshing. Course since yesterday
+noon W S W; distance 100 miles; latitude, by account, 14° 11´ S, and
+longitude made 21° 3´ W.
+
+[Sidenote: Monday 18.]
+
+Monday, May the 18th. Fresh gales with rain, and a dark dismal night,
+wind S E; the sea constantly breaking over us, and nothing but the wind
+and sea to direct our steerage. I now fully determined to make New
+Holland, to the southward of Endeavour straits, sensible that it was
+necessary to preserve such a situation as would make a southerly wind a
+fair one; that I might range the reefs until an opening should be found
+into smooth water, and we the sooner be able to pick up some
+refreshments.
+
+In the morning the rain abated, when we stripped, and wrung our cloaths
+through the sea-water, as usual, which refreshed us wonderfully. Every
+person complained of violent pain in their bones: I was only surprised
+that no one was yet laid up. Served one 25th of a pound of bread, and a
+quarter of a pint of water, at supper, breakfast, and dinner, as
+customary.
+
+At noon I deduced my situation, by account, for we had no glimpse of the
+sun, to be in latitude 14° 52´ S; course since yesterday noon W S W 106
+miles; longitude made from Tofoa 22° 45´ W. Saw many boobies and
+noddies, a sign of being in the neighbourhood of land.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. May 19. Tuesday 19.]
+
+Tuesday, May the 19th. Fresh gales at E N E, with heavy rain, and dark
+gloomy weather, and no sight of the sun. We past this day miserably wet
+and cold, covered with rain and sea, from which we had no relief, but at
+intervals by pulling off our cloaths and wringing them through the sea
+water. In the night we had very severe lightning, but otherwise it was
+so dark that we could not see each other. The morning produced many
+complaints on the severity of the weather, and I would gladly have
+issued my allowance of rum, if it had not appeared to me that we were to
+suffer much more, and that it was necessary to preserve the little I
+had, to give relief at a time we might be less able to bear such
+hardships; but, to make up for it, I served out about half an ounce of
+pork to each person, with the common allowance of bread and water, for
+dinner. All night and day we were obliged to bale without intermission.
+
+At noon it was very bad weather and constant rain; latitude, by account,
+14° 37´ S; course since yesterday N 81° W; distance 100 miles; longitude
+made 24° 30´ W.
+
+[Sidenote: Wednesday 20.]
+
+Wednesday, May the 20th. Fresh breezes E N E with constant rain; at
+times a deluge. Always baling.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. May 20.]
+
+At dawn of day, some of my people seemed half dead: our appearances were
+horrible; and I could look no way, but I caught the eye of some one in
+distress. Extreme hunger was now too evident, but no one suffered from
+thirst, nor had we much inclination to drink, that desire, perhaps,
+being satisfied through the skin. The little sleep we got was in the
+midst of water, and we constantly awoke with severe cramps and pains in
+our bones. This morning I served about two tea-spoonfuls of rum to each
+person, and the allowance of bread and water, as usual. At noon the sun
+broke out, and revived every one. I found we were in latitude 14° 49´
+S; longitude made 25° 46´ W; course S 88° W; distance 75 miles.
+
+[Sidenote: Thursday 21.]
+
+Thursday, May the 21st. Fresh gales, and heavy showers of rain. Wind E N
+E.
+
+Our distresses were now very great, and we were so covered with rain and
+salt water, that we could scarcely see. Sleep, though we longed for it,
+afforded no comfort: for my own part, I almost lived without it: we
+suffered extreme cold, and every one dreaded the approach of night.
+About two o'clock in the morning we were overwhelmed with a deluge of
+rain. It fell so heavy that we were afraid it would fill the boat, and
+were obliged to bale with all our might. At dawn of day, I served a
+large allowance of rum. Towards noon the rain abated and the sun shone,
+but we were miserably cold and wet, the sea breaking so constantly over
+us, that, notwithstanding the heavy rain, we had not been able to add to
+our stock of fresh water. The usual allowance of one 25th of a pound of
+bread and water was served at evening, morning, and noon. Latitude, by
+observation, 14° 29´ S, and longitude made, by account, from Tofoa, 27°
+25´ W; course, since yesterday noon, N 78° W, 99 miles. I now considered
+myself on a meridian with the east part of New Guinea, and about 65
+leagues distant from the coast of New Holland.
+
+[Sidenote: Friday 22.]
+
+Friday, May the 22nd. Strong gales from E S E to S S E, a high sea, and
+dark dismal night.
+
+Our situation this day was extremely calamitous. We were obliged to take
+the course of the sea, running right before it, and watching with the
+utmost care, as the least error in the helm would in a moment have been
+our destruction. The sea was continually breaking all over us; but, as
+we suffered not such cold as when wet with the rain, I only served the
+common allowance of bread and water.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. MAY 22.]
+
+At noon it blew very hard, and the foam of the sea kept running over our
+stern and quarters; I however got propped up, and made an observation of
+the latitude, in 14° 17´ S; course N 85° W; distance 130 miles;
+longitude made 29° 38´ west.
+
+[Sidenote: Saturday 23.]
+
+Saturday, May the 23d. Strong gales with very hard squalls, and rain;
+wind S E, and S S E.
+
+The misery we suffered this day exceeded the preceding. The night was
+dreadful. The sea flew over us with great force, and kept us baling with
+horror and anxiety. At dawn of day I found every one in a most
+distressed condition, and I now began to fear that another such a night
+would put an end to the lives of several who seemed no longer able to
+support such sufferings. Every one complained of severe pains in their
+bones; but these were alleviated, in some degree, by an allowance of two
+tea-spoonfuls of rum; after drinking which, having wrung our cloaths,
+and taken our breakfast of bread and water, we became a little
+refreshed.
+
+Towards noon it became fair weather; but with very little abatement of
+the gale, and the sea remained equally high. With great difficulty I
+observed the latitude to be 13° 44´ S; course N 74° W; distance 116
+miles since yesterday; longitude made 31° 32´ W from Tofoa.
+
+[Sidenote: Sunday 24.]
+
+Sunday, May the 24th. Fresh gales and fine weather; wind S S E and S.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. MAY 24.]
+
+Towards the evening the weather looked much better, which rejoiced all
+hands, so that they eat their scanty allowance with more satisfaction
+than for some time past. The night also was fair; but, being always wet
+with the sea, we suffered much from the cold. A fine morning, I had the
+pleasure to see, produce some chearful countenances. Towards noon the
+weather improved, and, the first time for 15 days past, we found a
+little warmth from the sun. We stripped, and hung our cloaths up to dry,
+which were by this time become so thread-bare, that they would not keep
+out either wet or cold.
+
+At noon I observed in latitude 13° 33´ S; longitude, by account, from
+Tofoa 33° 28´ W; course N 84° W; distance 114 miles. With the usual
+allowance of bread and water for dinner, I served an ounce of pork to
+each person.
+
+[Sidenote: Monday 25.]
+
+Monday, May the 25th. Fresh gales and fair weather. Wind S S E.
+
+This afternoon we had many birds about us, which are never seen far from
+land, such as boobies and noddies.
+
+[Sidenote: Allowance lessened.]
+
+About three o'clock the sea began to run fair, and we shipped but little
+water, I therefore determined to know the exact quantity of bread I had
+left; and on examining found, according to my present issues, sufficient
+for 29 days allowance. In the course of this time I hoped to be at
+Timor; but, as that was very uncertain, and perhaps after all we might
+be obliged to go to Java, I determined to proportion my issues to six
+weeks. I was apprehensive that this would be ill received, and that it
+would require my utmost resolution to enforce it; for, small as the
+quantity was which I intended to take away, for our future good, yet it
+might appear to my people like robbing them of life, and some, who were
+less patient than their companions, I expected would very ill brook it.
+I however represented it so essentially necessary to guard against
+delays in our voyage by contrary winds, or other causes, promising to
+enlarge upon the allowance as we got on, that it was readily agreed to.
+I therefore fixed, that every person should receive one 25th of a pound
+of bread for breakfast, and one 25th of a pound for dinner; so that by
+omitting the proportion for supper, I had 43 days allowance.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. MAY 25.]
+
+At noon some noddies came so near to us, that one of them was caught by
+hand. This bird is about the size of a small pigeon. I divided it, with
+its entrails, into 18 portions, and by the method of, Who shall have
+this[*]? it was distributed with the allowance of bread and water for
+dinner, and eat up bones and all, with salt water for sauce. I observed
+the latitude 13° 32´ S; longitude made 35° 19´ W; and course N 89° W;
+distance 108 miles.
+
+[*] One person turns his back on the object that is to be divided:
+another then points separately to the portions, at each of them asking
+aloud, "Who shall have this?" to which the first answers by naming
+somebody. This impartial method of division gives every man an equal
+chance of the best share.
+
+[Sidenote: Tuesday 26.]
+
+Tuesday, May the 26th. Fresh gales at S S E, and fine weather.
+
+In the evening we saw several boobies flying so near to us, that we
+caught one of them by hand. This bird is as large as a good duck; like
+the noddy, it has received its name from seamen, for suffering itself to
+be caught on the masts and yards of ships. They are the most presumptive
+proofs of being in the neighbourhood of land of any sea-fowl we are
+acquainted with. I directed the bird to be killed for supper, and the
+blood to be given to three of the people who were the most distressed
+for want of food. The body, with the entrails, beak, and feet, I divided
+into 18 shares, and with an allowance of bread, which I made a merit of
+granting, we made a good supper, compared with our usual fare.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. MAY 26.]
+
+In the morning we caught another booby, so that Providence seemed to be
+relieving our wants in a very extraordinary manner. Towards noon we
+passed a great many pieces of the branches of trees, some of which
+appeared to have been no long time in the water. I had a good
+observation for the latitude, and found my situation to be in 13° 41´
+S; my longitude, by account, from Tofoa, 37° 13´ W; course S 85° W, 112
+miles. Every person was now overjoyed at the addition to their dinner,
+which I distributed as I had done in the evening; giving the blood to
+those who were the most in want of food.
+
+To make our bread a little savoury we frequently dipped it in salt
+water; but for my own part I generally broke mine into small pieces, and
+eat it in my allowance of water, out of a cocoa-nut shell, with a spoon,
+economically avoiding to take too large a piece at a time, so that I was
+as long at dinner as if it had been a much more plentiful meal.
+
+[Sidenote: Wednesday 27.]
+
+Wednesday, May the 27th. Fresh breezes south-easterly, and fine weather.
+
+The weather was now serene, but unhappily we found ourselves unable to
+bear the sun's heat; many of us suffering a languor and faintness, which
+made life indifferent. We were, however, so fortunate as to catch two
+boobies to-day; their stomachs contained several flying-fish and small
+cuttlefish, all of which I saved to be divided for dinner.
+
+We passed much drift wood, and saw many birds; I therefore did not
+hesitate to pronounce that we were near the reefs of New Holland, and
+assured every one I would make the coast without delay, in the parallel
+we were in, and range the reef till I found an opening, through which we
+might get into smooth water, and pick up some supplies. From my
+recollection of captain Cook's survey of this coast, I considered the
+direction of it to be N W, and I was therefore satisfied that, with the
+wind to the southward of E, I could always clear any dangers.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. MAY 27.]
+
+At noon I observed in latitude 13° 26´ S; course since yesterday N 82°
+W; distance 109 miles; longitude made 39° 4´ W. After writing my
+account, I divided the two birds with their entrails, and the contents
+of their maws, into 18 portions, and, as the prize was a very valuable
+one, it was divided as before, by calling out Who shall have this? so
+that to-day, with the allowance of a 25th of a pound of bread at
+breakfast, and another at dinner, with the proportion of water, I was
+happy to see that every person thought he had feasted.
+
+[Sidenote: Thursday 28.]
+
+Thursday, May the 28th. Fresh breezes and fair weather; wind E S E and
+E.
+
+In the evening we saw a gannet; and the clouds remained so fixed in the
+west, that I had little doubt of our being near to New Holland; and
+every person, after taking his allowance of water for supper, began to
+divert himself with conversing on the probability of what we should
+find.
+
+At one in the morning the person at the helm heard the sound of
+breakers, and I no sooner lifted up my head, than I saw them close under
+our lee, not more than a quarter of a mile distant from us. I
+immediately hauled on a wind to the N N E, and in ten minutes time we
+could neither see nor hear them.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. MAY 28.]
+
+I have already mentioned my reason for making New Holland so far to the
+southward; for I never doubted of numerous openings in the reef, through
+which I could have access to the shore: and, knowing the inclination of
+the coast to be to the N W, and the wind mostly to the southward of E, I
+could with ease range such a barrier of reefs till I should find a
+passage, which now became absolutely necessary, without a moment's loss
+of time. The idea of getting into smooth water, and finding
+refreshments, kept my people's spirits up: their joy was very great
+after we had got clear of the breakers, to which we had been much
+nearer than I thought was possible to be before we saw them.
+
+In the morning, at day-light, I bore away again for the reefs, and saw
+them by nine o'clock. The sea broke furiously over every part, and I had
+no sooner got near to them, than the wind came at E, so that we could
+only lie along the line of the breakers, within which we saw the water
+so smooth, that every person already anticipated the heart-felt
+satisfaction he would receive, as soon as we could get within them. But
+I now found we were embayed, for I could not lie clear with my sails,
+the wind having backed against us, and the sea set in so heavy towards
+the reef that our situation was become dangerous. We could effect but
+little with the oars, having scarce strength to pull them; and it was
+becoming every minute more and more probable that we should be obliged
+to attempt pushing over the reef, in case we could not pull off. Even
+this I did not despair of effecting with success, when happily we
+discovered a break in the reef, about one mile from us, and at the same
+time an island of a moderate height within it, nearly in the same
+direction, bearing W 1/2 N. I entered the passage with a strong stream
+running to the westward; and found it about a quarter of a mile broad,
+with every appearance of deep water.
+
+On the outside, the reef inclined to the N E for a few miles, and from
+thence to the N W; on the south side of the entrance, it inclined to the
+S S W as far as I could see it; and I conjecture that a similar passage
+to this which we now entered, may be found near the breakers that I
+first discovered, which are 23 miles S of this channel.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. MAY 28.]
+
+I did not recollect what latitude Providential channel[*] lies in, but
+I considered it to be within a few miles of this, which is situate in
+12° 51´ S latitude.
+
+[*] Providential Channel is in 12° 34´ S, longitude 143° 33´ E.
+
+Being now happily within the reefs, and in smooth water, I endeavoured
+to keep near them to try for fish; but the tide set us to the N W; I
+therefore bore away in that direction, and, having promised to land on
+the first convenient spot we could find, all our past hardships seemed
+already to be forgotten.
+
+At noon I had a good observation, by which our latitude was 12° 46´ S,
+whence the foregoing situations may be considered as determined with
+some exactness. The island first seen bore W S W five leagues. This,
+which I have called the island Direction, will in fair weather always
+shew the channel, from which it bears due W, and may be seen as soon as
+the reefs, from a ship's mast-head: it lies in the latitude of 12° 51´
+S. These, however, are marks too small for a ship to hit, unless it can
+hereafter be ascertained that passages through the reef are numerous
+along the coast, which I am inclined to think they are, and then there
+would be little risk if the wind was not directly on the shore.
+
+My longitude, made by dead reckoning, from the island Tofoa to our
+passage through the reef, is 40° 10´ W. Providential channel, I imagine,
+must lie very nearly under the same meridian with our passage; by which
+it appears we had out-run our reckoning 1° 9´.
+
+We now returned God thanks for his gracious protection, and with much
+content took our miserable allowance of a 25th of a pound of bread, and
+a quarter of a pint of water, for dinner.
+
+[Sidenote: Friday 29.]
+
+Friday, May the 29th. Moderate breezes and fine weather, wind E S E.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. MAY 29.]
+
+As we advanced within the reefs, the coast began to shew itself very
+distinctly, with a variety of high and low land; some parts of which
+were covered with wood. In our way towards the shore we fell in with a
+point of a reef, which is connected with that towards the sea, and here
+I came to a grapnel, and tried to catch fish, but had no success. The
+island Direction now bore S three or four leagues. Two islands lay about
+four miles to the W by N, and appeared eligible for a resting-place, if
+nothing more; but on my approach to the first I found it only a heap of
+stones, and its size too inconsiderable to shelter the boat. I therefore
+proceeded to the next, which was close to it and towards the main,
+where, on the N W side, I found a bay and a fine sandy point to land at.
+Our distance was about a quarter of a mile from a projecting part of the
+main, bearing from S W by S, to N N W 3/4 W. I now landed to examine if
+there were any signs of the natives being near us; but though I
+discovered some old fire-places, I saw nothing to alarm me for our
+situation during the night. Every one was anxious to find something to
+eat, and I soon heard that there were oysters on the rocks, for the tide
+was out; but it was nearly dark, and only a few could be gathered. I
+determined therefore to wait till the morning, to know how to proceed,
+and I consented that one half of us should sleep on shore, and the other
+in the boat. We would gladly have made a fire, but, as we could not
+accomplish it, we took our rest for the night, which happily was calm
+and undisturbed.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. MAY 29.]
+
+The dawn of day brought greater strength and spirits to us than I
+expected; for, notwithstanding every one was very weak, there appeared
+strength sufficient remaining to make me conceive the most favourable
+hopes of our being able to surmount the difficulties we might yet have
+to encounter.
+
+As soon as I saw that there were not any natives immediately near us, I
+sent out parties in search of supplies, while others were putting the
+boat in order, that I might be ready to go to sea in case any unforeseen
+cause might make it necessary. The first object of this work, that
+demanded our attention, was the rudder: one of the gudgeons had come
+out, in the course of the night, and was lost. This, if it had happened
+at sea, would probably have been the cause of our perishing, as the
+management of the boat could not have been so nicely preserved as these
+very heavy seas required. I had often expressed my fears of this
+accident, and, that we might be prepared for it, had taken the
+precaution to have grummets fixed on each quarter of the boat for oars;
+but even our utmost readiness in using them, I fear, would not have
+saved us. It appears, therefore, a providential circumstance, that it
+happened at this place, and was in our power to remedy the defect; for
+by great good luck we found a large staple in the boat that answered the
+purpose.
+
+The parties were now returned, highly rejoiced at having found plenty of
+oysters and fresh water. I also had made a fire, by help of a small
+magnifying glass, that I always carried about me, to read off the
+divisions of my sextants; and, what was still more fortunate, among the
+few things which had been thrown into the boat and saved, was a piece of
+brimstone and a tinder-box, so that I secured fire for the future.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. MAY 29.]
+
+One of my people had been so provident as to bring away with him a
+copper pot: it was by being in possession of this article that I was
+enabled to make a proper use of the supply we found, for, with a
+mixture of bread and a little pork, I made a stew that might have been
+relished by people of more delicate appetites, of which each person
+received a full pint.
+
+The general complaints of disease among us, were a dizziness in the
+head, great weakness of the joints, and violent tenesmus, most of us
+having had no evacuation by stool since we left the ship. I had
+constantly a severe pain at my stomach; but none of our complaints were
+alarming; on the contrary, every one retained marks of strength, that,
+with a mind possessed of any fortitude, could bear more fatigue than I
+hoped we had to undergo in our voyage to Timor.
+
+As I would not allow the people to expose themselves to the heat of the
+sun, it being near noon, every one took his allotment of earth, shaded
+by the bushes, for a short sleep.
+
+The oysters we found grew so fast to the rocks that it was with
+difficulty they could be broke off, and at last we discovered it to be
+the most expeditious way to open them where they were found. They were
+very sizeable, and well tasted, and gave us great relief. To add to this
+happy circumstance, in the hollow of the land there grew some wire
+grass, which indicated a moist situation. On forcing a stick, about
+three feet long, into the ground, we found water, and with little
+trouble dug a well, which produced as much as we were in need of. It was
+very good, but I could not determine if it was a spring or not. Our
+wants made it not necessary to make the well deep, for it flowed as fast
+as we emptied it; which, as the soil was apparently too loose to retain
+water from the rains, renders it probable to be a spring. It lies about
+200 yards to the S E of a point in the S W part of the island.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. MAY 29.]
+
+I found evident signs of the natives resorting to this island; for,
+besides fire-places, I saw two miserable wigwams, having only one side
+loosely covered. We found a pointed stick, about three feet long, with a
+slit in the end of it, to sling stones with, the same as the natives of
+Van Diemen's land use.
+
+The track of some animal was very discernible, and Mr. Nelson agreed
+with me that it was the Kanguroo; but how these animals can get from the
+main I know not, unless brought over by the natives to breed, that they
+may take them with more ease, and render a supply of food certain to
+them; as on the continent the catching of them may be precarious, or
+attended with great trouble, in so large an extent of country.
+
+The island may be about two miles in circuit; it is a high lump of rocks
+and stones covered with wood; but the trees are small, the soil, which
+is very indifferent and sandy, being barely sufficient to produce them.
+The trees that came within our knowledge were the manchineal and a
+species of purow: also some palm-trees, the tops of which we cut down,
+and the soft interior part or heart of them was so palatable that it
+made a good addition to our mess. Mr. Nelson discovered some fern-roots,
+which I thought might be good roasted, as a substitute for bread, but it
+proved a very poor one: it however was very good in its natural state to
+allay thirst, and on that account I directed a quantity to be collected
+to take into the boat. Many pieces of cocoa-nut shells and husk were
+found about the shore, but we could find no cocoa-nut trees, neither did
+I see any like them on the main.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. MAY 29.]
+
+I had cautioned every one not to touch any kind of berry or fruit that
+they might find; yet they were no sooner out of my sight than they
+began to make free with three different kinds, that grew all over the
+island, eating without any reserve. The symptoms of having eaten too
+much, began at last to frighten same of them; but on questioning others,
+who had taken a more moderate allowance, their minds were a little
+quieted. The others, however, became equally alarmed in their turn,
+dreading that such symptoms would come on, and that they were all
+poisoned, so that they regarded each other with the strongest marks of
+apprehension, uncertain what would be the issue of their imprudence.
+Happily the fruit proved wholesome and good. One sort grew on a small
+delicate kind of vine; they were the size of a large gooseberry, and
+very like in substance, but had only a sweet taste; the skin was a pale
+red, streaked with yellow the long way of the fruit: it was pleasant and
+agreeable. Another kind grew on bushes, like that which is called the
+sea-side grape in the West Indies; but the fruit was very different, and
+more like elder-berries, growing in clusters in the same manner. The
+third sort was a black berry, not in such plenty as the others, and
+resembled a bullace, or large kind of sloe, both in size and taste.
+Seeing these fruits eaten by the birds made me consider them fit for
+use, and those who had already tried the experiment, not finding any bad
+effect, made it a certainty that we might eat of them without danger.
+
+Wild pigeons, parrots, and other birds, were about the summit of the
+island, but, as I had no fire-arms, relief of that kind was not to be
+expected, unless I met with some unfrequented spot where we might take
+them with our hands.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. MAY 29.]
+
+On the south side of the island, and about half a mile from the well, a
+small run of water was found; but, as its source was not traced, I know
+nothing more of it.
+
+The shore of this island is very rocky, except the part we landed at,
+and here I picked up many pieces of pumice-stone. On the part of the
+main next to us were several sandy bays, but at low-water they became an
+extensive rocky flat. The country had rather a barren appearance, except
+in a few places where it was covered with wood. A remarkable range of
+rocks lay a few miles to the S W, or a high peaked hill terminated the
+coast towards the sea, with other high lands and islands to the
+southward. A high fair cape showed the direction of the coast to the N
+W, about seven leagues, and two small isles lay three or four leagues to
+the northward.
+
+I saw a few bees or wasps, several lizards, and the blackberry bushes
+were full of ants nests, webbed as a spider's, but so close and compact
+as not to admit the rain.
+
+A trunk of a tree, about 50 feet long, lay on the beach; from whence I
+conclude a heavy sea runs in here with the northerly winds.
+
+This being the day of the restoration of king Charles the Second, and
+the name not being inapplicable to our present situation (for we were
+restored to fresh life and strength), I named this Restoration Island;
+for I thought it probable that captain Cook might not have taken notice
+of it. The other names I have presumed to give the different parts of
+the coast, will be only to show my route a little more distinctly.
+
+At noon I found the latitude of the island to be 12° 39´ S; our course
+having been N 66° W; distance 18 miles from yesterday noon.
+
+[Sidenote: Saturday 30.]
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. MAY 30.]
+
+Saturday, May the 30th. Very fine weather, and E S E winds. This
+afternoon I sent parties out again to gather oysters, with which and
+some of the inner part of the palm-top, we made another good stew for
+supper, each person receiving a full pint and a half; but I refused
+bread to this meal, for I considered our wants might yet be very great,
+and as such I represented the necessity of saving our principal support
+whenever it was in our power.
+
+At night we again divided, and one half of us slept on shore by a good
+fire. In the morning I discovered a visible alteration in every one for
+the better, and I sent them away again to gather oysters. I had now only
+two pounds of pork left. This article, which I could not keep under lock
+and key as I did the bread, had been pilfered by some inconsiderate
+person, but every one most solemnly denied it; I therefore resolved to
+put it out of their power for the future, by sharing what remained for
+our dinner. While the party was out getting oysters, I got the boat in
+readiness for sea, and filled all our water vessels, which amounted to
+nearly 60 gallons.
+
+The party being returned, dinner was soon ready, and every one had as
+good an allowance as they had for supper; for with the pork I gave an
+allowance of bread; as I was determined forthwith to push on. As it was
+not yet noon, I told every one that an exertion should be made to gather
+as many oysters as possible for a sea store, as I was determined to sail
+in the afternoon.
+
+At noon I again observed the latitude 12° 39´ S; it was then high-water,
+the tide had risen three feet, but I could not be certain which way the
+flood came from. I deduce the time of high-water at full and change to
+be ten minutes past seven in the morning.
+
+[Sidenote: Sunday 31.]
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. MAY 31.]
+
+Sunday, May the 31st. Early in the afternoon, the people returned with
+the few oysters they had time to pick up, and every thing was put into
+the boat. I then examined the quantity of bread remaining, and found 38
+days allowance, according to the last mode of issuing a 25th of a pound
+at breakfast and at dinner.
+
+Fair weather, and moderate breezes at E S E and S E.
+
+Being all ready for sea, I directed every person to attend prayers, and
+by four o'clock we were preparing to embark; when twenty natives
+appeared, running and holloaing to us, on the opposite shore. They were
+armed with a spear or lance, and a short weapon which they carried in
+their left hand: they made signs for us to come to them. On the top of
+the hills we saw the heads of many more; whether these were their wives
+and children, or others who waited for our landing, until which they
+meant not to show themselves, lest we might be intimidated, I cannot
+say; but, as I found we were discovered to be on the coast, I thought it
+prudent to make the best of my way, for fear of canoes; though, from the
+accounts of captain Cook, the chance was that there were very few or
+none of any consequence. I passed these people as near as I could, which
+was within a quarter of a mile; they were naked, and apparently black,
+and their hair or wool bushy and short.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. MAY 31.]
+
+I directed my course within two small islands that lie to the north of
+Restoration Island, passing between them and the main land, towards Fair
+Cape, with a strong tide in my favour; so that I was abreast of it by
+eight o'clock. The coast I had passed was high and woody. As I could see
+no land without Fair Cape, I concluded that the coast inclined to the N
+W and W N W, which was agreeable to my recollection of captain Cook's
+survey. I therefore steered more towards the W; but by eleven o'clock at
+night I found myself mistaken: for we met with low land, which inclined
+to the N E; so that at three o'clock in the morning I found we were
+embayed, which obliged us to stand back to the southward.
+
+At day-break I was exceedingly surprised to find the appearance of the
+country all changed, as if in the course of the night I had been
+transported to another part of the world; for we had now a miserable low
+sandy coast in view, with very little verdure, or any thing to indicate
+that it was at all habitable to a human being, if I except some patches
+of small trees or brush-wood.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. MAY 31.]
+
+I had many small islands in view to the N E, about six miles distant.
+The E part of the main bore N four miles, and Fair Cape S S E five or
+six leagues. I took the channel between the nearest island and the main
+land, about one mile apart, leaving all the islands on the starboard
+side. Some of these were very pretty spots, covered with wood, and well
+situated for fishing; large shoals of fish were about us, but we could
+not catch any. As I was passing this strait we saw another party of
+Indians, seven in number, running towards us, shouting and making signs
+for us to land. Some of them waved green branches of the bushes which
+were near them, as a sign of friendship; but there were some of their
+other motions less friendly. A larger party we saw a little farther off,
+and coming towards us. I therefore determined not to land, though I
+wished much to have had some intercourse with these people; for which
+purpose I beckoned to them to come near to me, and laid the boat close
+to the rocks; but not one would come within 200 yards of us. They were
+armed in the same manner as those I had seen from Restoration Island,
+were stark naked, and appeared to be jet black, with short bushy hair
+or wool, and in every respect the same people. An island of good height
+now bore N 1/2 W, four miles from us, at which I resolved to see what
+could be got, and from thence to take a look at the coast. At this isle
+I landed about eight o'clock in the morning. The shore was rocky, with
+some sandy beaches within the rocks: the water, however, was smooth, and
+I landed without difficulty. I sent two parties out, one to the
+northward, and the other to the southward, to seek for supplies, and
+others I ordered to stay by the boat. On this occasion their fatigue and
+weakness so far got the better of their sense of duty, that some of them
+began to mutter who had done most, and declared they would rather be
+without their dinner than go in search of it. One person, in particular,
+went so far as to tell me, with a mutinous look, he was as good a man as
+myself. It was not possible for me to judge where this might have an
+end, if not stopped in time; I therefore determined to strike a final
+blow at it, and either to preserve my command, or die in the attempt:
+and, seizing a cutlass, I ordered him to take hold of another and defend
+himself; on which he called out I was going to kill him, and began to
+make concessions. I did not allow this to interfere further with the
+harmony of the boat's crew, and every thing soon became quiet.
+
+The parties continued collecting what could be found, which consisted of
+some fine oysters and clams, and a few small dog-fish that were caught
+in the holes of the rocks. We also found about two tons of rain-water in
+the hollow of the rocks, on the north part of the island, so that of
+this essential article we were again so happy as not to be in want.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. MAY 31.]
+
+After regulating the mode of proceeding, I set off for the highest part
+of the island, to see and consider of my route for the night. To my
+surprise I could see no more of the main than I did from below, it
+extending only from S 1/2 E, four miles, to W by N, about three leagues,
+full of sand-hills. Besides the isles to the E S E and south, that I had
+seen before, I could only discover a small key N W by N. As this was
+considerably farther from the main than where I was at present, I
+resolved to get there by night, it being a more secure resting-place;
+for I was here open to an attack, if the Indians had canoes, as they
+undoubtedly observed my landing. My mind being made up on this point, I
+returned, taking a particular look at the spot I was on, which I found
+only to produce a few bushes and coarse grass, and the extent of the
+whole not two miles in circuit. On the north side, in a sandy bay, I saw
+an old canoe, about 33 feet long, lying bottom upwards, and half buried
+in the beach. It was made of three pieces, the bottom entire, to which
+the sides were sewed in the common way. It had a sharp projecting prow
+rudely carved, in resemblance of the head of a fish; the extreme breadth
+was about three feet, and I imagine it was capable of carrying 20 men.
+
+At noon the parties were all returned, but had found difficulty in
+gathering the oysters, from their close adherence to the rocks, and the
+clams were scarce: I therefore saw, that it would be of little use to
+remain longer in this place, as we should not be able to collect more
+than we could eat; nor could any tolerable sea-store be expected, unless
+we fell in with a greater plenty. I named this Sunday Island: it lies N
+by W 3/4 W from Restoration Island; the latitude, by a good observation,
+11° 58´ S.
+
+[Sidenote: JUNE. Monday 1.]
+
+Monday, June the 1st. Fresh breezes and fair weather, ending with a
+fresh gale. Wind S E by S.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. JUNE 1.]
+
+At two o'clock in the afternoon, we dined; each person having a full
+pint and a half of stewed oysters and clams, thickened with small beans,
+which Mr. Nelson informed us were a species of Dolichos. Having eaten
+heartily, and taken the water we were in want of, I only waited to
+determine the time of high-water, which I found to be at three o'clock,
+and the rise of the tide about five feet. According to this it is
+high-water on the full and change at 19 minutes past 9 in the morning;
+but here I observed the flood to come from the southward, though at
+Restoration Island, I thought it came from the northward. I think
+captain Cook mentions that he found great irregularity in the set of the
+flood on this coast.
+
+I now sailed for the key which I had seen in the N W by N, giving the
+name of Sunday Island to the place I left; we arrived just at dark, but
+found it so surrounded by a reef of rocks, that I could not land without
+danger of staving the boat; and on that account I came to a grapnel for
+the night.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. JUNE 1.]
+
+At dawn of day we got on shore, and tracked the boat into shelter; for
+the wind blowing fresh without, and the ground being rocky, I was afraid
+to trust her at a grapnel, lest she might be blown to sea: I was,
+therefore, obliged to let her ground in the course of the ebb. From
+appearances, I expected that if we remained till night we should meet
+with turtle, as we had already discovered recent tracks of them.
+Innumerable birds of the noddy kind made this island their
+resting-place; so that I had reason to flatter myself with hopes of
+getting supplies in greater abundance than it had hitherto been in my
+power. The situation was at least four leagues distant from the main. We
+were on the north-westernmost of four small keys, which were surrounded
+by a reef of rocks connected by sand-banks, except between the two
+northernmost; and there likewise it was dry at low water; the whole
+forming a lagoon island, into which the tide flowed: at this entrance I
+kept the boat.
+
+As usual, I sent parties away in search of supplies, but, to our great
+disappointment, we could only get a few clams and some dolichos: with
+these, and the oysters we had brought from Sunday Island, I made up a
+mess for dinner, with an addition of a small quantity of bread.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. JUNE 1.]
+
+Towards noon, Mr. Nelson, and his party, who had been to the easternmost
+key, returned; but himself in such a weak condition, that he was obliged
+to be supported by two men. His complaint was a violent heat in his
+bowels, a loss of sight, much drought, and an inability to walk. This I
+found was occasioned by his being unable to support the heat of the sun,
+and that, when he was fatigued and faint, instead of retiring into the
+shade to rest, he had continued to do more than his strength was equal
+to. It was a great satisfaction to me to find, that he had no fever; and
+it was now that the little wine, which I had so carefully saved became
+of real use. I gave it in very small quantities, with some small pieces
+of bread soaked in it; and, having pulled off his cloaths, and laid him
+under some shady bushes, he began to recover. The boatswain and
+carpenter also were ill, and complained of head-ach, and sickness of the
+stomach; others, who had not had any evacuation by stool, became
+shockingly distressed with the tenesmus; so that there were but few
+without complaints. An idea now prevailed, that their illness was
+occasioned by eating the dolichos, and some were so much alarmed that
+they thought themselves poisoned. Myself, however, and some others, who
+had eaten of them, were yet very well; but the truth was, that all those
+who were complaining, except Mr. Nelson, had gorged themselves with a
+large quantity of raw beans, and Mr. Nelson informed me, that they were
+constantly teazing him, whenever a berry was found, to know if it was
+good to eat; so that it would not have been surprizing if many of them
+had been really poisoned.
+
+Our dinner was not so well relished as at Sunday Island, because we had
+mixed the dolichos with our stew. The oysters and soup, however, were
+eaten by every one, except Mr. Nelson, whom I fed with a few small
+pieces of bread soaked in half a glass of wine, and he continued to
+mend.
+
+In my walk round the island, I found several cocoa-nut shells, the
+remains of an old wigwam, and the backs of two turtle, but no sign of
+any quadruped. One of my people found three sea-fowl's eggs.
+
+As is common on such spots, the soil is little other than sand, yet it
+produced small toa-trees, and some others, that we were not acquainted
+with. There were fish in the lagoon, but we could not catch any. As our
+wants, therefore, were not likely to be supplied here, not even with
+water for our daily expence, I determined to sail in the morning, after
+trying our success in the night for turtle and birds. A quiet night's
+rest also, I conceived, would be of essential service to those who were
+unwell.
+
+From the wigwam and turtle-shell being found, it is certain that the
+natives sometimes resort to this place, and have canoes: but I did not
+apprehend that we ran any risk by remaining here. I directed our fire,
+however, to be made in the thicket, that we might not be discovered in
+the night.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. JUNE 1.]
+
+At noon, I observed the latitude of this island to be 11° 47´ S. The
+main land extended towards the N W, and was full of white sand-hills:
+another small island lay within us, bearing W by N 1/4 N, three leagues
+distant. My situation being very low, I could see nothing of the reef
+towards the sea.
+
+[Sidenote: Tuesday 2.]
+
+Tuesday, June the 2d. The first part of this day we had some light
+showers of rain; the latter part was fair, wind from the S E, blowing
+fresh.
+
+Rest was now so much wanted, that the afternoon was advantageously spent
+in sleep. There were, however, a few not disposed to it, and those I
+employed in dressing some clams to take with us for the next day's
+dinner; others we cut up in slices to dry, which I knew was the most
+valuable supply we could find here. But, contrary to our expectation,
+they were very scarce.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. JUNE 2.]
+
+Towards evening, I cautioned every one against making too large a fire,
+or suffering it after dark to blaze up. Mr. Samuel and Mr. Peckover had
+the superintendence of this business, while I was strolling about the
+beach to observe if I thought it could be seen from the main. I was just
+satisfied that it could not, when on a sudden the island appeared all in
+a blaze, that might have been seen at a much more considerable distance.
+I ran to learn the cause, and found it was occasioned by the imprudence
+and obstinacy of one of the party, who, in my absence, had insisted on
+having a fire to himself; in making which the flames caught the
+neighbouring grass and rapidly spread. This misconduct might have
+produced very serious consequences, by discovering our situation to the
+natives; for, if they had attacked us, we must inevitably have fallen a
+sacrifice, as we had neither arms nor strength to oppose an enemy. Thus
+the relief which I expected from a little sleep was totally lost, and I
+anxiously waited for the flowing of the tide, that we might proceed to
+sea.
+
+I found it high-water at half past five this evening, whence I deduce
+the time, on the full and change of the moon, to be 58' past 10 in the
+morning: the rise is nearly five feet. I could not observe the set of
+the flood; but imagine it comes from the southward, and that I have been
+mistaken at Restoration Island, as I find the time of high-water
+gradually later as we advance to the northward.
+
+At Restoration Island, high water, full and change, 7^h 10'
+Sunday Island,                                      9   19
+Here,                                              10   58
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. JUNE 2.]
+
+After eight o'clock, Mr. Samuel and Mr. Peckover went out to watch for
+turtle, and three men went to the east key to endeavour to catch birds.
+All the others complaining of being sick, took their rest, except Mr.
+Hayward and Mr. Elphinston, who I directed to keep watch. About midnight
+the bird party returned, with only twelve noddies, a bird I have already
+described to be about the size of a pigeon: but if it had not been for
+the folly and obstinacy of one of the party, who separated from the
+other two, and disturbed the birds, they might have caught a great
+number. I was so much provoked at my plans being thus defeated, that I
+gave the offender[*] a good beating. I now went in search of the
+turtling party, who had taken great pains, but without success. This,
+however, did not surprise me, as it was not to be expected that turtle
+would come near us after the noise which was made at the beginning of
+the evening in extinguishing the fire. I therefore desired them to come
+back, but they requested to stay a little longer, as they still hoped to
+find some before day-light: they, however, returned by three o'clock,
+without any reward for their labour.
+
+[*] Robert Lamb.--This man, when he came to Java, acknowledged he had
+eaten nine birds on the key, after he separated from the other two.
+
+The birds we half dressed, which, with a few clams, made the whole of
+the supply procured here. I tied up a few gilt buttons and some pieces
+of iron to a tree, for any of the natives that might come after us; and,
+happily finding my invalids much better for their night's rest, I got
+every one into the boat, and departed by dawn of day. Wind at S E;
+course to the N by W.
+
+We had scarcely ran two leagues to the northward, when the sea suddenly
+became rough, which not having experienced since we were within the
+reefs, I concluded to be occasioned by an open channel to the ocean.
+Soon afterwards we met with a large shoal, on which were two sandy keys;
+between these and two others, four miles to the west, I passed on to the
+northward, the sea still continuing to be rough.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. JUNE 2.]
+
+Towards noon, I fell in with six other keys, most of which produced some
+small trees and brush-wood. These formed a pleasing contrast with the
+main land we had passed, which was full of sand-hills. The country
+continued hilly, and the northernmost land, the same which we saw from
+the lagoon island, appeared like downs, sloping towards the sea. To the
+southward of this is a flat-topped hill, which, on account of its shape,
+I called Pudding-pan hill, and a little to the northward two other
+hills, which we called the Paps; and here was a small tract of country
+without sand, the eastern part of which forms a cape, whence the coast
+inclines to the N W by N.
+
+At noon I observed in the latitude of 11° 18´ S, the cape bearing W,
+distant ten miles. Five small keys bore from N E to S E, the nearest of
+them about two miles distant, and a low sandy key between us and the
+cape bore W, distant four miles. My course from the Lagoon Island N 1/2
+W, distant 30 miles.
+
+I am sorry it was not in my power to obtain a sufficient knowledge of
+the depth of water; for in our situation nothing could be undertaken
+that might have occasioned delay. It may however be understood, that, to
+the best of my judgment, from appearances, a ship may pass wherever I
+have omitted to represent danger.
+
+I divided six birds, and issued one 25th of a pound of bread, with half
+a pint of water, to each person for dinner, and I gave half a glass of
+wine to Mr. Nelson, who was now so far recovered as to require no other
+indulgence.
+
+The gunner, when he left the ship, brought his watch with him, by which
+we had regulated our time till to-day, when unfortunately it stopped; so
+that noon, sun-rise, and sun-set, are the only parts of the 24 hours of
+which I can speak with certainty, as to time.
+
+[Sidenote: Wednesday 3.]
+
+Wednesday, June the 3d. Fresh gales S S E and S E, and fair weather. As
+we stood to the N by W this afternoon, we found more sea, which I
+attributed to our receiving less shelter from the reefs to the eastward:
+it is probable they do not extend so far to the N as this; at least, it
+may be concluded that there is not a continued barrier to prevent
+shipping having access to the shore. I observed that the stream set to
+the N W, which I considered to be the flood; in some places along the
+coast, we saw patches of wood. At five o'clock, steering to the N W, we
+passed a large and fair inlet, into which, I imagine, is a safe and
+commodious entrance; it lies in latitude 11° S: about three leagues to
+the northward of this is an island, at which we arrived about sun-set,
+and took shelter for the night under a sandy point, which was the only
+part we could land at: I was therefore under the necessity to put up
+with rather a wild situation, and slept in the boat. Nevertheless I sent
+a party away to see what could be got, but they returned without any
+success. They saw a great number of turtle bones and shells, where the
+natives had been feasting, and their last visit seemed to be of late
+date. The island was covered with wood, but in other respects a lump of
+rocks. We lay at a grapnel until day-light, with a very fresh gale and
+cloudy weather. The main bore from S E by S to N N W 1/2 W, three
+leagues; and a mountainous island, with a flat top, N by W, four or five
+leagues: several others were between it and the main. The spot we were
+on, which I call Turtle Island; lies in latitude, by account, 10° 52´ S,
+and 42 miles W from Restoration Island. Abreast of it the coast has the
+appearance of a sandy desert, but improves about three leagues farther
+to the northward, where it terminates in a point, near to which is a
+number of small islands. I sailed between these islands, where I found
+no bottom at twelve fathoms; the high mountainous island with a flat
+top, and four rocks to the S E of it, that I call the Brothers, being on
+my starboard hand. Soon after, an extensive opening appeared in the main
+land, with a number of high islands in it. I called this the Bay of
+Islands. We continued steering to the N W. Several islands and keys lay
+to the northward. The most northerly island was mountainous, having on
+it a very high round hill; and a smaller was remarkable for a single
+peaked hill.
+
+The coast to the northward and westward of the Bay of Islands had a very
+different appearance from that to the southward. It was high and woody,
+with many islands close to it, and had a very broken appearance. Among
+these islands are fine bays, and convenient places for shipping. The
+northernmost I call Wednesday Island: to the N W of this we fell in with
+a large reef, which I believe joins a number of keys that were in sight
+from the N W to the E N E. We now stood to the S W half a league, when
+it was noon, and I had a good observation of the latitude in 10° 31´ S.
+Wednesday Island bore E by S five miles; the westernmost land S W two or
+three leagues; the islands to the northward, from N W by W four or five
+leagues, to N E six leagues; and the reef from W to N E, distant one
+mile, I now assured every one that we should be clear of New Holland in
+the afternoon.
+
+It is impossible for me to say how far this reef may extend. It may be a
+continuation, or a detached part of the range of shoals that surround
+the coast: but be that as it may, I consider the mountainous islands as
+separate from the shoals; and have no doubt that near them may be found
+good passages for ships. But I rather recommend to those who are to pass
+this strait from the eastward, to take their direction from the coast of
+New Guinea: yet, I likewise think that a ship coming from the southward,
+will find a fair strait in the latitude of 10° S. I much wished to have
+ascertained this point; but in our distressful situation, any increase
+of fatigue, or loss of time, might have been attended with the most
+fatal consequences. I therefore determined to pass on without delay.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. JUNE 3.]
+
+As an addition to our dinner of bread and water, I served to each person
+six oysters.
+
+[Sidenote: Thursday 4.]
+
+Thursday, June the 4th. A fresh gale at S E, and fair weather.
+
+At two o'clock as we were steering to the S W, towards the westernmost
+part of the land in sight, we fell in with some large sand-banks that
+run off from the coast. We were therefore obliged to steer to the
+northward again, and, having got round them, I directed my course to the
+W.
+
+At four o'clock, the westernmost of the islands to the northward bore N
+four leagues; Wednesday island E by N five leagues; and Shoal Cape S E by
+E two leagues. A small island was now seen bearing W, at which I arrived
+before dark, and found that it was only a rock, where boobies resort,
+for which reason I called it Booby Island. A small key also lies close
+to the W part of the coast, which I have called Shoal Cape. Here
+terminated the rocks and shoals of the N part of New Holland, for,
+except Booby Island, we could see no land to the westward of S, after
+three o'clock this afternoon.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. JUNE 4.]
+
+I find that Booby Island was seen by Captain Cook, and, by a remarkable
+coincidence of ideas, received from him the same name; but I cannot with
+certainty reconcile the situation of many parts of the coast that I have
+seen, to his survey. I ascribe this to the very different form in which
+land appears, when seen from the unequal heights of a ship and a boat.
+The chart I have given, is by no means meant to supersede that made by
+Captain Cook, who had better opportunities than I had, and was in every
+respect properly provided for surveying. The intention of mine is
+chiefly to render the narrative more intelligible, and to shew in what
+manner the coast appeared to me from an open boat. I have little doubt
+that the opening, which I named the Bay of Islands, is Endeavour
+Straits; and that our track was to the northward of Prince of Wales's
+Isles. Perhaps, by those who shall hereafter navigate these seas, more
+advantage may be derived from the possession of both our charts, than
+from either singly.
+
+At eight o'clock in the evening, we once more launched into the open
+ocean. Miserable as our situation was in every respect, I was secretly
+surprised to see that it did not appear to affect any one so strongly as
+myself; on the contrary, it seemed as if they had embarked on a voyage
+to Timor, in a vessel sufficiently calculated for safety and
+convenience. So much confidence gave me great pleasure, and I may assert
+that to this cause their preservation is chiefly to be attributed; for
+if any one of them had despaired, he would most probably have died
+before we reached New Holland.
+
+I now gave every one hopes that eight or ten days might bring us to a
+land of safety; and, after praying to God for a continuance of his most
+gracious protection, I served an allowance of water for supper, and kept
+my course to the W S W, to counteract the southerly winds, in case they
+should blow strong.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. JUNE 4.]
+
+We had been just six days on the coast of New Holland, in the course of
+which we found oysters, a few clams, some birds, and water. But perhaps
+a benefit nearly equal to this we received from not having fatigue in
+the boat, and enjoying good rest at night. These advantages certainly
+preserved our lives; for, small as the supply was, I am very sensible
+how much it relieved our distresses. About this time nature would have
+sunk under the extremes of hunger and fatigue. Some would have ceased to
+struggle for a life that only promised wretchedness and misery; while
+others, though possessed of more bodily strength, must soon have
+followed their unfortunate companions. Even in our present situation, we
+were most wretched spectacles; yet our fortitude and spirit remained;
+every one being encouraged by the hopes of a speedy termination to his
+misery.
+
+For my own part, wonderful as it may appear, I felt neither extreme
+hunger nor thirst. My allowance contented me, knowing I could have no
+more.
+
+I served one 25th of a pound of bread, and an allowance of water, for
+breakfast, and the same for dinner, with an addition of six oysters to
+each person. At noon, latitude observed 10° 48´ S; course since
+yesterday noon S 81 W; distance 111 miles; longitude, by account, from
+Shoal Cape 1° 45´ W.
+
+[Sidenote: Friday 5.]
+
+Friday, June the 5th. Fair weather with some showers, and a strong trade
+wind at E S E.
+
+This day we saw a number of water-snakes, that were ringed yellow and
+black, and towards noon we passed a great deal of rock-weed. Though the
+weather was fair, we were constantly shipping water, and two men always
+employed to bale the boat.
+
+At noon I observed in latitude 10° 45´ S; our course since yesterday W
+1/4 N, 108 miles; longitude made 3° 35´ W. Served one 25th of a pound of
+bread, and a quarter of a pint of water for breakfast; the same for
+dinner, with an addition of six oysters; for supper water only.
+
+[Sidenote: Saturday 6.]
+
+Saturday, June the 6th. Fair weather, with some showers, and a fresh
+gale at S E and E S E. Constantly shipping water and baling.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. JUNE 6.]
+
+In the evening a few boobies came about us, one of which I caught with
+my hand. The blood was divided among three of the men who were weakest,
+but the bird I ordered to be kept for our dinner the next day. Served a
+quarter of a pint of water for supper, and to some, who were most in
+need, half a pint.
+
+In the course of the night we suffered much cold and shiverings. At
+day-light, I found that some of the clams, which had been hung up to dry
+for sea-store, were stolen; but every one most solemnly denied having
+any knowledge of it. This forenoon we saw a gannet, a sand-lark, and
+some water-snakes, which in general were from two to three feet long.
+
+Served the usual allowance of bread and water for breakfast, and the
+same for dinner, with the bird, which I distributed in the usual way, of
+Who shall have this? I determined to make Timor about the latitude of 9°
+30´ S, or 10° S. At noon I observed the latitude to be 10° 19´ S; course
+N 77° W; distance 117 miles; longitude made from the Shoal Cape, the
+north part of New Holland, 5° 31´ W.
+
+[Sidenote: Sunday 7.]
+
+Sunday, June the 7th. Fresh gales and fair weather till eight in the
+evening. The remaining part of the 24 hours squally, with much wind at S
+S E and E S E, and a high sea, so that we were constantly wet and
+baling.
+
+In the afternoon, I took an opportunity of examining again into our
+store of bread, and found remaining 19 days allowance, at my former rate
+of serving one 25th of a pound three times a day: therefore, as I saw
+every prospect of a quick passage, I again ventured to grant an
+allowance for supper, agreeable to my promise at the time it was
+discontinued.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. JUNE 7.]
+
+We passed the night miserably wet and cold, and in the morning I heard
+heavy complaints of our deplorable situation. The sea was high and
+breaking over us. I could only afford the allowance of bread and water
+for breakfast; but for dinner I gave out an ounce of dried clams to each
+person, which was all that remained.
+
+At noon I altered the course to the W N W, to keep more from the sea
+while it blew so strong. Latitude observed 9° 31´ S; course N 57° W;
+distance 88 miles; longitude made 6° 46´ W.
+
+[Sidenote: Monday 8.]
+
+Monday, June the 8th. Fresh gales and squally weather, with some showers
+of rain. Wind E and E S E.
+
+This day the sea ran very high, and we were continually wet, suffering
+much cold in the night. I now remarked that Mr. Ledward, the surgeon,
+and Lawrence Lebogue, an old hardy seaman, were giving way very fast. I
+could only assist them by a tea-spoonful or two of wine, which I had
+carefully saved, expecting such a melancholy necessity. Among most of
+the others I observed more than a common inclination to sleep, which
+seemed to indicate that nature was almost exhausted.
+
+Served the usual allowance of bread and water at supper, breakfast, and
+dinner. Saw several gannets.
+
+At noon I observed in 8° 45´ S; course W N W 1/4 W, 106 miles; longitude
+made 8° 23´ W.
+
+[Sidenote: Tuesday 9.]
+
+Tuesday, June the 9th. Wind S E. The weather being moderate, I steered W
+by S.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789 JUNE 9.]
+
+At four in the afternoon we caught a small dolphin, the first relief of
+the kind we obtained. I issued about two ounces to each person,
+including the offals, and saved the remainder for dinner the next day.
+Towards evening the wind freshened, and it blew strong all night, so
+that we shipped much water, and suffered greatly from the wet and cold.
+At day-light, as usual, I heard much complaining, which my own feelings
+convinced me was too well founded. I gave the surgeon and Lebogue a
+little wine, but I could give no farther relief, than assurances that a
+very few days longer, at our present fine rate of sailing, would bring
+us to Timor.
+
+Gannets, boobies, men of war and tropic birds, were constantly about us.
+Served the usual allowance of bread and water, and at noon dined on the
+remains of the dolphin, which amounted to about an ounce per man. I
+observed the latitude to be 9° 9´ S; longitude made 10° 8´ W; course
+since yesterday noon S 76° W; distance 107 miles.
+
+[Sidenote: Wednesday 10.]
+
+Wednesday, June the 10th. Wind E S E. Fresh gales and fair weather, but
+a continuance of much sea, which, by breaking almost constantly over the
+boat, made us miserably wet, and we had much cold to endure in the
+night.
+
+This afternoon I suffered great sickness from the oily nature of part of
+the stomach of the fish, which had fallen to my share at dinner. At
+sun-set I served an allowance of bread and water for supper. In the
+morning, after a very bad night, I could see an alteration for the worse
+in more than half my people. The usual allowance was served for
+breakfast and dinner. At noon I found our situation to be in latitude 9°
+16´ S; longitude from the north part of New Holland 12° 1´ W; course
+since yesterday noon W 1/2 S, distance 111 miles.
+
+[Sidenote: Thursday 11.]
+
+Thursday, June the 11th. Fresh gales and fair weather. Wind S E and S S
+E.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. JUNE 11.]
+
+Birds and rock-weed showed that we were not far from land; but I
+expected such signs must be here, as there are many islands between the
+east part of Timor and New Guinea. I however hoped to fall in with Timor
+every hour, for I had great apprehensions that some of my people could
+not hold out. An extreme weakness, swelled legs, hollow and ghastly
+countenances, great propensity to sleep, with an apparent debility of
+understanding, seemed to me melancholy presages of their approaching
+dissolution. The surgeon and Lebogue, in particular were most miserable
+objects. I occasionally gave them a few tea-spoonfuls of wine, out of
+the little I had saved for this dreadful stage, which no doubt greatly
+helped to support them.
+
+For my own part, a great share of spirits, with the hopes of being able
+to accomplish the voyage, seemed to be my principal support; but the
+boatswain very innocently told me, that he really thought I looked worse
+than any one in the boat. The simplicity with which he uttered such an
+opinion diverted me, and I had good humour enough to return him a better
+compliment.
+
+Every one received his 25th of a pound of bread, and quarter of a pint
+of water, at evening, morning, and noon, and an extra allowance of water
+was given to those who desired it.
+
+At noon I observed in latitude 9° 41´ S; course S 77° W; distance 109
+miles; longitude made 13° 49´ W. I had little doubt of having now passed
+the meridian of the eastern part of Timor, which is laid down in 128° E.
+This diffused universal joy and satisfaction.
+
+[Sidenote: Friday 12.]
+
+Friday, June the 12th. Fresh breezes and fine weather, but very hazy.
+Wind from E to S E.
+
+All the afternoon we had several gannets, and many other birds, about
+us, that indicated we were near land, and at sun-set we kept a very
+anxious look-out. In the evening we caught a booby, which I reserved for
+our dinner the next day.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. JUNE 12.]
+
+At three in the morning, with an excess of joy, we discovered Timor
+bearing from W S W to W N W, and I hauled on a wind to the N N E till
+day-light, when the land bore from S W by S about two leagues to N E by
+N seven leagues.
+
+It is not possible for me to describe the pleasure which the blessing of
+the sight of land diffused among us. It appeared scarce credible, that
+in an open boat, and so poorly provided, we should have been able to
+reach the coast of Timor in forty-one days after leaving Tofoa, having
+in that time run, by our log, a distance of 3618 miles, and that,
+notwithstanding our extreme distress, no one should have perished in the
+voyage.
+
+I have already mentioned, that I knew not where the Dutch settlement was
+situated; but I had a faint idea that it was at the S W part of the
+island. I therefore, after day-light, bore away along shore to the S S
+W, and the more readily as the wind would not suffer us to go towards
+the N E without great loss of time.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. JUNE 12.]
+
+The day gave us a most agreeable prospect of the land, which was
+interspersed with woods and lawns; the interior part mountainous, but
+the shore low. Towards noon the coast became higher, with some
+remarkable head-lands. We were greatly delighted with the general look
+of the country, which exhibited many cultivated spots and beautiful
+situations; but we could only see a few small huts, whence I concluded
+no European resided in this part of the island. Much sea ran on the
+shore, so that landing with a boat was impracticable. At noon I was
+abreast of a very high head-land; the extremes of the land bore S W 1/2
+W, and N N E 1/2 E; our distance off shore being three miles; latitude,
+by observation, 9° 59´ S; and my longitude, by dead reckoning, from the
+north part of New Holland, 15° 6´ W.
+
+With the usual allowance of bread and water for dinner, I divided the
+bird we had caught the night before, and to the surgeon and Lebogue I
+gave a little wine.
+
+[Sidenote: Saturday 13.]
+
+Saturday, June the 13th. Fresh gales at E, and E S E, with very hazy
+weather.
+
+During the afternoon, we continued our course along a low woody shore,
+with innumerable palm-trees, called the Fan Palm from the leaf spreading
+like a fan; but we had now lost all signs of cultivation, and the
+country had not so fine an appearance as it had to the eastward. This,
+however, was only a small tract, for by sun-set it improved again, and I
+saw several great smokes where the inhabitants were clearing and
+cultivating their grounds. We had now ran 25 miles to the W S W since
+noon, and were W five miles from a low point, which in the afternoon I
+imagined had been the southernmost land, and here the coast formed a
+deep bend, with low land in the bight that appeared like islands. The
+west shore was high; but from this part of the coast to the high cape
+which we were abreast of yesterday noon, the shore is low, and I believe
+shoal. I particularly remark this situation, because here the very high
+ridge of mountains, that run from the east end of the island, terminate,
+and the appearance of the country suddenly changes for the worse, as if
+it was not the same island in any respect.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. JUNE 13.]
+
+That we might not run past any settlement in the night, I determined to
+preserve my station till the morning, and therefore hove to under a
+close-reefed fore-sail, with which the boat lay very quiet. We were here
+in shoal water; our distance from the shore being half a league, the
+westernmost land in sight bearing W S W 1/2 W. Served bread and water
+for supper, and the boat lying too very well, all but the officer of the
+watch endeavoured to get a little sleep.
+
+At two in the morning, we wore, and stood in shore till day-light, when
+I found we had drifted, during the night, about three leagues to the W S
+W, the southernmost land in sight bearing W. On examining the coast, and
+not seeing any sign of a settlement, we bore away to the westward,
+having a strong gale, against a weather current, which occasioned much
+sea. The shore was high and covered with wood, but we did not run far
+before low land again formed the coast, the points of which opening at
+west, I once more fancied we were on the south part of the island; but
+at ten o'clock we found the coast again inclining towards the south,
+part of it bearing W S W 1/2 W. At the same time high land appeared from
+S W to S W by W 1/2 W; but the weather was so hazy, that it was doubtful
+whether the two lands were separated, the opening only extending one
+point of the compass. I, for this reason, stood towards the outer land,
+and found it to be the island Roti.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. JUNE 13.]
+
+I returned to the shore I had left, and in a sandy bay I brought to a
+grapnel, that I might more conveniently calculate my situation. In this
+place we saw several smokes, where the natives were clearing their
+grounds. During the little time we remained here, the master and
+carpenter very much importuned me to let them go in search of supplies;
+to which, at length, I assented; but, finding no one willing to be of
+their party, they did not choose to quit the boat. I stopped here no
+longer than for the purpose just mentioned, and we continued steering
+along shore. We had a view of a beautiful-looking country, as if formed
+by art into lawns and parks. The coast is low, and covered with woods,
+in which are innumerable fan palm-trees, that look like cocoa-nut walks.
+The interior part is high land, but very different from the more eastern
+parts of the island, where it is exceedingly mountainous, and to
+appearance the soil better.
+
+At noon, the island Roti bore S W by W seven leagues. I had no
+observation for the latitude, but, by account, we were in 10° 12´ S; our
+course since yesterday noon being S 77 W, 54 miles. The usual allowance
+of bread and water was served for breakfast and dinner, and to the
+surgeon and Lebogue, I gave a little wine.
+
+[Sidenote: Sunday 14.]
+
+Sunday, June the 14th. A strong gale at E S E, with hazy weather, all
+the afternoon; after which the wind became moderate.
+
+At two o'clock this afternoon, having run through a very dangerous
+breaking sea, the cause of which I attributed to a strong tide setting to
+windward, and shoal water, we discovered a spacious bay or sound, with a
+fair entrance about two or three miles wide. I now conceived hopes that
+our voyage was nearly at an end, as no place could appear more eligible
+for shipping, or more likely to be chosen for an European settlement: I
+therefore came to a grapnel near the east side of the entrance, in a
+small sandy bay, where we saw a hut, a dog, and some cattle; and I
+immediately sent the boatswain and gunner away to the hut, to discover
+the inhabitants.
+
+The S W point of the entrance bore W 1/2 S three miles; the S E point S
+by W three quarters of a mile; and the island Roti from S by W 1/4 W to
+S W 1/4 W, about five leagues.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. JUNE 14.]
+
+While we lay here I found the ebb came from the northward, and before
+our departure the falling of the tide discovered to us a reef of rocks,
+about two cables length from the shore; the whole being covered at
+high-water, renders it dangerous. On the opposite shore also appeared
+very high breakers; but there is nevertheless plenty of room, and
+certainly a safe channel for a first-rate man of war.
+
+The bay or sound within, seemed to be of a considerable extent; the
+northern part, which I had now in view, being about five leagues
+distant. Here the land made in moderate risings joined by lower grounds.
+But the island Roti, which lies to the southward, is the best mark to
+know this place.
+
+I had just time to make these remarks, when I saw the boatswain and
+gunner returning with some of the natives. I therefore no longer doubted
+of our success, and that our most sanguine expectations would be fully
+gratified. They brought five Indians, and informed me that they had
+found two families, where the women treated them with European
+politeness. From these people I learned, that the governor resided at a
+place called Coupang, which was some distance to the N E. I made signs
+for one of them to go in the boat, and show me Coupang, intimating that
+I would pay him for his trouble; the man readily complied, and came into
+the boat.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. JUNE 14.]
+
+These people were of a dark tawny colour, and had long black hair; they
+chewed a great deal of beetle, and wore a square piece of cloth round
+their hips, in the folds of which was stuck a large knife. They had a
+handkerchief wrapped round their heads, and at their shoulders hung
+another tied by the four corners, which served as a bag for their beetle
+equipage.
+
+They brought us a few pieces of dried turtle, and some ears of Indian
+corn. This last was most welcome to us; for the turtle was so hard, that
+it could not be eaten without being first soaked in hot water. Had I
+staid they would have brought us something more; but, as the pilot was
+willing, I was determined to push on. It was about half an hour past
+four when we sailed.
+
+By direction of the pilot we kept close to the east shore under all our
+sail; but as night came on, the wind died away, and we were obliged to
+try at the oars, which I was surprised to see we could use with some
+effect. However, at ten o'clock, as I found we got but little ahead, I
+came to a grapnel, and for the first time I issued double allowance of
+bread and a little wine to each person.
+
+At one o'clock in the morning, after the most happy and sweet sleep that
+ever men had, we weighed, and continued to keep the east shore on board,
+in very smooth water; when at last I found we were again open to the
+sea, the whole of the land to the westward, that we had passed, being an
+island, which the pilot called Pulo Samow. The northern entrance of this
+channel is about a mile and a half or two miles wide, and I had no
+ground at ten fathoms.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. JUNE 14.]
+
+Hearing the report of two cannon that were fired, gave new life to every
+one; and soon after we discovered two square-rigged vessels and a cutter
+at anchor to the eastward. I endeavoured to work to windward, but we
+were obliged to take to our oars again, having lost ground on each tack.
+We kept close to the shore, and continued rowing till four o'clock, when
+I brought to a grapnel, and gave another allowance of bread and wine to
+all hands. As soon as we had rested a little, we weighed again, and
+rowed till near day-light, when I came to a grapnel, off a small fort
+and town, which the pilot told me was Coupang.
+
+Among the things which the boatswain had thrown into the boat before we
+left the ship, was a bundle of signal flags that had been made for the
+boats to show the depth of water in sounding; with these I had, in the
+course of the passage, made a small jack, which I now hoisted in the
+main shrouds, as a signal of distress; for I did not choose to land
+without leave.
+
+Soon after day-break a soldier hailed me to land, which I instantly did,
+among a croud of Indians, and was agreeably surprised to meet with an
+English sailor, who belonged to one of the vessels in the road. His
+captain, he told me, was the second person in the town; I therefore
+desired to be conducted to him, as I was informed the governor was ill,
+and could not then be spoken with.
+
+Captain Spikerman received me with great humanity. I informed him of our
+miserable situation; and requested that care might be taken of those who
+were with me, without delay. On which he gave directions for their
+immediate reception at his own house, and went himself to the governor,
+to know at what time I could be permitted to see him; which was fixed to
+be at eleven o'clock.
+
+I now desired every one to come on shore, which was as much as some of
+them could do, being scarce able to walk: they, however, got at last to
+the house, and found tea with bread and butter provided for their
+breakfast.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. JUNE 14.]
+
+The abilities of a painter, perhaps, could never have been displayed to
+more advantage than in the delineation of the two groups of figures,
+which at this time presented themselves. An indifferent spectator would
+have been at a loss which most to admire; the eyes of famine sparkling
+at immediate relief, or the horror of their preservers at the sight of
+so many spectres, whose ghastly countenances, if the cause had been
+unknown, would rather have excited terror than pity. Our bodies were
+nothing but skin and bones, our limbs were full of sores, and we were
+cloathed in rags; in this condition, with the tears of joy and gratitude
+flowing down our cheeks, the people of Timor beheld us with a mixture of
+horror, surprise, and pity.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. JUNE 14.]
+
+The governor, Mr. William Adrian Van Este, notwithstanding his extreme
+ill-health, became so anxious about us, that I saw him before the
+appointed time. He received me with great affection, and gave me the
+fullest proofs that he was possessed of every feeling of a humane and
+good man. Sorry as he was, he said, that such a calamity could ever have
+happened to us, yet he considered it as the greatest blessing of his
+life that we had fallen under his protection; and, though his infirmity
+was so great that he could not do the office of a friend himself, he
+would give such orders as I might be certain would procure me every
+supply I wanted. In the mean time a house was hired for me, and, till
+matters could be properly regulated, victuals for every one were ordered
+to be dressed at his own house. With respect to my people, he said I
+might have room for them either at the hospital or on board of captain
+Spikerman's ship, which lay in the road; and he expressed much
+uneasiness that Coupang could not afford them better accommodations, the
+house assigned to me being the only one uninhabited, and the situation
+of the few families such, that they could not accommodate any one. After
+this conversation an elegant repast was set before me, more according to
+the custom of the country, than with design to alleviate my hunger: so
+that in this instance he happily blended, with common politeness, the
+greatest favour I could receive.
+
+On returning to my people, I found every kind relief had been given to
+them. The surgeon had dressed their sores, and the cleaning of their
+persons had not been less attended to, besides several friendly gifts of
+apparel.
+
+I now desired to be shewn to the house that was intended for me, and I
+found it ready, with servants to attend, and a particular one, which the
+governor had directed to be always about my person. The house consisted
+of a hall, with a room at each end, and a loft over-head; and was
+surrounded by a piazza, with an outer apartment in one corner, and a
+communication from the back part of the house to the street. I therefore
+determined, instead of separating from my people, to lodge them all with
+me; and I divided the house as follows: One room I took to myself, the
+other I allotted to the master, surgeon, Mr. Nelson, and the gunner; the
+loft to the other officers; and the outer apartment to the men. The hall
+was common to the officers, and the men had the back piazza. Of this I
+informed the governor, and he sent down chairs, tables, and benches,
+with bedding and other necessaries for the use of every one.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. JUNE 14.]
+
+The governor, when I took my leave, had desired me to acquaint him with
+every thing of which I stood in need; but I was now informed it was only
+at particular times that he had a few moments of ease, or could attend
+to any thing; being in a dying state, with an incurable disease. On this
+account, whatever business I had to transact would be with Mr. Timotheus
+Wanjon, the second of this place, and the governor's son-in-law; who now
+also was contributing every thing in his power to make our situation
+comfortable. I had been, therefore, misinformed by the seaman, who told
+me that captain Spikerman was the next person to the governor.
+
+At noon a very handsome dinner was brought to the house, which was
+sufficient to make persons, more accustomed to plenty, eat too much.
+Cautions, therefore, might be supposed to have had little effect; but I
+believe few people in such a situation would have observed more
+moderation. My greatest apprehension was, that they would eat too much
+fruit.
+
+Having seen every one enjoy this meal of plenty, I dined with Mr.
+Wanjon; but I found no extraordinary inclination to eat or drink. Rest
+and quiet, I considered, as more necessary to my doing well, and
+therefore retired to my room, which I found furnished with every
+convenience. But, instead of rest, my mind was disposed to reflect on
+our late sufferings, and on the failure of the expedition; but, above
+all, on the thanks due to Almighty God, who had given us power to
+support and bear such heavy calamities, and had enabled me at last to be
+the means of saving eighteen lives.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. JUNE 14.]
+
+In times of difficulty there will generally arise circumstances that
+bear more particularly hard on a commander. In our late situation, it
+was not the least of my distresses, to be constantly assailed with the
+melancholy demands of my people for an increase of allowance, which it
+grieved me to refuse. The necessity of observing the most rigid
+[oe]conomy in the distribution of our provisions was so evident, that I
+resisted their solicitations, and never deviated from the agreement we
+made at setting out. The consequence of this care was, that at our
+arrival we had still remaining sufficient for eleven days, at our
+scanty allowance: and if we had been so unfortunate as to have missed
+the Dutch settlement at Timor, we could have proceeded to Java, where I
+was certain every supply we wanted could be procured.
+
+Another disagreeable circumstance, to which my situation exposed me, was
+the caprice of ignorant people. Had I been incapable of acting, they
+would have carried the boat on shore as soon as we made the island of
+Timor, without considering that landing among the natives, at a distance
+from the European settlement, might have been as dangerous as among any
+other Indians.
+
+The quantity of provisions with which we left the ship, was not more
+than we should have consumed in five days, had there been no necessity
+for husbanding our stock. The mutineers must naturally have concluded
+that we could have no other place of refuge than the Friendly Islands;
+for it was not likely they should imagine, that, so poorly equipped as
+we were in every respect, there could have been a possibility of our
+attempting to return homewards: much less will they suspect that the
+account of their villany has already reached their native country.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. JUNE 14.]
+
+When I reflect how providentially our lives were saved at Tofoa, by the
+Indians delaying their attack, and that, with scarce any thing to
+support life, we crossed a sea of more than 1200 leagues, without
+shelter from the inclemency of the weather; when I reflect that in an
+open boat, with so much stormy weather, we escaped foundering, that not
+any of us were taken off by disease, that we had the great good fortune
+to pass the unfriendly natives of other countries without accident, and
+at last happily to meet with the most friendly and best of people to
+relieve our distresses; I say, when I reflect on all these wonderful
+escapes, the remembrance of such great mercies enables me to bear, with
+resignation and chearfulness, the failure of an expedition, the success
+of which I had so much at heart, and which was frustrated at a time when
+I was congratulating myself on the fairest prospect of being able to
+complete it in a manner that would fully have answered the intention of
+his Majesty, and the honourable promoters of so benevolent a plan.
+
+With respect to the preservation of our health, during a course of 16
+days of heavy and almost continual rain, I would recommend to every one
+in a similar situation the method we practised, which is to dip their
+cloaths in the salt-water, and wring them out, as often as they become
+filled with rain; it was the only resource we had, and I believe was of
+the greatest service to us, for it felt more like a change of dry
+cloaths than could well be imagined. We had occasion to do this so
+often, that at length all our cloaths were wrung to pieces: for, except
+the few days we passed on the coast of New Holland, we were continually
+wet either with rain or sea.
+
+Thus, through the assistance of Divine Providence, we surmounted the
+difficulties and distresses of a most perilous voyage, and arrived safe
+in an hospitable port, where every necessary and comfort were
+administered to us with a most liberal hand.
+
+
+[Sidenote: Timor.]
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. JULY.]
+
+As, from the great humanity and attention of the governor, and the
+gentlemen, at Coupang, we received every kind of assistance, we were not
+long without evident signs of returning health: therefore, to secure my
+arrival at Batavia, before the October fleet sailed for Europe, on the
+first of July, I purchased a small schooner; 34 feet long, for which I
+gave 1000 rix-dollars, and fitted her for sea, under the name of His
+Majesty's schooner Resource.
+
+[Sidenote: July. 20.]
+
+On the 20th of July, I had the misfortune to lose Mr. David Nelson: he
+died of an inflammatory fever. The loss of this honest man I very much
+lamented: he had accomplished, with great care and diligence, the object
+for which he was sent, and was always ready to forward every plan I
+proposed, for the good of the service we were on. He was equally useful
+in our voyage hither, in the course of which he gave me great
+satisfaction, by the patience and fortitude with which he conducted
+himself.
+
+[Sidenote: July. 21.]
+
+July 21st. This day I was employed attending the funeral of Mr. Nelson.
+The corpse was carried by twelve soldiers drest in black, preceded by
+the minister; next followed myself and second governor; then ten
+gentlemen of the town and the officers of the ships in the harbour; and
+after them my own officers and people.
+
+After reading our burial-service, the body was interred behind the
+chapel, in the burying-ground appropriated to the Europeans of the town.
+I was sorry I could get no tombstone to place over his remains.
+
+This was the second voyage Mr. Nelson had undertaken to the South Seas,
+having been sent out by Sir Joseph Banks; to collect plants, seeds, &c.
+in Captain Cook's last voyage. And now, after surmounting so many
+difficulties, and in the midst of thankfulness for his deliverance, he
+was called upon to pay the debt of nature, at a time least expected.
+
+[Sidenote: August 20.]
+
+August the 20th. After taking an affectionate leave of the hospitable
+and friendly inhabitants, I embarked, and we sailed from Coupang,
+exchanging salutes with the fort and shipping as we ran out of the
+harbour.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. AUGUST.]
+
+I left the governor, Mr. Van Este, at the point of death. To this
+gentleman our most grateful thanks are due, for the humane and friendly
+treatment that we have received from him. His ill state of health only
+prevented him from showing us more particular marks of attention.
+Unhappily, it is to his memory only that I now pay this tribute. It was
+a fortunate circumstance for us, that Mr. Wanjon, the next in place to
+the governor, was equally humane and ready to relieve us. His attention
+was unremitting, and, when there was a doubt about supplying me with
+money, on government account, to enable me to purchase a vessel, he
+chearfully took it upon himself; without which, it was evident, I should
+have been too late at Batavia to have sailed for Europe with the October
+fleet. I can only return such services by ever retaining a grateful
+remembrance of them.
+
+Mr. Max, the town surgeon, likewise behaved to us with the most
+disinterested humanity: he attended every one with the utmost care; for
+which I could not prevail on him to receive any payment, or to render me
+any account, or other answer, than that it was his duty.
+
+Coupang is situated in 10° 12´ S latitude, and 124° 41´ E longitude.
+
+[Sidenote: August 29.]
+
+On the 29th of August, I passed by the west end of the Island Flores,
+through a dangerous strait full of islands and rocks; and, having got
+into the latitude of 8° S, I steered to the west, passing the islands
+Sumbawa, Lombock, and Bali, towards Java, which I saw on the 6th of
+September. I continued my course to the west, through the Straits of
+Madura.
+
+[Sidenote: September 10.]
+
+[Sidenote: Passourwang]
+
+On the 10th of September, I anchored off Passourwang, in latitude 7° 36´
+S, and 1° 44´ W of Cape Sandana, the N E end or Java.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. SEPTEMBER]
+
+On the 11th I sailed, and on the 13th arrived at Sourabya, latitude 7°
+11´ S, 1° 52´ west.
+
+[Sidenote: Sourabya. Crissey.]
+
+On the 17th of September, sailed from Sourabya, and the same day
+anchored at Crissey, for about two hours, and from thence I proceeded to
+Samarang. Latitude of Crissey 7° 9´ S, 1° 55´ west.
+
+[Sidenote: Samarang.]
+
+[Sidenote: Batavia.]
+
+On the 22nd of September, anchored at Samarang; latitude 6° 54´ S; 4° 7´
+W. And on the 26th I sailed for Batavia, where I arrived on the 1st of
+October. Latitude 6° 10´ S; 8° 12´ W from the east end of Java.
+
+On the day after my arrival, having gone through some fatigue in
+adjusting matters to get my people out of the schooner, as she lay in
+the river, and in an unhealthy situation, I was seized with a violent
+fever.
+
+On the 7th, I was carried into the country, to the physician-general's
+house, where, the governor-general informed me, I should be accommodated
+with every attendance and convenience; and to this only can I attribute
+my recovery. It was, however, necessary for me to quit Batavia without
+delay; and the governor, on that account, gave me leave, with two
+others, to go in a packet that was to sail before the fleet; and assured
+me, that those who remained should be sent after me by the fleet, which
+was to sail before the end of the month: that if I remained, which would
+be highly hazardous, he could not send us all in one ship. My sailing,
+therefore, was eligible, even if it had not been necessary for my
+health; and for that reason I embarked in the Vlydt packet, which sailed
+on the 16th of October.
+
+[Sidenote: Cape of Good Hope.]
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. DECEMBER.]
+
+On the 16th of December, I arrived at the Cape of Good Hope where I
+first observed that my usual health was returning; but for a long time
+I continued very weak and infirm.
+
+I received the greatest attention and politeness from the
+governor-general, and all the residents on the coast of Java; and
+particular marks of friendship and regard from the governor, M. Van de
+Graaf, at the Cape of Good Hope.
+
+On the 2d of January, 1790, we sailed for Europe, and on the 14th of
+March, I was landed at Portsmouth by an Isle of Wight boat.
+
+
+FINIS.
+
+
+
+
+
+End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of A Narrative Of The Mutiny, On Board
+His Majesty's Ship Bounty; And The Subsequent Voyage Of Part Of The Crew, In The Ship's Boat, by William Bligh
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK MUTINY OF THE BOUNTY ***
+
+***** This file should be named 20337-8.txt or 20337-8.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+        http://www.gutenberg.org/2/0/3/3/20337/
+
+Produced by Chuck Greif, V. L. Simpson and the Online
+Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net. (This
+file was produced from images generously made available
+by the Posner Memorial Collection
+(http://posnet.library.cmu.edu/Posner/)).
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties.  Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark.  Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission.  If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy.  You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research.  They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks.  Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+http://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1.  General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A.  By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement.  If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B.  "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark.  It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement.  There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement.  See
+paragraph 1.C below.  There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.  See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C.  The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works.  Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States.  If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed.  Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work.  You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D.  The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work.  Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change.  If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work.  The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E.  Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1.  The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges.  If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder.  Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4.  Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5.  Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6.  You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form.  However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form.  Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7.  Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8.  You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+     the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+     you already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  The fee is
+     owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+     has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+     Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.  Royalty payments
+     must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+     prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+     returns.  Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+     sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+     address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+     the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+     you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+     does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+     License.  You must require such a user to return or
+     destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+     and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+     Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+     money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+     electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+     of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+     distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9.  If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark.  Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1.  Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection.  Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2.  LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees.  YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3.  YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3.  LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from.  If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation.  The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund.  If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund.  If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4.  Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5.  Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6.  INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section  2.  Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers.  It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come.  In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3.  Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service.  The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541.  Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+http://pglaf.org/fundraising.  Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations.  Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org.  Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at http://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+     Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+     Chief Executive and Director
+     gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4.  Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment.  Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States.  Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements.  We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance.  To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit http://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States.  U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses.  Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
+To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5.  General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone.  For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+     http://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
diff --git a/20337-8.zip b/20337-8.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7cb5c82
--- /dev/null
+++ b/20337-8.zip
diff --git a/20337-h.zip b/20337-h.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ce843d5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/20337-h.zip
diff --git a/20337-h/20337-h.htm b/20337-h/20337-h.htm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..48e76a3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/20337-h/20337-h.htm
@@ -0,0 +1,3999 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN"
+     "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd">
+
+  <html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en" lang="en">
+
+    <head>
+    <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=iso-8859-1" />
+    <title>
+    The Project Gutenberg eBook of A Narrative Of The Mutiny, by Lieutenant William Bligh.
+    </title>
+    <style type="text/css" media="screen">
+    body{margin:5% 15%;}
+    p{margin-top: .75em;text-align: justify;margin-bottom: .75em;}
+    h1,h2,h3,h4,h5,h6{text-align: center;clear: both;}
+    hr {width: 33%;margin-top: 2em;margin-bottom: 2em;clear: both;}
+    .pagenum{visibility: hidden;position: absolute;left: 92%;font-size:smaller;text-align:right;}
+    .blockquot{margin-left: 5%; margin-right: 10%;}
+    .sidenote {width: 20%;padding-bottom: .5em;padding-top: .5em;padding-left: .5em;
+    padding-right: .5em;margin-left: 1em;float: right;clear: right;margin-top: 1em;
+    font-size: smaller;color: black;background: #eeeeee;border: dashed 1px;}
+    .smcap {font-variant: small-caps;}
+
+    .figcenter {margin: auto; text-align: center;}
+    .footnotes {border: dashed 1px;}
+    .footnote {margin-left: 10%;margin-right: 10%;font-size: 0.9em;}
+    .footnote .label {position: absolute; left: 15%; text-align: right;}
+    .fnanchor {vertical-align: super; font-size: .8em; text-decoration: none;}
+    /* Post Processor tweaks */
+    img
+    {
+     margin:.5em 0 0 0;
+     border:1px solid black;
+    }
+    #title-page{margin:0 10%;text-align:center;line-height:2em;}
+    #book-content {margin:10%;}
+    #illustrations {font-size:1.25em;}
+    #illustrations ul {list-style:none;}
+    #illustrations a {text-decoration:none;}
+    .caption {font-weight: bold;text-align:center;}
+    </style>
+    </head>
+<body>
+
+
+<pre>
+
+The Project Gutenberg EBook of A Narrative Of The Mutiny, On Board His
+Majesty's Ship Bounty; And The Subsequent Voyage Of Part Of The Crew, In The Ship's Boat, by William Bligh
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: A Narrative Of The Mutiny, On Board His Majesty's Ship Bounty; And The Subsequent Voyage Of Part Of The Crew, In The Ship's Boat
+
+Author: William Bligh
+
+Release Date: January 11, 2007 [EBook #20337]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK MUTINY OF THE BOUNTY ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Chuck Greif, V. L. Simpson and the Online
+Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net. (This
+file was produced from images generously made available
+by the Posner Memorial Collection
+(http://posnet.library.cmu.edu/Posner/)).
+
+
+
+
+
+
+</pre>
+
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'>[Pg 1]</span></p>
+
+<div id="title-page">
+
+<div>A</div>
+<h1>NARRATIVE</h1>
+<div>OF THE</div>
+<div style="font:1.75em bold;">MUTINY,</div>
+<div>ON BOARD</div>
+
+<div style="font:1.25em normal;">HIS MAJESTY'S SHIP
+<span style="font-style:italic;font-weight:600">BOUNTY</span>;</div>
+
+<div>AND THE</div>
+<div>SUBSEQUENT VOYAGE OF PART OF THE CREW,</div>
+<div>IN THE SHIP's BOAT,</div>
+
+<div>From <span class="smcap">Tofoa</span>, one of the Friendly Islands,</div>
+<div>To <span class="smcap">Timor</span>, a Dutch Settlement in the East Indies.</div>
+
+<hr />
+
+<div>Written by <span class="smcap">Lieutenant</span> WILLIAM BLIGH.</div>
+
+<hr />
+
+<div>ILLUSTRATED WITH CHARTS.</div>
+
+<hr />
+
+<div>LONDON:</div>
+<div>PRINTED FOR GEORGE NICOL, BOOKSELLER TO HIS MAJESTY, PALL-MALL.</div>
+<div>MDCCXC.</div>
+
+</div><!-- end title-page -->
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'>[Pg 2]</span></p>
+
+<div id="illustrations">
+<span>List of Illustrations</span>
+<ul>
+<li><a href="#map1">Track of the Bounty's Launch from Tofoa to Timor</a></li>
+<li><a href="#map3">Chart of Bligh's Islands</a></li>
+<li><a href="#map4">North East Coast of New Holland</a></li>
+</ul>
+</div>
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h2>ADVERTISEMENT.</h2>
+
+
+<p>The following Narrative is only a part of a voyage
+undertaken for the purpose of conveying the
+Bread-fruit Tree from the South Sea Islands to the
+West Indies. The manner in which this expedition miscarried,
+with the subsequent transactions and events,
+are here related. This part of the voyage is not
+first in the order of time, yet the circumstances are
+so distinct from that by which it was preceded, that
+it appears unnecessary to delay giving as much early
+information as possible concerning so extraordinary an
+event. The rest will be laid before the Public as soon as
+it can be got ready; and it is intended to publish it in such
+a manner, as, with the present Narrative, will make the
+account of the voyage compleat.</p>
+
+<p>At present, for the better understanding the following
+<span class='pagenum'>[Pg 3]</span>pages, it is sufficient to inform the reader, that in
+August, 1787, I was appointed to command the Bounty,
+a ship of 215 tons burthen, carrying 4 six-pounders,
+4 swivels, and 46 men, including myself and every
+person on board. We sailed from England in December,
+1787, and arrived at Otaheite the 26th of
+October, 1788. On the 4th of April, 1789, we left
+Otaheite, with every favourable appearance of completing
+the object of the voyage, in a manner equal to my
+most sanguine expectations. At this period the ensuing
+<span class='pagenum'>[Pg 4]</span>Narrative commences.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width:800px;">
+<a href="images/map1-lg.png">
+<img name="map1" id="map1" src="images/map1-sml.png" alt="Track of the Bounty's Launch" /></a><br />
+<a href="images/map2-lg.png">
+<img name="map2" id="map2" src="images/map2-sml.png" alt="Track of the Bounty's Launch" /></a>
+<p class="caption">Track of the Bounty's Launch from Tofoa to Timor by Lieut. William Bligh, 1789</p>
+</div>
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<div>
+<p style="text-align:center;font-weight:bold;font-size:1.25em;">
+A
+</p>
+
+<h2> NARRATIVE, &amp;c.</h2>
+</div>
+
+
+
+<div class="sidenote">1789. <span class="smcap">April</span>.</div>
+
+<p>I sailed from Otaheite on the 4th of April 1789,
+having on board 1015 fine bread-fruit plants, besides
+many other valuable fruits of that country, which, with
+unremitting attention, we had been collecting for three
+and twenty weeks, and which were now in the highest state
+of perfection.</p>
+
+<p>On the 11th of April, I discovered an island in latitude
+18&deg; 52&acute; S. and longitude 200&deg; 19&acute; E. by the natives called
+Whytootackee. On the 24th we anchored at Annamooka,
+one of the Friendly Islands; from which, after completing
+our wood and water, I sailed on the 27th, having every
+reason to expect, from the fine condition of the plants, that
+they would continue healthy.</p>
+
+<p>On the evening of the 28th, owing to light winds, we
+were not clear of the islands, and at night I directed my
+course towards Tofoa. The master had the first watch;
+the gunner the middle watch; and Mr. Christian, one of
+the mates, the morning watch. This was the turn of duty
+for the night.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">1789. <span class="smcap">April</span>.</div>
+
+<p>Just before sun-rising, Mr. Christian, with the master at
+arms, gunner's mate, and Thomas Burket, seaman, came
+into my cabin while I was asleep, and seizing me, tied
+my hands with a cord behind my back, and threatened me
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_5" id="Page_5">[Pg 5]</a></span>with instant death, if I spoke or made the least noise: I,
+however, called so loud as to alarm every one; but they
+had already secured the officers who were not of their
+party, by placing centinels at their doors. There were three
+men at my cabin door, besides the four within; Christian
+had only a cutlass in his hand, the others had muskets
+and bayonets. I was hauled out of bed, and forced on
+deck in my shirt, suffering great pain from the tightness
+with which they had tied my hands. I demanded the
+reason of such violence, but received no other answer than
+threats of instant death, if I did not hold my tongue. Mr.
+Elphinston, the master's mate, was kept in his birth; Mr.
+Nelson, botanist, Mr. Peckover, gunner, Mr. Ledward,
+surgeon, and the master, were confined to their cabins;
+and also the clerk, Mr. Samuel, but he soon obtained leave
+to come on deck. The fore hatchway was guarded by
+centinels; the boatswain and carpenter were, however, allowed
+to come on deck, where they saw me standing abaft
+the mizen-mast, with my hands tied behind my back, under
+a guard, with Christian at their head.</p>
+
+<p>The boatswain was now ordered to hoist the launch out,
+with a threat, if he did not do it instantly, to take care of
+himself.</p>
+
+<p>The boat being out, Mr. Hayward and Mr. Hallet, midshipmen,
+and Mr. Samuel, were ordered into it; upon
+which I demanded the cause of such an order, and endeavoured
+to persuade some one to a sense of duty; but it was
+to no effect: "Hold your tongue, Sir, or you are dead this
+instant," was constantly repeated to me.</p>
+
+<p>The master, by this time, had sent to be allowed to come
+on deck, which was permitted; but he was soon ordered
+back again to his cabin.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">1789. <span class="smcap">April</span>.</div>
+
+<p>I continued my endeavours to turn the tide of affairs,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_6" id="Page_6">[Pg 6]</a></span>
+when Christian changed the cutlass he had in his hand for
+a bayonet, that was brought to him, and, holding me with
+a strong gripe by the cord that tied my hands, he with
+many oaths threatened to kill me immediately if I would
+not be quiet: the villains round me had their pieces
+cocked and bayonets fixed. Particular people were now
+called on to go into the boat, and were hurried over the
+side: whence I concluded that with these people I was to
+be set adrift.</p>
+
+<p>I therefore made another effort to bring about a change,
+but with no other effect than to be threatened with having
+my brains blown out.</p>
+
+<p>The boatswain and seamen, who were to go in the boat,
+were allowed to collect twine, canvas, lines, sails, cordage,
+an eight and twenty gallon cask of water, and the carpenter
+to take his tool chest. Mr. Samuel got 150lbs of
+bread, with a small quantity of rum and wine. He also
+got a quadrant and compass into the boat; but was forbidden,
+on pain of death, to touch either map, ephemeris,
+book of astronomical observations, sextant, time-keeper,
+or any of my surveys or drawings.</p>
+
+<p>The mutineers now hurried those they meant to get rid
+of into the boat. When most of them were in, Christian
+directed a dram to be served to each of his own crew. I
+now unhappily saw that nothing could be done to effect
+the recovery of the ship: there was no one to assist me,
+and every endeavour on my part was answered with
+threats of death.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">1789. <span class="smcap">April</span>.</div>
+
+<p>The officers were called, and forced over the side into
+the boat, while I was kept apart from every one, abaft
+the mizen-mast; Christian, armed with a bayonet, holding
+me by the bandage that secured my hands. The<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_7" id="Page_7">[Pg 7]</a></span>
+guard round me had their pieces cocked, but, on my
+daring the ungrateful wretches to fire, they uncocked
+them.</p>
+
+<p>Isaac Martin, one of the guard over me, I saw, had an
+inclination to assist me, and, as he fed me with shaddock,
+(my lips being quite parched with my endeavours to bring
+about a change) we explained our wishes to each other by
+our looks; but this being observed, Martin was instantly
+removed from me; his inclination then was to leave the
+ship, for which purpose he got into the boat; but with
+many threats they obliged him to return.</p>
+
+<p>The armourer, Joseph Coleman, and the two carpenters,
+M'Intosh and Norman, were also kept contrary to their
+inclination; and they begged of me, after I was astern in
+the boat, to remember that they declared they had no
+hand in the transaction. Michael Byrne, I am told, likewise
+wanted to leave the ship.</p>
+
+<p>It is of no moment for me to recount my endeavours to
+bring back the offenders to a sense of their duty: all I
+could do was by speaking to them in general; but my endeavours
+were of no avail, for I was kept securely bound,
+and no one but the guard suffered to come near me.</p>
+
+<p>To Mr. Samuel I am indebted for securing my journals
+and commission, with some material ship papers. Without
+these I had nothing to certify what I had done, and my
+honour and character might have been suspected, without
+my possessing a proper document to have defended them.
+All this he did with great resolution, though guarded and
+strictly watched. He attempted to save the time-keeper,
+and a box with all my surveys, drawings, and remarks for
+fifteen years past, which were numerous; when he was
+hurried away, with "Damn your eyes, you are well off to
+get what you have."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_8" id="Page_8">[Pg 8]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">1789. <span class="smcap">April</span>.</div>
+
+<p>It appeared to me, that Christian was some time in doubt
+whether he should keep the carpenter, or his mates; at
+length he determined on the latter, and the carpenter was
+ordered into the boat. He was permitted, but not without
+some opposition, to take his tool chest.</p>
+
+<p>Much altercation took place among the mutinous crew
+during the whole business: some swore "I'll be damned if
+he does not find his way home, if he gets any thing with
+him," (meaning me); others, when the carpenter's chest
+was carrying away, "Damn my eyes, he will have a vessel
+built in a month." While others laughed at the
+helpless situation of the boat, being very deep, and so little
+room for those who were in her. As for Christian, he
+seemed meditating instant destruction on himself and every
+one.</p>
+
+<p>I asked for arms, but they laughed at me, and said I
+was well acquainted with the people where I was going, and
+therefore did not want them; four cutlasses, however, were
+thrown into the boat, after we were veered astern.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">1789. <span class="smcap">April</span>.</div>
+
+<p>When the officers and men, with whom I was suffered to
+have no communication, were put into the boat, they only
+waited for me, and the master at arms informed Christian of
+it; who then said&mdash;"Come, captain Bligh, your officers and
+men are now in the boat, and you must go with them; if
+you attempt to make the least resistance you will instantly
+be put to death:" and, without any farther ceremony,
+holding me by the cord that tied my hands, with a tribe of
+armed ruffians about me, I was forced over the side,
+where they untied my hands. Being in the boat we were
+veered astern by a rope. A few pieces of pork were then
+thrown to us, and some cloaths, also the cutlasses I have
+already mentioned; and it was now that the armourer<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_9" id="Page_9">[Pg 9]</a></span>
+and carpenters called out to me to remember that they
+had no hand in the transaction. After having undergone
+a great deal of ridicule, and been kept some time to make
+sport for these unfeeling wretches, we were at length cast
+adrift in the open ocean.</p>
+
+<p>I had with me in the boat the following persons:</p>
+
+<table summary="List of crewmembers cast-off the Bounty.">
+<thead>
+<tr><th>Names.</th> <th>Stations.</th></tr>
+</thead>
+<tbody>
+<tr><td><span class="smcap">John Fryer</span></td> <td>Master.</td></tr>
+<tr><td><span class="smcap">Thomas Ledward</span></td> <td>Acting Surgeon.</td></tr>
+<tr><td><span class="smcap">David Nelson</span></td> <td>Botanist.</td></tr>
+<tr><td><span class="smcap">William Peckover</span></td> <td>Gunner.</td></tr>
+<tr><td><span class="smcap">William Cole</span></td> <td>Boatswain.</td></tr>
+<tr><td><span class="smcap">William Purcell</span></td> <td>Carpenter.</td></tr>
+<tr><td><span class="smcap">William Elphinston</span></td> <td>Master's Mate.</td></tr>
+<tr><td><span class="smcap">Thomas Hayward</span></td> <td>Midshipmen.</td></tr>
+<tr><td><span class="smcap">John Hallett</span></td> <td>"</td></tr>
+<tr><td><span class="smcap">John Norton</span></td> <td>Quarter Masters.</td></tr>
+<tr><td><span class="smcap">Peter Linkletter</span></td> <td>"</td></tr>
+<tr><td><span class="smcap">Lawrence Lebogue</span></td> <td>Sailmaker.</td></tr>
+<tr><td><span class="smcap">John Smith</span></td> <td>Cooks.</td></tr>
+<tr><td><span class="smcap">Thomas Hall</span></td> <td>"</td></tr>
+<tr><td><span class="smcap">George Simpson</span></td> <td>Quarter Master's Mate.</td></tr>
+<tr><td><span class="smcap">Robert Tinkler</span></td> <td>A boy.</td></tr>
+<tr><td><span class="smcap">Robert Lamb</span></td> <td>Butcher.</td></tr>
+<tr><td><span class="smcap">Mr. Samuel</span></td> <td>Clerk.</td></tr>
+</tbody>
+</table>
+
+<p>There remained on board the Bounty, as pirates,</p>
+<table summary="A list of the mutineers left aboard the Bounty.">
+<thead>
+<tr><th>Names.</th> <th>Stations.</th></tr>
+</thead>
+<tbody>
+<tr><td><span class="smcap">Fletcher Christian</span></td><td>Master's Mate.</td></tr>
+<tr><td><span class="smcap">Peter Haywood</span></td><td>Midshipmen.</td></tr>
+<tr><td><span class="smcap">Edward Young</span></td><td>"</td></tr>
+<tr><td><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_10" id="Page_10">[Pg 10]</a></span><span class="smcap">George Stewart</span></td><td>"</td></tr>
+<tr><td><span class="smcap">Charles Churchill</span></td><td>Master at Arms.</td></tr>
+<tr><td><span class="smcap">John Mills</span></td><td>Gunner's Mate.</td></tr>
+<tr><td><span class="smcap">James Morrison</span></td><td>Boatswain's Mate.</td></tr>
+<tr><td><span class="smcap">Thomas Burkitt</span></td><td>Able Seaman.</td></tr>
+<tr><td><span class="smcap">Matthew Quintal</span></td><td>Ditto.</td></tr>
+<tr><td><span class="smcap">John Sumner</span></td><td>Ditto.</td></tr>
+<tr><td><span class="smcap">John Millward</span></td><td>Ditto.</td></tr>
+<tr><td><span class="smcap">William M'Koy</span></td><td>Ditto.</td></tr>
+<tr><td><span class="smcap">Henry Hillbrant</span></td><td>Ditto.</td></tr>
+<tr><td><span class="smcap">Michael Byrne</span></td><td>Ditto.</td></tr>
+<tr><td><span class="smcap">William Musprat</span></td><td>Ditto.</td></tr>
+<tr><td><span class="smcap">Alexander Smith</span></td><td>Ditto.</td></tr>
+<tr><td><span class="smcap">John Williams</span></td><td>Ditto.</td></tr>
+<tr><td><span class="smcap">Thomas Ellison</span></td><td>Ditto.</td></tr>
+<tr><td><span class="smcap">Isaac Martin</span></td><td>Ditto.</td></tr>
+<tr><td><span class="smcap">Richard Skinner</span></td><td>Ditto.</td></tr>
+<tr><td><span class="smcap">Matthew Thompson</span></td><td>Ditto.</td></tr>
+<tr><td><span class="smcap">William Brown</span></td><td>Gardiner.</td></tr>
+<tr><td><span class="smcap">Joseph Coleman</span></td><td>Armourer.</td></tr>
+<tr><td><span class="smcap">Charles Norman</span></td><td>Carpenter's Mate.</td></tr>
+<tr><td><span class="smcap">Thomas M'Intosh</span></td><td>Carpenter's Crew.</td></tr>
+</tbody>
+</table>
+
+<p>In all 25 hands, and the most able men of the ship's company.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">1789. <span class="smcap">April</span>.</div>
+
+<p>Having little or no wind, we rowed pretty fast towards
+Tofoa, which bore N E about 10 leagues from us. While
+the ship was in sight she steered to the W N W, but I
+considered this only as a feint; for when we were sent
+away&mdash;"Huzza for Otaheite," was frequently heard among
+the mutineers.</p>
+
+<p>Christian, the captain of the gang, is of a respectable fa<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_11" id="Page_11">[Pg 11]</a></span>mily
+in the north of England. This was the third voyage
+he had made with me; and, as I found it necessary to keep
+my ship's company at three watches, I gave him an order
+to take charge of the third, his abilities being thoroughly
+equal to the task; and by this means my master and gunner
+were not at watch and watch.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">1789. <span class="smcap">April</span>.</div>
+
+<p>Haywood is also of a respectable family in the north of
+England, and a young man of abilities, as well as Christian.
+These two were objects of my particular regard and attention,
+and I took great pains to instruct them, for they
+really promised, as professional men, to be a credit to their
+country.</p>
+
+<p>Young was well recommended, and appeared to me an
+able stout seaman; therefore I was glad to take him: he,
+however, fell short of what his appearance promised.</p>
+
+<p>Stewart was a young man of creditable parents, in the
+Orkneys; at which place, on the return of the Resolution
+from the South Seas, in 1780, we received so many civilities,
+that, on that account only, I should gladly have taken him
+with me: but, independent of this recommendation, he
+was a seaman, and had always borne a good character.</p>
+
+<p>Notwithstanding the roughness with which I was treated,
+the remembrance of past kindnesses produced some signs
+of remorse in Christian. When they were forcing me out
+of the ship, I asked him, if this treatment was a proper
+return for the many instances he had received of my
+friendship? he appeared disturbed at my question, and
+answered, with much emotion, "That,&mdash;captain Bligh,&mdash;that
+is the thing;&mdash;I am in hell&mdash;I am in hell."</p>
+
+<p>As soon as I had time to reflect, I felt an inward satisfaction
+which prevented any depression of my spirits: conscious
+of my integrity, and anxious solicitude for the good<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_12" id="Page_12">[Pg 12]</a></span>
+of the service in which I was engaged, I found my mind
+wonderfully supported, and I began to conceive hopes, notwithstanding
+so heavy a calamity, that I should one day be
+able to account to my King and country for the misfortune.&mdash;A
+few hours before, my situation had been peculiarly
+flattering. I had a ship in the most perfect order, and
+well stored with every necessary both for service and health:
+by early attention to those particulars I had, as much as lay
+in my power, provided against any accident, in case I could
+not get through Endeavour Straits, as well as against what
+might befal me in them; add to this, the plants had been
+successfully preserved in the most flourishing state: so that,
+upon the whole, the voyage was two thirds completed, and
+the remaining part in a very promising way; every person
+on board being in perfect health, to establish which was
+ever amongst the principal objects of my attention.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">1789. <span class="smcap">April</span>.</div>
+
+<p>It will very naturally be asked, what could be the reason
+for such a revolt? in answer to which, I can only conjecture
+that the mutineers had assured themselves of a more
+happy life among the Otaheiteans, than they could possibly
+have in England; which, joined to some female connections,
+have most probably been the principal cause of the
+whole transaction.</p>
+
+<p>The women at Otaheite are handsome, mild and chearful
+in their manners and conversation, possessed of great
+sensibility, and have sufficient delicacy to make them
+admired and beloved. The chiefs were so much attached
+to our people, that they rather encouraged their stay among
+them than otherwise, and even made them promises of
+large possessions. Under these, and many other attendant
+circumstances, equally desirable, it is now perhaps not so
+much to be wondered at, though scarcely possible to have<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_13" id="Page_13">[Pg 13]</a></span>
+been foreseen, that a set of sailors, most of them void of
+connections, should be led away; especially when, in addition
+to such powerful inducements, they imagined it in
+their power to fix themselves in the midst of plenty, on
+the finest island in the world, where they need not labour,
+and where the allurements of dissipation are beyond any
+thing that can be conceived. The utmost, however, that
+any commander could have supposed to have happened is,
+that some of the people would have been tempted to desert.
+But if it should be asserted, that a commander is to guard
+against an act of mutiny and piracy in his own ship, more
+than by the common rules of service, it is as much as to
+say that he must sleep locked up, and when awake, be
+girded with pistols.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">1789. <span class="smcap">April</span>.</div>
+
+<p>Desertions have happened, more or less, from many of
+the ships that have been at the Society Islands; but it ever
+has been in the commanders power to make the chiefs return
+their people: the knowledge, therefore, that it was
+unsafe to desert; perhaps, first led mine to consider with
+what ease so small a ship might be surprized, and that so favourable
+an opportunity would never offer to them again.</p>
+
+<p>The secrecy of this mutiny is beyond all conception.
+Thirteen of the party, who were with me, had always lived
+forward among the people; yet neither they, nor the messmates
+of Christian, Stewart, Haywood, and Young, had ever
+observed any circumstance to give them suspicion of what
+was going on. With such close-planned acts of villainy, and
+my mind free from any suspicion, it is not wonderful that I
+have been got the better of. Perhaps, if I had had marines,
+a centinel at my cabin-door might have prevented it; for
+I slept with the door always open, that the officer of the
+watch might have access to me on all occasions. The possi<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_14" id="Page_14">[Pg 14]</a></span>bility
+of such a conspiracy was ever the farthest from my
+thoughts. Had their mutiny been occasioned by any grievances,
+either real or imaginary, I must have discovered
+symptoms of their discontent, which would have put me
+on my guard: but the case was far otherwise. Christian,
+in particular, I was on the most friendly terms with; that
+very day he was engaged to have dined with me; and the
+preceding night he excused himself from supping with
+me, on pretence of being unwell; for which I felt concerned,
+having no suspicions of his integrity and honour.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">1789. <span class="smcap">April</span>.</div>
+
+<p>It now remained with me to consider what was best to
+be done. My first determination was to seek a supply
+of bread-fruit and water at Tofoa, and afterwards to sail
+for Tongataboo; and there risk a solicitation to Poulaho,
+the king, to equip my boat, and grant a supply of water
+and provisions, so as to enable us to reach the East Indies.</p>
+
+<p>The quantity of provisions I found in the boat was
+150 lb. of bread, 16 pieces of pork, each piece weighing 2 lb.
+6 quarts of rum, 6 bottles of wine, with 28 gallons of
+water, and four empty barrecoes.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Wednesday 29.</div>
+
+<p>Wednesday, April 29th<a name="FNanchor1" id="FNanchor1"></a><a href="#Footnote1" class="fnanchor">[*]</a>. Happily the afternoon kept
+calm, until about 4 o'clock, when we were so far to windward,
+that, with a moderate easterly breeze which sprung
+up, we were able to sail. It was nevertheless dark when we
+got to Tofoa, where I expected to land; but the shore
+proved to be so steep and rocky, that I was obliged to give
+up all thoughts of it, and keep the boat under the lee of
+the island with two oars; for there was no anchorage. Having
+fixed on this mode of proceeding for the night, I served<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_15" id="Page_15">[Pg 15]</a></span>
+to every person half a pint of grog, and each took to his
+rest as well as our unhappy situation would allow.</p>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote1" id="Footnote1"></a><a href="#FNanchor1"><span class="label">[*]</span></a> It is to be observed, that the account of time is kept in the nautical way, each day ending
+at noon. Thus the beginning of the 29th of April is, according to the common way of
+reckoning, the afternoon of the 28th.</p></div>
+
+<div class="sidenote">1789. <span class="smcap">April</span> 29.</div>
+
+<p>In the morning, at dawn of day, we set off along
+shore in search of landing, and about ten o'clock we discovered
+a stony cove at the N W part of the island,
+where I dropt the grapnel within 20 yards of the rocks. A
+great deal of surf ran on the shore; but, as I was unwilling
+to diminish our stock of provisions, I landed Mr. Samuel,
+and some others, who climbed the cliffs, and got into the
+country to search for supplies. The rest of us remained at
+the cove, not discovering any way to get into the country,
+but that by which Mr. Samuel had proceeded. It was great
+consolation to me to find, that the spirits of my people did
+not sink, notwithstanding our miserable and almost hopeless
+situation. Towards noon Mr. Samuel returned, with a few
+quarts of water, which he had found in holes; but he had
+met with no spring or any prospect of a sufficient supply
+in that particular, and had only seen signs of inhabitants.
+As it was impossible to know how much we might be in
+want, I only issued a morsel of bread, and a glass of wine,
+to each person for dinner.</p>
+
+<p>I observed the latitude of this cove to be 19&deg; 41&acute; S.</p>
+
+<p>This is the N W part of Tofoa, the north-westernmost
+of the Friendly Islands.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Thursday 30.</div>
+
+<p>Thursday, April 30th. Fair weather, but the wind blew so
+violently from the E S E that I could not venture to sea.
+Our detention therefore made it absolutely necessary to see
+what we could do more for our support; for I determined, if
+possible, to keep my first stock entire: I therefore weighed,
+and rowed along shore, to see if any thing could be got;
+and at last discovered some cocoa-nut trees, but they were
+on the top of high precipices, and the surf made it danger<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_16" id="Page_16">[Pg 16]</a></span>ous
+landing; both one and the other we, however, got the
+better of. Some, with much difficulty, climbed the cliffs,
+and got about 20 cocoa-nuts, and others slung them to
+ropes, by which we hauled them through the surf into the
+boat. This was all that could be done here; and, as I found
+no place so eligible as the one we had left to spend the
+night at, I returned to the cove, and, having served a cocoa-nut
+to each person, we went to rest again in the boat.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">1789. <span class="smcap">April</span> 30.</div>
+
+<p>At dawn of day I attempted to get to sea; but the wind
+and weather proved so bad, that I was glad to return to
+my former station; where, after issuing a morsel of bread
+and a spoonful of rum to each person, we landed, and I
+went off with Mr. Nelson, Mr. Samuel, and some others,
+into the country, having hauled ourselves up the precipice
+by long vines, which were fixed there by the natives for
+that purpose; this being the only way into the country.</p>
+
+<p>We found a few deserted huts, and a small plantain walk,
+but little taken care of; from which we could only collect
+three small bunches of plantains. After passing this place,
+we came to a deep gully that led towards a mountain,
+near a volcano; and, as I conceived that in the rainy season
+very great torrents of water must pass through it,
+we hoped to find sufficient for our use remaining in some
+holes of the rocks; but, after all our search, the whole
+that we found was only nine gallons, in the course of the
+day. We advanced within two miles of the foot of the
+highest mountain in the island, on which is the volcano that
+is almost constantly burning. The country near it is all
+covered with lava, and has a most dreary appearance. As
+we had not been fortunate in our discoveries, and saw but
+little to alleviate our distresses, we filled our cocoa-nut
+shells with the water we found, and returned exceedingly fati<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_17" id="Page_17">[Pg 17]</a></span>gued
+and faint. When I came to the precipice whence we
+were to descend into the cove, I was seized with such a dizziness
+in my head, that I thought it scarce possible to effect
+it: however, by the assistance of Mr. Nelson, and others,
+they at last got me down, in a weak condition. Every person
+being returned by noon, I gave about an ounce of pork
+and two plantains to each, with half a glass of wine.
+I again observed the latitude of this place 19&deg; 41&acute; south.
+The people who remained by the boat I had directed to
+look for fish, or what they could pick up about the rocks;
+but nothing eatable could be found: so that, upon the
+whole, we considered ourselves on as miserable a spot of
+land as could well be imagined.</p>
+
+<p>I could not say positively, from the former knowledge
+I had of this island, whether it was inhabited or not; but
+I knew it was considered inferior to the other islands, and
+I was not certain but that the Indians only resorted to it at
+particular times. I was very anxious to ascertain this
+point; for, in case there had only been a few people here,
+and those could have furnished us with but very moderate
+supplies, the remaining in this spot to have made
+preparations for our voyage, would have been preferable
+to the risk of going amongst multitudes, where perhaps
+we might lose every thing. A party, therefore, sufficiently
+strong, I determined should go another route, as
+soon as the sun became lower; and they cheerfully undertook
+it.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote"><span class="smcap">May</span>. Friday 1.</div>
+
+<p>Friday, May the 1st: stormy weather, wind E S E and
+S E. About two o'clock in the afternoon the party set
+out; but, after suffering much fatigue, they returned in
+the evening, without any kind of success.</p>
+
+<p>At the head of the cove, about 150 yards from the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_18" id="Page_18">[Pg 18]</a></span>
+water-side, was a cave; across the stony beach was about
+100 yards, and the only way from the country into the cove
+was that which I have already described. The situation secured
+us from the danger of being surprised, and I determined
+to remain on shore for the night, with a part of my
+people, that the others might have more room to rest in the
+boat, with the master; whom I directed to lie at a grapnel,
+and be watchful, in case we should be attacked. I ordered one
+plantain for each person to be boiled; and, having supped
+on this scanty allowance, with a quarter of a pint of grog,
+and fixed the watches for the night, those whose turn it
+was, laid down to sleep in the cave; before which we kept
+up a good fire, yet notwithstanding we were much
+troubled with flies and musquitoes.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">1789. <span class="smcap">May</span> 1.</div>
+
+<p>At dawn of day the party set out again in a different
+route, to see what they could find; in the course of which
+they suffered greatly for want of water: they, however,
+met with two men, a woman, and a child; the men came
+with them to the cove, and brought two cocoa-nut shells of
+water. I immediately made friends with these people,
+and sent them away for bread-fruit, plantains, and water.
+Soon after other natives came to us; and by noon I had
+30 of them about me, trading with the articles we were in
+want of: but I could only afford one ounce of pork, and a
+quarter of a bread-fruit, to each man for dinner, with half a
+pint of water; for I was fixed in not using any of the bread
+or water in the boat.</p>
+
+<p>No particular chief was yet among the natives: they
+were, notwithstanding, tractable, and behaved honestly,
+giving the provisions they brought for a few buttons and
+beads. The party who had been out, informed me of
+having discovered several neat plantations; so that it be<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_19" id="Page_19">[Pg 19]</a></span>came
+no longer a doubt of there being settled inhabitants
+on the island; and for that reason I determined to get
+what I could, and sail the first moment the wind and
+weather would allow me to put to sea.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">1789. <span class="smcap">May</span> 1.</div>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Saturday 2.</div>
+
+<p>Saturday, May the 2d: stormy weather, wind E S E.
+It had hitherto been a weighty consideration with me,
+how I was to account to the natives for the loss of my
+ship: I knew they had too much sense to be amused with
+a story that the ship was to join me, when she was not in
+sight from the hills. I was at first doubtful whether I
+should tell the real fact, or say that the ship had overset
+and sunk, and that only we were saved: the latter appeared
+to me to be the most proper and advantageous to us, and I
+accordingly instructed my people, that we might all agree
+in one story. As I expected, enquiries were made after
+the ship, and they seemed readily satisfied with our account;
+but there did not appear the least symptom of joy
+or sorrow in their faces, although I fancied I discovered
+some marks of surprise. Some of the natives were coming
+and going the whole afternoon, and we got enough of
+bread-fruit, plantains, and cocoa-nuts for another day; but
+water they only brought us about five pints. A canoe also
+came in with four men, and brought a few cocoa-nuts and
+bread-fruit, which I bought as I had done the rest. Nails
+were much enquired after, but I would not suffer one to
+be shewn, as I wanted them for the use of the boat.</p>
+
+<p>Towards evening I had the satisfaction to find our stock
+of provisions somewhat increased: but the natives did not
+appear to have much to spare. What they brought
+was in such small quantities, that I had no reason to hope
+we should be able to procure from them sufficient to stock
+us for our voyage. At sun-set all the natives left us in<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_20" id="Page_20">[Pg 20]</a></span>
+quiet possession of the cove. I thought this a good sign,
+and made no doubt that they would come again the next
+day with a larger proportion of food and water, with which
+I hoped to sail without farther delay: for if, in attempting
+to get to Tongataboo, we should be blown away from the
+islands altogether, there would be a larger quantity of provisions
+to support us against such a misfortune.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">1789. <span class="smcap">May</span> 2.</div>
+
+<p>At night I served a quarter of a bread-fruit and a cocoa-nut
+to each person for supper; and, a good fire being made,
+all but the watch went to sleep.</p>
+
+<p>At day-break I was happy to find every one's spirits a
+little revived, and that they no longer regarded me with
+those anxious looks, which had constantly been directed
+towards me since we lost sight of the ship: every countenance
+appeared to have a degree of cheerfulness, and
+they all seemed determined to do their best.</p>
+
+<p>As I doubted of water being brought by the natives, I
+sent a party among the gullies in the mountains, with
+empty shells, to see what they could get. In their absence
+the natives came about us, as I expected, but more
+numerous; also two canoes came in from round the north
+side of the island. In one of them was an elderly chief,
+called Maccaackavow. Soon after some of our foraging
+party returned, and with them came a good-looking chief,
+called Eegijeefow, or perhaps more properly Eefow, Egij
+or Eghee, signifying a chief. To both these men I made
+a present of an old shirt and a knife, and I soon found
+they either had seen me, or had heard of my being at
+Annamooka. They knew I had been with captain Cook,
+who they enquired after, and also captain Clerk. They
+were very inquisitive to know in what manner I had<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_21" id="Page_21">[Pg 21]</a></span>
+lost my ship. During this conversation a young man appeared,
+whom I remembered to have seen at Annamooka,
+called Nageete: he expressed much pleasure at seeing me.
+I now enquired after Poulaho and Feenow, who, they said,
+were at Tongataboo; and Eefow agreed to accompany
+me thither, if I would wait till the weather moderated. The
+readiness and affability of this man gave me much satisfaction.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">1789. <span class="smcap">May</span> 2.</div>
+
+<p>This, however, was but of short duration, for the natives
+began to increase in number, and I observed some
+symptoms of a design against us; soon after they attempted
+to haul the boat on shore, when I threatened Eefow with a
+cutlass, to induce him to make them desist; which they did,
+and every thing became quiet again. My people, who had
+been in the mountains, now returned with about three gallons
+of water. I kept buying up the little bread-fruit that
+was brought to us, and likewise some spears to arm my men
+with, having only four cutlasses, two of which were in the
+boat. As we had no means of improving our situation, I
+told our people I would wait until sun-set, by which
+time, perhaps, something might happen in our favour:
+that if we attempted to go at present, we must fight our
+way through, which we could do more advantageously at
+night; and that in the mean time we would endeavour to
+get off to the boat what we had bought. The beach was
+now lined with the natives, and we heard nothing but the
+knocking of stones together, which they had in each hand.
+I knew very well this was the sign of an attack. It being
+now noon, I served a cocoa-nut and a bread-fruit to
+each person for dinner, and gave some to the chiefs, with
+whom I continued to appear intimate and friendly. They<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_22" id="Page_22">[Pg 22]</a></span>
+frequently importuned me to sit down, but I as constantly
+refused; for it occurred both to Mr. Nelson and myself, that
+they intended to seize hold of me, if I gave them such
+an opportunity. Keeping, therefore, constantly on our
+guard, we were suffered to eat our uncomfortable meal
+in some quietness.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">1789. <span class="smcap">May</span> 2.</div>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Sunday 3.</div>
+
+<p>Sunday, 3d May, fresh gales at S E and E S E, varying
+to the N E in the latter part, with a storm of wind.</p>
+
+<p>After dinner we began by little and little to get our
+things into the boat, which was a troublesome business,
+on account of the surf. I carefully watched the motions
+of the natives, who still increased in number, and found
+that, instead of their intention being to leave us, fires
+were made, and places fixed on for their stay during the
+night. Consultations were also held among them, and
+every thing assured me we should be attacked. I sent
+orders to the master, that when he saw us coming down, he
+should keep the boat close to the shore, that we might the
+more readily embark.</p>
+
+<p>I had my journal on shore with me, writing the occurrences
+in the cave, and in sending it down to the boat it
+was nearly snatched away, but for the timely assistance of
+the gunner.</p>
+
+<p>The sun was near setting when I gave the word, on
+which every person, who was on shore with me, boldly
+took up his proportion of things, and carried them to the
+boat. The chiefs asked me if I would not stay with them
+all night, I said, "No, I never sleep out of my boat; but in
+the morning we will again trade with you, and I shall
+remain until the weather is moderate, that we may go,
+as we have agreed, to see Poulaho, at Tongataboo."
+Maccaackavow then got up, and said, "You will not sleep<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_23" id="Page_23">[Pg 23]</a></span>
+on shore? then Mattie," (which directly signifies we
+will kill you) and he left me. The onset was now preparing;
+every one, as I have described before, kept knocking
+stones together, and Eefow quitted me. We had now all
+but two or three things in the boat, when I took Nageete
+by the hand, and we walked down the beach, every one in
+a silent kind of horror.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">1789. <span class="smcap">May</span> 3.</div>
+
+<p>When I came to the boat, and was seeing the people
+embark, Nageete wanted me to stay to speak to Eefow;
+but I found he was encouraging them to the attack,
+and I determined, had it then begun, to have killed
+him for his treacherous behaviour. I ordered the carpenter
+not to quit me until the other people were in
+the boat. Nageete, finding I would not stay, loosed himself
+from my hold and went off, and we all got into the
+boat except one man, who, while I was getting on board,
+quitted it, and ran up the beach to cast the stern fast
+off, notwithstanding the master and others called to
+him to return, while they were hauling me out of the
+water.</p>
+
+<p>I was no sooner in the boat than the attack began by
+about 200 men; the unfortunate poor man who had run
+up the beach was knocked down, and the stones flew like
+a shower of shot. Many Indians got hold of the stern rope,
+and were near hauling us on shore, and would certainly
+have done it if I had not had a knife in my pocket, with
+which I cut the rope. We then hauled off to the grapnel,
+every one being more or less hurt. At this time I saw five
+of the natives about the poor man they had killed, and two
+of them were beating him about the head with stones in
+their hands.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">1789. May 3</div>
+
+<p>We had no time to reflect, before, to my surprise, they<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_24" id="Page_24">[Pg 24]</a></span>
+filled their canoes with stones, and twelve men came off
+after us to renew the attack, which they did so effectually
+as nearly to disable all of us. Our grapnel was foul, but
+Providence here assisted us; the fluke broke, and we
+got to our oars, and pulled to sea. They, however, could
+paddle round us, so that we were obliged to sustain the attack
+without being able to return it, except with such stones
+as lodged in the boat, and in this I found we were very inferior
+to them. We could not close, because our boat was
+lumbered and heavy, and that they knew very well: I
+therefore adopted the expedient of throwing overboard
+some cloaths, which they lost time in picking up; and, as
+it was now almost dark, they gave over the attack, and returned
+towards the shore, leaving us to reflect on our unhappy
+situation.</p>
+
+<p>The poor man I lost was John Norton: this was his
+second voyage with me as a quarter-master, and his worthy
+character made me lament his loss very much. He
+has left an aged parent, I am told, whom he supported.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">1789. May 3.</div>
+
+<p>I once before sustained an attack of a similar nature, with
+a smaller number of Europeans, against a multitude of Indians;
+it was after the death of captain Cook, on the Morai
+at Owhyhee, where I was left by lieutenant King: yet,
+notwithstanding, I did not conceive that the power of
+a man's arm could throw stones, from two to eight
+pounds weight, with such force and exactness as these
+people did. Here unhappily I was without arms, and
+the Indians knew it; but it was a fortunate circumstance
+that they did not begin to attack us in the cave: in
+that case our destruction must have been inevitable, and
+we should have had nothing left for it but to die as bravely
+as we could, fighting close together; in which I found every<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_25" id="Page_25">[Pg 25]</a></span>
+one cheerfully disposed to join me. This appearance of
+resolution deterred them, supposing they could effect their
+purpose without risk after we were in the boat.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width:800px;">
+<a href="images/map3-lg.png">
+<img name="map3" id="map3" src="images/map3-sml.png" alt="Chart of Bligh's Islands" /></a>
+<p class="caption">Chart of Bligh's Islands</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>Taking this as a sample of the dispositions of the Indians,
+there was little reason to expect much benefit if I
+persevered in my intention of visiting Poulaho; for I considered
+their good behaviour hitherto to proceed from a
+dread of our fire-arms, which, now knowing us destitute of,
+would cease; and, even supposing our lives not in danger,
+the boat and every thing we had would most probably be
+taken from us, and thereby all hopes precluded of ever
+being able to return to our native country.</p>
+
+<p>We were now sailing along the west side of the island
+Tofoa, and my mind was employed in considering what
+was best to be done, when I was solicited by all hands to
+take them towards home: and, when I told them no hopes
+of relief for us remained, but what I might find at New
+Holland, until I came to Timor, a distance of full 1200
+leagues, where was a Dutch settlement, but in what part
+of the island I knew not, they all agreed to live on one
+ounce of bread, and a quarter of a pint of water, per day.
+Therefore, after examining our stock of provisions, and recommending
+this as a sacred promise for ever to their memory,
+we bore away across a sea, where the navigation is
+but little known, in a small boat, twenty-three feet long from
+stern to stern, deep laden with eighteen men; without a
+chart, and nothing but my own recollection and general
+knowledge of the situation of places, assisted by a book of
+latitudes and longitudes, to guide us. I was happy, however,
+to see every one better satisfied with our situation in this
+particular than myself.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">1789. May 3.</div>
+
+<p>Our stock of provisions consisted of about one hundred and
+fifty pounds of bread, twenty-eight gallons of water, twenty<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_26" id="Page_26">[Pg 26]</a></span>
+pounds of pork, three bottles of wine, and five quarts of rum.
+The difference between this and the quantity we had on
+leaving the ship, was principally owing to loss in the
+bustle and confusion of the attack. A few cocoa-nuts were
+in the boat, and some bread-fruit, but the latter was
+trampled to pieces.</p>
+
+<p>It was about eight o'clock at night when I bore away
+under a reefed lug fore-sail: and, having divided the people
+into watches, and got the boat in a little order, we returned
+God thanks for our miraculous preservation, and,
+fully confident of his gracious support, I found my mind
+more at ease than for some time past.</p>
+
+<p>At day-break the gale increased; the sun rose very
+fiery and red, a sure indication of a severe gale of wind.
+At eight it blew a violent storm, and the sea ran very high,
+so that between the seas the sail was becalmed, and when
+on the top of the sea it was too much to have set: but I
+was obliged to carry to it, for we were now in very imminent
+danger and distress, the sea curling over the stern of
+the boat, which obliged us to bale with all our might. A
+situation more distressing has, perhaps, seldom been experienced.</p>
+
+<p>Our bread was in bags, and in danger of being spoiled
+by the wet: to be starved to death was inevitable, if this
+could not be prevented: I therefore began to examine
+what cloaths there were in the boat, and what other things
+could be spared; and, having determined that only two
+suits should be kept for each person, the rest was thrown
+overboard, with some rope and spare sails, which lightened
+the boat considerably, and we had more room to bale
+the water out. Fortunately the carpenter had a good chest
+in the boat, into which I put the bread the first favourable<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_27" id="Page_27">[Pg 27]</a></span>
+moment. His tool chest also was cleared, and the tools
+stowed in the bottom of the boat, so that this became a
+second convenience.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">1789. <span class="smcap">May</span> 3.</div>
+
+<p>I now served a tea-spoonful of rum to each person,
+(for we were very wet and cold) with a quarter of a bread-fruit,
+which was scarce eatable, for dinner; but our engagement
+was now strictly to be carried into execution,
+and I was fully determined to make what provisions I
+had last eight weeks, let the daily proportion be ever
+so small.</p>
+
+<p>At noon I considered my course and distance from
+Tofoa to be W N W 3/4 W. 86 miles, my latitude 19&deg; 27&acute; S.
+I directed my course to the W N W, that I might get a
+sight of the islands called Feejee, if they laid in the direction
+the natives had pointed out to me.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Monday 4.</div>
+
+<p>Monday, 4th May. This day the weather was very
+severe, it blew a storm from N E to E S E. The sea ran
+higher than yesterday, and the fatigue of baling, to keep
+the boat from filling, was exceedingly great. We could
+do nothing more than keep before the sea; in the course
+of which the boat performed so wonderfully well, that I no
+longer dreaded any danger in that respect. But among
+the hardships we were to undergo, that of being constantly
+wet was not the least: the nights were very cold, and at day-light
+our limbs were so benumbed, that we could scarce find
+the use of them. At this time I served a tea-spoonful of
+rum to each person, which we all found great benefit
+from.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">1789. <span class="smcap">May</span> 4.</div>
+
+<p>As I have mentioned before, I determined to keep to
+the W N W, until I got more to the northward, for I not
+only expected to have better weather, but to see the Feejee
+Islands, as I have often understood, from the natives of An<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_28" id="Page_28">[Pg 28]</a></span>namooka,
+that they lie in that direction; Captain Cook likewise
+considers them to be N W by W from Tongataboo. Just
+before noon we discovered a small flat island of a moderate
+height, bearing W S W, 4 or 5 leagues. I observed in latitude
+18&deg; 58&acute; S; our longitude, by account, 3&deg; 4&acute; W from the
+island Tofoa, having made a N 72&deg; W course, distance 95
+miles, since yesterday noon. I divided five small cocoa-nuts
+for our dinner, and every one was satisfied.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Tuesday 5.</div>
+
+<p>Tuesday, 5th May. Towards the evening the gale considerably
+abated. Wind S E.</p>
+
+<p>A little after noon, other islands appeared, and at a quarter
+past three o'clock we could count eight, bearing from S
+round by the west to N W by N; those to the south, which
+were the nearest, being four leagues distant from us.</p>
+
+<p>I kept my course to the N W by W, between the
+islands, and at six o'clock discovered three other small islands
+to the N W, the westernmost of them bore N W 1/2 W
+7 leagues. I steered to the southward of these islands, a
+W N W course for the night, under a reefed sail.</p>
+
+<p>Served a few broken pieces of bread-fruit for supper,
+and performed prayers.</p>
+
+<p>The night turned out fair, and, having had tolerable rest,
+every one seemed considerably better in the morning, and
+contentedly breakfasted on a few pieces of yams that were
+found in the boat. After breakfast we prepared a chest for
+our bread, and it got secured: but unfortunately a great deal
+was damaged and rotten; this nevertheless we were glad to
+keep for use.</p>
+
+<p>I had hitherto been scarcely able to keep any account
+of our run; but we now equipped ourselves a little better,
+by getting a log-line marked, and, having practised at<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_29" id="Page_29">[Pg 29]</a></span>
+counting seconds; several could do it with some degree of
+exactness.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">1789. <span class="smcap">May</span> 5.</div>
+
+<p>The islands I have passed lie between the latitude of 19&deg;
+5&acute; S and 18&deg; 19&acute; S, and, according to my reckoning, from
+3&deg; 17&acute; to 3&deg; 46&acute; W longitude from the island Tofoa: the
+largest may be about six leagues in circuit; but it is impossible
+for me to be very exact. To show where they are
+to be found again is the most my situation enabled me to
+do. The sketch I have made, will give a comparative view of
+their extent. I believe all the larger islands are inhabited,
+as they appeared very fertile.</p>
+
+<p>At noon I observed, in latitude 18&deg; 10&acute; S, and considered
+my course and distance from yesterday noon, N W by W
+1/2 W, 94 miles; longitude, by account, from Tofoa 4&deg; 29&acute; W.</p>
+
+<p>For dinner, I served some of the damaged bread, and a
+quarter of a pint of water.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Wednesday 6.</div>
+
+<p>Wednesday, 6th May. Fresh breezes E N E, and fair
+weather, but very hazy.</p>
+
+<p>About six o'clock this afternoon I discovered two islands,
+one bearing W by S 6 leagues, and the other N W by N
+8 leagues; I kept to windward of the northernmost, and
+passing it by 10 o'clock, I resumed my course to the N W
+and W N W. At day-light in the morning I discovered a
+number of other islands from S S E to the W, and round
+to N E by E; between those in the N W I determined
+to pass. At noon a small sandy island or key, 2 miles distant
+from me, bore from E to S 3/4 W. I had passed ten islands,
+the largest of which may be 6 or 8 leagues in circuit. Much
+larger lands appeared in the S W and N by W, between
+which I directed my course. Latitude observed 17&deg; 17&acute; S;
+course since yesterday noon N 50&deg; W; distance 84 miles;
+longitude made, by account, 5&deg; 37&acute; W.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_30" id="Page_30">[Pg 30]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">1789. <span class="smcap">May</span> 6.</div>
+
+<p>Our supper, breakfast, and dinner, consisted of a quarter
+of a pint of cocoa-nut milk, and the meat, which did not exceed
+two ounces to each person: it was received very contentedly,
+but we suffered great drought. I dared not to
+land, as we had no arms, and were less capable to defend
+ourselves than we were at Tofoa.</p>
+
+<p>To keep an account of the boat's run was rendered difficult,
+from being constantly wet with the sea breaking over
+us; but, as we advanced towards the land, the sea became
+smoother, and I was enabled to form a sketch of the islands,
+which will serve to give a general knowledge of their extent.
+Those I have been near are fruitful and hilly, some
+very mountainous, and all of a good height.</p>
+
+<p>To our great joy we hooked a fish, but we were miserably
+disappointed by its being lost in getting into the boat.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Thursday 7.</div>
+
+<p>Thursday, 7th May. Variable weather and cloudy, wind north-easterly,
+and calms. I continued my course to the
+N W, between the islands, which, by the evening, appeared
+of considerable extent, woody and mountainous. At sun-set
+the southernmost bore from S to S W by W, and the
+northernmost from N by W 1/2 W to N E 1/2 E. At six o'clock
+I was nearly mid-way between them, and about 6 leagues
+distant from each shore, when I fell in with a coral bank,
+where I had only four feet water, without the least break on
+it, or ruffle of the sea to give us warning. I could only see
+that it extended about a mile on each side of us; but, as it is
+probable that it extends much farther, I have laid it down
+so in my sketch.</p>
+
+<p>I now directed my course W by N for the night, and
+served to each person an ounce of the damaged bread, and
+a quarter of a pint of water, for supper.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">1789. May 7.</div>
+
+<p>It may readily be supposed, that our lodgings were very<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_31" id="Page_31">[Pg 31]</a></span>
+miserable and confined, and I had only in my power to remedy
+the latter defect by putting ourselves at watch and
+watch; so that one half always sat up while the other lay
+down on the boat's bottom, or upon a chest, with nothing
+to cover us but the heavens. Our limbs were dreadfully
+cramped, for we could not stretch them out, and the nights
+were so cold, and we so constantly wet, that after a few hours
+sleep we could scarce move.</p>
+
+<p>At dawn of day we again discovered land from W S W
+to W N W, and another island N N W, the latter a high
+round lump of but little extent; and I could see the southern
+land that I had passed in the night. Being very wet
+and cold, I served a spoonful of rum and a morsel of
+bread for breakfast.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">1789. <span class="smcap">May</span> 7.</div>
+
+<p>As I advanced towards the land in the west, it appeared
+in a variety of forms; some extraordinary high rocks, and
+the country agreeably interspersed with high and low land,
+covered in some places with wood. Off the N E part lay
+two small rocky islands, between which and the island to the
+N E, 4 leagues apart, I directed my course; but a lee current
+very unexpectedly set us very near to the shore, and I could
+only get clear of it by rowing, passing close to the reef that
+surrounded the rocky isles. We now observed two large
+sailing canoes coming swiftly after us along shore, and,
+being apprehensive of their intentions, we rowed with some
+anxiety, being sensible of our weak and defenceless state.
+It was now noon, calm and cloudy weather, my latitude is
+therefore doubtful to 3 or 4 miles; my course since yesterday
+noon N 56 W, distance 79 miles; latitude by account, 16&deg; 29&acute; S,
+and longitude by account, from Tofoa, 6&deg; 46&acute; W. Being
+constantly wet, it was with the utmost difficulty I could
+open a book to write, and I am sensible that what I have<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_32" id="Page_32">[Pg 32]</a></span>
+done can only serve to point out where these lands are to be
+found again, and give an idea of their extent.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Friday 8.</div>
+
+<p>Friday, 8th May. All the afternoon the weather was very
+rainy, attended with thunder and lightning. Wind N N E.</p>
+
+<p>Only one of the canoes gained upon us, and by three
+o'clock in the afternoon was not more than two miles off,
+when she gave over chase.</p>
+
+<p>If I may judge from the sail of the vessels, they are the
+same as at the Friendly Islands, and the nearness of their
+situation leaves little room to doubt of their being the same
+kind of people. Whether these canoes had any hostile intention
+against us is a matter of doubt; perhaps we might
+have benefited by an intercourse with them, but in our defenceless
+situation it would have been risking too much to
+make the experiment.</p>
+
+<p>I imagine these to be the islands called Feejee, as their extent,
+direction, and distance from the Friendly Islands, answers
+to the description given of them by those Islanders.
+Heavy rain came on at four o'clock, when every person did
+their utmost to catch some water, and we increased our
+stock to 34 gallons, besides quenching our thirst for the first
+time since we had been at sea; but an attendant consequence
+made us pass the night very miserably, for, being
+extremely wet, and no dry things to shift or cover us, we experienced
+cold and shiverings scarce to be conceived. Most
+fortunately for us, the forenoon turned out fair, and we
+stripped and dried our cloaths. The allowance I issued
+to-day, was an ounce and a half of pork, a tea-spoonful of
+rum, half a pint of cocoa-nut milk, and an ounce of bread.
+The rum, though so small in quantity, was of the greatest
+service. A fishing-line was generally towing, and we saw
+great numbers of fish, but could never catch one.</p>
+
+<p>At noon, I observed, in latitude 16&deg; 4&acute; S, and found I had<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_33" id="Page_33">[Pg 33]</a></span>
+made a course, from yesterday noon, N 62&deg; W, distance 62
+miles; longitude, by account, from Tofoa, 7&deg; 42&acute; W.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">1789. <span class="smcap">May</span> 8.</div>
+
+<p>The land I passed yesterday, and the day before, is
+a group of islands, 14 or 16 in number, lying between the
+latitude of 16&deg; 26&acute; S and 17&deg; 57&acute; S, and in longitude, by my
+account, 4&deg; 47&acute; to 7&deg; 17&acute; W from Tofoa; three of these islands
+are very large, having from 30 to 40 leagues of sea-coast.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Saturday 9.</div>
+
+<p>Saturday, 9th May. Fine weather, and light winds from
+the N E to E by S.</p>
+
+<p>This afternoon we cleaned out the boat, and it employed
+us till sun-set to get every thing dry and in order.
+Hitherto I had issued the allowance by guess, but I now got
+a pair of scales, made with two cocoa-nut shells; and, having
+accidentally some pistol-balls in the boat, 25<a name="FNanchor2" id="FNanchor2"></a><a href="#Footnote2" class="fnanchor">[*]</a> of which
+weighed one pound, or 16 ounces, I adopted one, as the proportion
+of weight that each person should receive of bread
+at the times I served it. I also amused all hands, with describing
+the situation of New Guinea and New Holland, and
+gave them every information in my power, that in case any
+accident happened to me, those who survived might have
+some idea of what they were about, and be able to find
+their way to Timor, which at present they knew nothing of,
+more than the name, and some not that.</p>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote2" id="Footnote2"></a><a href="#FNanchor2"><span class="label">[*]</span></a> It weighed 272 grains.</p></div>
+
+<p>At night I served a quarter of a pint of water, and half an
+ounce of bread, for supper. In the morning, a quarter of a
+pint of cocoa-nut milk, and some of the decayed bread, for
+breakfast; and for dinner, I divided the meat of four cocoa-nuts,
+with the remainder of the rotten bread, which was
+only eatable by such distressed people.</p>
+
+<p>At noon, I observed the latitude to be 15&deg; 47&acute; S; course
+since yesterday N 75&deg; W; distant 64 miles; longitude made,
+by account, 8&deg; 45&acute; W.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_34" id="Page_34">[Pg 34]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">1789 <span class="smcap">May</span> 10.</div>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Sunday 10.</div>
+
+<p>Sunday, May the 10th. The first part of this day fine
+weather; but after sun-set it became squally, with hard rain,
+thunder, and lightning, and a fresh gale; wind E by S,
+S E, and S S E.</p>
+
+<p>In the afternoon I got fitted a pair of shrouds for each mast
+and contrived a canvass weather cloth round the boat, and
+raised the quarters about nine inches, by nailing on the seats
+of the stern sheets, which proved of great benefit to us.</p>
+
+<p>About nine o'clock in the evening, the clouds began to gather,
+and we had a prodigious fall of rain, with severe thunder
+and lightning. By midnight we had caught about
+twenty gallons of water. Being miserably wet and cold, I
+served to each person a tea-spoonful of rum, to enable them
+to bear with their distressed situation. The weather continued
+extremely bad, and the wind increased; we spent a very
+miserable night, without sleep, but such as could be got in
+the midst of rain. The day brought us no relief but its
+light. The sea was constantly breaking over us, which kept
+two persons baling; and we had no choice how to steer, for
+we were obliged to keep before the waves to avoid filling
+the boat.</p>
+
+<p>The allowance which I now regularly served to each
+person was one 25th of a pound of bread, and a quarter of a
+pint of water, at sun-set, eight in the morning, and at noon.
+To-day I gave about half an ounce of pork for dinner,
+which, though any moderate person would have considered
+but a mouthful, was divided into three or four.</p>
+
+<p>The rain abated towards noon, and I observed the latitude
+to be 15&deg; 17&acute; S; course N 67&deg; W; distance 78 miles;
+longitude made 10&deg; W.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Monday 11.</div>
+
+<p>Monday, May the 11th. Strong gales from S S E to
+S E, and very squally weather, with a high breaking sea, so
+that we were miserably wet, and suffered great cold in the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_35" id="Page_35">[Pg 35]</a></span>
+night. In the morning at day-break I served to every person
+a tea-spoonful of rum, our limbs being so cramped that
+we could scarce feel the use of them. Our situation was
+now extremely dangerous, the sea frequently running over
+our stern, which kept us baling with all our strength.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">1789. <span class="smcap">May</span> 11.</div>
+
+<p>At noon the sun appeared, which gave us as much pleasure
+as in a winter's day in England. I issued the 25th of a
+pound of bread, and a quarter of a pint of water, as yesterday.
+Latitude observed 14&deg; 50&acute; S; course N 71&deg; W; distance 102
+miles; and longitude, by account, 11&deg; 39&acute; W. from Tofoa.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Tuesday 12.</div>
+
+<p>Tuesday, May the 12th. Strong gales at S E, with
+much rain and dark dismal weather, moderating towards
+noon and wind varying to the N E.</p>
+
+<p>Having again experienced a dreadful night, the day showed
+to me a poor miserable set of beings full of wants, without
+any thing to relieve them. Some complained of a great
+pain in their bowels, and all of having but very little use
+of their limbs. What sleep we got was scarce refreshing,
+we being covered with sea and rain. Two persons were
+obliged to be always baling the water out of the boat. I
+served a spoonful of rum at day-dawn, and the usual allowance
+of bread and water, for supper, breakfast, and
+dinner.</p>
+
+<p>At noon it was almost calm, no sun to be seen, and some
+of us shivering with cold. Course since yesterday W by N;
+distance 89 miles; latitude, by account, 14&deg; 33&acute; S; longitude
+made 13&deg; 9&acute; W. The direction of my course is to pass to
+the northward of the New Hebrides.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Wednesday 13.</div>
+
+<p>Wednesday, May the 13th. Very squally weather, wind
+southerly. As I saw no prospect of getting our cloaths
+dried, I recommended it to every one to strip, and wring
+them through the salt water, by which means they received<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_36" id="Page_36">[Pg 36]</a></span>
+a warmth, that, while wet with rain, they could not have,
+and we were less liable to suffer from colds or rheumatic
+complaints.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">1789. <span class="smcap">May</span> 13.</div>
+
+<p>In the afternoon we saw a kind of fruit on the water,
+which Mr. Nelson knew to be the Barringtonia of Forster,
+and, as I saw the same again in the morning, and some
+men of war birds, I was led to believe we were not far
+from land.</p>
+
+<p>We continued constantly shipping seas, and baling, and
+were very wet and cold in the night; but I could not afford
+the allowance of rum at day-break. The twenty-fifth of a
+pound of bread, and water I served as usual. At noon I
+had a sight of the sun, latitude 14&deg; 17&acute; S; course W by N
+79 miles; longitude made 14&deg; 28&acute; W.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Thursday 14.</div>
+
+<p>Thursday, May the 14th. Fresh breezes and cloudy
+weather, wind southerly. Constantly shipping water, and
+very wet, suffering much cold and shiverings in the night.
+Served the usual allowance of bread and water, three times
+a day.</p>
+
+<p>At six in the morning, we saw land, from S W by S eight
+leagues, to N W by W 3/4 W six leagues, which I soon after
+found to be four islands, all of them high and remarkable.
+At noon discovered a rocky island N W by N four
+leagues, and another island W eight leagues, so that the
+whole were six in number; the four I had first seen bearing
+from S 1/2 E to S W by S; our distance three leagues from
+the nearest island. My latitude observed was 13&deg; 29&acute; S, and
+longitude, by account, from Tofoa, 15&deg; 49&acute; W; course since
+yesterday noon N 63&deg; W; distance 89 miles.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Friday 15.</div>
+
+<p>Friday, May the 15th. Fresh gales at S E, and gloomy
+weather with rain, and a very high sea; two people constantly
+employed baling.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_37" id="Page_37">[Pg 37]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">1789. <span class="smcap">May</span> 15.</div>
+
+<p>At four in the afternoon I passed the westernmost island.
+At one in the morning I discovered another, bearing
+W N W, five leagues distance, and at eight o'clock I saw
+it for the last time, bearing N E seven leagues. A number
+of gannets, boobies, and men of war birds were seen.</p>
+
+<p>These islands lie between the latitude of 13&deg; 16&acute; S and
+14&deg; 10&acute; S: their longitude, according to my reckoning,
+15&deg; 51&acute; to 17&deg; 6&acute; W from the island Tofoa<a name="FNanchor3" id="FNanchor3"></a><a href="#Footnote3" class="fnanchor">[*]</a>. The largest
+island may be twenty leagues in circuit, the others five or
+six. The easternmost is the smallest island, and most remarkable,
+having a high sugar-loaf hill.</p>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote3" id="Footnote3"></a><a href="#FNanchor3"><span class="label">[*]</span></a> By making a proportional allowance for the error afterwards found in the dead
+reckoning, I estimate the longitude of these islands to be from 167&deg; 17&acute; E to 168&deg; 34&acute; E
+from Greenwich.</p></div>
+
+<p>The sight of these islands served but to increase the
+misery of our situation. We were very little better than
+starving, with plenty in view; yet to attempt procuring
+any relief was attended with so much danger, that prolonging
+of life, even in the midst of misery, was thought
+preferable, while there remained hopes of being able to
+surmount our hardships. For my own part, I consider the
+general run of cloudy and wet weather to be a blessing of
+Providence. Hot weather would have caused us to have
+died with thirst; and perhaps being so constantly covered
+with rain or sea protected us from that dreadful calamity.</p>
+
+<p>As I had nothing to assist my memory, I could not determine
+whether these islands were a part of the New Hebrides
+or not: I believed them perfectly a new discovery,
+which I have since found to be the case; but, though they
+were not seen either by Monsieur Bougainville or Captain
+Cook, they are so nearly in the neighbourhood of the New
+Hebrides, that they must be considered as part of the same
+group. They are fertile, and inhabited, as I saw smoke in
+several places.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_38" id="Page_38">[Pg 38]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">1789. <span class="smcap">May</span> 16.</div>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Saturday 16.</div>
+
+<p>Saturday, May the 16th. Fresh gales from the S E, and
+rainy weather. The night was very dark, not a star to be
+seen to steer by, and the sea breaking constantly over us. I
+found it necessary to act as much as possible against the
+southerly winds, to prevent being driven too near New
+Guinea; for in general we were forced to keep so much
+before the sea, that if we had not, at intervals of moderate
+weather, steered a more southerly course, we should inevitably,
+from a continuance of the gales, have been thrown
+in sight of that coast: in which case there would most probably
+have been an end to our voyage.</p>
+
+<p>In addition to our miserable allowance of one 25th of a
+pound of bread, and a quarter of a pint of water, I issued for
+dinner about an ounce of salt pork to each person. I was
+often solicited for this pork, but I considered it better to give
+it in small quantities than to use all at once or twice, which
+would have been done if I had allowed it.</p>
+
+<p>At noon I observed, in 13&deg; 33&acute; S; longitude made from
+Tofoa, 19&deg; 27&acute; W; course N 82&deg; W; distance 101 miles.
+The sun gave us hopes of drying our wet cloaths.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Sunday 17.</div>
+
+<p>Sunday, May the 17th. The sunshine was but of
+short duration. We had strong breezes at S E by S,
+and dark gloomy weather, with storms of thunder, lightning,
+and rain. The night was truly horrible, and not a
+star to be seen; so that our steerage was uncertain. At
+dawn of day I found every person complaining, and some
+of them soliciting extra allowance; but I positively refused
+it. Our situation was extremely miserable; always wet,
+and suffering extreme cold in the night, without the least
+shelter from the weather. Being constantly obliged to bale,
+to keep the boat from filling, was, perhaps, not to be reckoned
+an evil, as it gave us exercise.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_39" id="Page_39">[Pg 39]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">1789. <span class="smcap">May</span> 17.</div>
+
+<p>The little rum I had was of great service to us; when
+our nights were particularly distressing, I generally served a
+tea-spoonful or two to each person: and it was always joyful
+tidings when they heard of my intentions.</p>
+
+<p>At noon a water-spout was very near on board of us. I
+issued an ounce of pork, in addition to the allowance of
+bread and water; but before we began to eat, every person
+stript and wrung their cloaths through the sea-water,
+which we found warm and refreshing. Course since yesterday
+noon W S W; distance 100 miles; latitude, by account,
+14&deg; 11&acute; S, and longitude made 21&deg; 3&acute; W.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Monday 18.</div>
+
+<p>Monday, May the 18th. Fresh gales with rain, and a
+dark dismal night, wind S E; the sea constantly breaking
+over us, and nothing but the wind and sea to direct
+our steerage. I now fully determined to make New Holland,
+to the southward of Endeavour straits, sensible
+that it was necessary to preserve such a situation as
+would make a southerly wind a fair one; that I might
+range the reefs until an opening should be found into
+smooth water, and we the sooner be able to pick up some
+refreshments.</p>
+
+<p>In the morning the rain abated, when we stripped, and
+wrung our cloaths through the sea-water, as usual, which
+refreshed us wonderfully. Every person complained of
+violent pain in their bones: I was only surprised that no
+one was yet laid up. Served one 25th of a pound of bread,
+and a quarter of a pint of water, at supper, breakfast, and
+dinner, as customary.</p>
+
+<p>At noon I deduced my situation, by account, for we had
+no glimpse of the sun, to be in latitude 14&deg; 52&acute; S; course since
+yesterday noon W S W 106 miles; longitude made from
+Tofoa 22&deg; 45&acute; W. Saw many boobies and noddies, a sign
+of being in the neighbourhood of land.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_40" id="Page_40">[Pg 40]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">1789. May 19. Tuesday 19.</div>
+
+<p>Tuesday, May the 19th. Fresh gales at E N E, with heavy
+rain, and dark gloomy weather, and no sight of the sun.
+We past this day miserably wet and cold, covered with
+rain and sea, from which we had no relief, but at intervals
+by pulling off our cloaths and wringing them through the
+sea water. In the night we had very severe lightning, but
+otherwise it was so dark that we could not see each other.
+The morning produced many complaints on the severity of
+the weather, and I would gladly have issued my allowance
+of rum, if it had not appeared to me that we were to suffer
+much more, and that it was necessary to preserve the little
+I had, to give relief at a time we might be less able to
+bear such hardships; but, to make up for it, I served out
+about half an ounce of pork to each person, with the common
+allowance of bread and water, for dinner. All night
+and day we were obliged to bale without intermission.</p>
+
+<p>At noon it was very bad weather and constant rain; latitude,
+by account, 14&deg; 37&acute; S; course since yesterday N 81&deg; W;
+distance 100 miles; longitude made 24&deg; 30&acute; W.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Wednesday 20.</div>
+
+<p>Wednesday, May the 20th. Fresh breezes E N E with
+constant rain; at times a deluge. Always baling.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">1789. May 20.</div>
+
+<p>At dawn of day, some of my people seemed half dead:
+our appearances were horrible; and I could look no way,
+but I caught the eye of some one in distress. Extreme
+hunger was now too evident, but no one suffered from thirst,
+nor had we much inclination to drink, that desire, perhaps,
+being satisfied through the skin. The little sleep we got
+was in the midst of water, and we constantly awoke with
+severe cramps and pains in our bones. This morning I
+served about two tea-spoonfuls of rum to each person, and
+the allowance of bread and water, as usual. At noon
+the sun broke out, and revived every one. I found we were<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_41" id="Page_41">[Pg 41]</a></span>
+in latitude 14&deg; 49&acute; S; longitude made 25&deg; 46&acute; W; course S
+88&deg; W; distance 75 miles.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Thursday 21.</div>
+
+<p>Thursday, May the 21st. Fresh gales, and heavy showers
+of rain. Wind E N E.</p>
+
+<p>Our distresses were now very great, and we were so covered
+with rain and salt water, that we could scarcely see. Sleep,
+though we longed for it, afforded no comfort: for my own
+part, I almost lived without it: we suffered extreme cold, and
+every one dreaded the approach of night. About two o'clock
+in the morning we were overwhelmed with a deluge of rain.
+It fell so heavy that we were afraid it would fill the boat, and
+were obliged to bale with all our might. At dawn of day, I
+served a large allowance of rum. Towards noon the rain
+abated and the sun shone, but we were miserably cold and
+wet, the sea breaking so constantly over us, that, notwithstanding
+the heavy rain, we had not been able to add to our
+stock of fresh water. The usual allowance of one 25th of a
+pound of bread and water was served at evening, morning,
+and noon. Latitude, by observation, 14&deg; 29&acute; S, and longitude
+made, by account, from Tofoa, 27&deg; 25&acute; W; course, since
+yesterday noon, N 78&deg; W, 99 miles. I now considered myself
+on a meridian with the east part of New Guinea, and
+about 65 leagues distant from the coast of New Holland.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Friday 22.</div>
+
+<p>Friday, May the 22nd. Strong gales from E S E to S S E, a
+high sea, and dark dismal night.</p>
+
+<p>Our situation this day was extremely calamitous. We
+were obliged to take the course of the sea, running right
+before it, and watching with the utmost care, as the least error
+in the helm would in a moment have been our destruction.
+The sea was continually breaking all over us;
+but, as we suffered not such cold as when wet with the rain,
+I only served the common allowance of bread and water.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_42" id="Page_42">[Pg 42]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">1789. <span class="smcap">May</span> 22.</div>
+
+<p>At noon it blew very hard, and the foam of the sea kept
+running over our stern and quarters; I however got propped
+up, and made an observation of the latitude, in 14&deg; 17&acute; S;
+course N 85&deg; W; distance 130 miles; longitude made 29&deg; 38&acute;
+west.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Saturday 23.</div>
+
+<p>Saturday, May the 23d. Strong gales with very hard
+squalls, and rain; wind S E, and S S E.</p>
+
+<p>The misery we suffered this day exceeded the preceding.
+The night was dreadful. The sea flew over us with great
+force, and kept us baling with horror and anxiety. At
+dawn of day I found every one in a most distressed condition,
+and I now began to fear that another such a night
+would put an end to the lives of several who seemed no
+longer able to support such sufferings. Every one complained
+of severe pains in their bones; but these were alleviated,
+in some degree, by an allowance of two tea-spoonfuls of
+rum; after drinking which, having wrung our cloaths, and
+taken our breakfast of bread and water, we became a little
+refreshed.</p>
+
+<p>Towards noon it became fair weather; but with very little
+abatement of the gale, and the sea remained equally high.
+With great difficulty I observed the latitude to be 13&deg; 44&acute; S;
+course N 74&deg; W; distance 116 miles since yesterday; longitude
+made 31&deg; 32&acute; W from Tofoa.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Sunday 24.</div>
+
+<p>Sunday, May the 24th. Fresh gales and fine weather;
+wind S S E and S.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">1789. <span class="smcap">May</span> 24.</div>
+
+<p>Towards the evening the weather looked much better,
+which rejoiced all hands, so that they eat their scanty allowance
+with more satisfaction than for some time past. The
+night also was fair; but, being always wet with the sea, we
+suffered much from the cold. A fine morning, I had the
+pleasure to see, produce some chearful countenances. Towards
+noon the weather improved, and, the first time for 15<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_43" id="Page_43">[Pg 43]</a></span>
+days past, we found a little warmth from the sun. We stripped,
+and hung our cloaths up to dry, which were by this
+time become so thread-bare, that they would not keep out
+either wet or cold.</p>
+
+<p>At noon I observed in latitude 13&deg; 33&acute; S; longitude, by account,
+from Tofoa 33&deg; 28&acute; W; course N 84&deg; W; distance 114
+miles. With the usual allowance of bread and water for
+dinner, I served an ounce of pork to each person.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Monday 25.</div>
+
+<p>Monday, May the 25th. Fresh gales and fair weather.
+Wind S S E.</p>
+
+<p>This afternoon we had many birds about us, which are
+never seen far from land, such as boobies and noddies.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Allowance lessened.</div>
+
+<p>About three o'clock the sea began to run fair, and we
+shipped but little water, I therefore determined to know
+the exact quantity of bread I had left; and on examining
+found, according to my present issues, sufficient for 29 days
+allowance. In the course of this time I hoped to be at
+Timor; but, as that was very uncertain, and perhaps after
+all we might be obliged to go to Java, I determined to proportion
+my issues to six weeks. I was apprehensive that
+this would be ill received, and that it would require my
+utmost resolution to enforce it; for, small as the quantity
+was which I intended to take away, for our future good,
+yet it might appear to my people like robbing them of
+life, and some, who were less patient than their companions,
+I expected would very ill brook it. I however
+represented it so essentially necessary to guard against delays
+in our voyage by contrary winds, or other causes,
+promising to enlarge upon the allowance as we got on, that
+it was readily agreed to. I therefore fixed, that every person
+should receive one 25th of a pound of bread for breakfast,
+and one 25th of a pound for dinner; so that by omitting
+the proportion for supper, I had 43 days allowance.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_44" id="Page_44">[Pg 44]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">1789. <span class="smcap">May</span> 25.</div>
+
+<p>At noon some noddies came so near to us, that one of
+them was caught by hand. This bird is about the size of
+a small pigeon. I divided it, with its entrails, into 18 portions,
+and by the method of, Who shall have this<a name="FNanchor4" id="FNanchor4"></a><a href="#Footnote4" class="fnanchor">[*]</a>? it was
+distributed with the allowance of bread and water for dinner,
+and eat up bones and all, with salt water for sauce. I observed
+the latitude 13&deg; 32&acute; S; longitude made 35&deg; 19&acute; W; and course
+N 89&deg; W; distance 108 miles.</p>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote4" id="Footnote4"></a><a href="#FNanchor4"><span class="label">[*]</span></a> One person turns his back on the object that is to be
+divided: another then points separately to the portions, at each of them
+asking aloud, "Who shall have this?" to which the first answers by
+naming somebody. This impartial method of division gives every man an
+equal chance of the best share.</p></div>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Tuesday 26.</div>
+
+<p>Tuesday, May the 26th. Fresh gales at S S E, and fine
+weather.</p>
+
+<p>In the evening we saw several boobies flying so near to
+us, that we caught one of them by hand. This bird is as
+large as a good duck; like the noddy, it has received its
+name from seamen, for suffering itself to be caught on the
+masts and yards of ships. They are the most presumptive
+proofs of being in the neighbourhood of land of any sea-fowl
+we are acquainted with. I directed the bird to be killed
+for supper, and the blood to be given to three of the people
+who were the most distressed for want of food. The body,
+with the entrails, beak, and feet, I divided into 18 shares,
+and with an allowance of bread, which I made a merit of
+granting, we made a good supper, compared with our usual
+fare.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">1789. <span class="smcap">May</span> 26.</div>
+
+<p>In the morning we caught another booby, so that Providence
+seemed to be relieving our wants in a very extraordinary
+manner. Towards noon we passed a great many
+pieces of the branches of trees, some of which appeared to
+have been no long time in the water. I had a good obser<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_45" id="Page_45">[Pg 45]</a></span>vation
+for the latitude, and found my situation to be in
+13&deg; 41&acute; S; my longitude, by account, from Tofoa, 37&deg; 13&acute; W;
+course S 85&deg; W, 112 miles. Every person was now overjoyed
+at the addition to their dinner, which I distributed as I had
+done in the evening; giving the blood to those who were
+the most in want of food.</p>
+
+<p>To make our bread a little savoury we frequently dipped
+it in salt water; but for my own part I generally broke mine
+into small pieces, and eat it in my allowance of water, out
+of a cocoa-nut shell, with a spoon, economically avoiding to
+take too large a piece at a time, so that I was as long at
+dinner as if it had been a much more plentiful meal.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Wednesday 27.</div>
+
+<p>Wednesday, May the 27th. Fresh breezes south-easterly,
+and fine weather.</p>
+
+<p>The weather was now serene, but unhappily we found
+ourselves unable to bear the sun's heat; many of us suffering
+a languor and faintness, which made life indifferent. We
+were, however, so fortunate as to catch two boobies to-day;
+their stomachs contained several flying-fish and small cuttlefish,
+all of which I saved to be divided for dinner.</p>
+
+<p>We passed much drift wood, and saw many birds; I
+therefore did not hesitate to pronounce that we were near
+the reefs of New Holland, and assured every one I would
+make the coast without delay, in the parallel we were in,
+and range the reef till I found an opening, through which
+we might get into smooth water, and pick up some supplies.
+From my recollection of captain Cook's survey of
+this coast, I considered the direction of it to be N W, and
+I was therefore satisfied that, with the wind to the southward
+of E, I could always clear any dangers.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">1789. <span class="smcap">May</span> 27.</div>
+
+<p>At noon I observed in latitude 13&deg; 26&acute; S; course since yesterday
+N 82&deg; W; distance 109 miles; longitude made 39&deg; 4&acute; W.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_46" id="Page_46">[Pg 46]</a></span>
+After writing my account, I divided the two birds with
+their entrails, and the contents of their maws, into 18 portions,
+and, as the prize was a very valuable one, it was divided
+as before, by calling out Who shall have this? so that
+to-day, with the allowance of a 25th of a pound of bread at
+breakfast, and another at dinner, with the proportion of
+water, I was happy to see that every person thought he had
+feasted.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Thursday 28.</div>
+
+<p>Thursday, May the 28th. Fresh breezes and fair weather;
+wind E S E and E.</p>
+
+<p>In the evening we saw a gannet; and the clouds remained
+so fixed in the west, that I had little doubt of our being near
+to New Holland; and every person, after taking his allowance
+of water for supper, began to divert himself with conversing
+on the probability of what we should find.</p>
+
+<p>At one in the morning the person at the helm heard the
+sound of breakers, and I no sooner lifted up my head, than
+I saw them close under our lee, not more than a quarter of
+a mile distant from us. I immediately hauled on a wind to
+the N N E, and in ten minutes time we could neither see
+nor hear them.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">1789. <span class="smcap">May</span> 28.</div>
+
+<p>I have already mentioned my reason for making New
+Holland so far to the southward; for I never doubted of
+numerous openings in the reef, through which I could
+have access to the shore: and, knowing the inclination of
+the coast to be to the N W, and the wind mostly to the
+southward of E, I could with ease range such a barrier
+of reefs till I should find a passage, which now became absolutely
+necessary, without a moment's loss of time. The
+idea of getting into smooth water, and finding refreshments,
+kept my people's spirits up: their joy was very
+great after we had got clear of the breakers, to which we<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_47" id="Page_47">[Pg 47]</a></span>
+had been much nearer than I thought was possible to be
+before we saw them.</p>
+
+<p>In the morning, at day-light, I bore away again for the
+reefs, and saw them by nine o'clock. The sea broke furiously
+over every part, and I had no sooner got near to
+them, than the wind came at E, so that we could only lie
+along the line of the breakers, within which we saw the
+water so smooth, that every person already anticipated the
+heart-felt satisfaction he would receive, as soon as we could
+get within them. But I now found we were embayed,
+for I could not lie clear with my sails, the wind having
+backed against us, and the sea set in so heavy towards
+the reef that our situation was become dangerous. We
+could effect but little with the oars, having scarce strength
+to pull them; and it was becoming every minute more and
+more probable that we should be obliged to attempt pushing
+over the reef, in case we could not pull off. Even this I did
+not despair of effecting with success, when happily we discovered
+a break in the reef, about one mile from us, and at
+the same time an island of a moderate height within it,
+nearly in the same direction, bearing W 1/2 N. I entered the
+passage with a strong stream running to the westward; and
+found it about a quarter of a mile broad, with every appearance
+of deep water.</p>
+
+<p>On the outside, the reef inclined to the N E for a few
+miles, and from thence to the N W; on the south side of
+the entrance, it inclined to the S S W as far as I could see it;
+and I conjecture that a similar passage to this which we
+now entered, may be found near the breakers that I first
+discovered, which are 23 miles S of this channel.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">1789. <span class="smcap">May</span> 28.</div>
+
+<p>I did not recollect what latitude Providential channel<a name="FNanchor5" id="FNanchor5"></a>
+<a href="#Footnote5" class="fnanchor">[*]</a><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_48" id="Page_48">[Pg 48]</a></span>
+lies in, but I considered it to be within a few miles of this,
+which is situate in 12&deg; 51&acute; S latitude.</p>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote5" id="Footnote5"></a><a href="#FNanchor5"><span class="label">[*]</span></a> Providential Channel is in 12&deg; 34&acute; S, longitude 143&deg; 33&acute; E.</p></div>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width:800px">
+<a href="images/map4-lg.png">
+<img name="map4" id="map4" src="images/map4-sml.png" alt="NE Coast of New Holland" /></a>
+<p class="caption">NE Coast of New Holland</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>Being now happily within the reefs, and in smooth
+water, I endeavoured to keep near them to try for fish;
+but the tide set us to the N W; I therefore bore away in
+that direction, and, having promised to land on the first
+convenient spot we could find, all our past hardships seemed
+already to be forgotten.</p>
+
+<p>At noon I had a good observation, by which our latitude
+was 12&deg; 46&acute; S, whence the foregoing situations may be considered
+as determined with some exactness. The island first
+seen bore W S W five leagues. This, which I have called
+the island Direction, will in fair weather always shew the
+channel, from which it bears due W, and may be seen as
+soon as the reefs, from a ship's mast-head: it lies in the
+latitude of 12&deg; 51&acute; S. These, however, are marks too small
+for a ship to hit, unless it can hereafter be ascertained that
+passages through the reef are numerous along the coast,
+which I am inclined to think they are, and then there would
+be little risk if the wind was not directly on the shore.</p>
+
+<p>My longitude, made by dead reckoning, from the island
+Tofoa to our passage through the reef, is 40&deg; 10&acute; W. Providential
+channel, I imagine, must lie very nearly under the
+same meridian with our passage; by which it appears we
+had out-run our reckoning 1&deg; 9&acute;.</p>
+
+<p>We now returned God thanks for his gracious protection,
+and with much content took our miserable allowance
+of a 25th of a pound of bread, and a quarter of a pint of
+water, for dinner.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Friday 29.</div>
+
+<p>Friday, May the 29th. Moderate breezes and fine weather,
+wind E S E.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">1789. <span class="smcap">May</span> 29.</div>
+
+<p>As we advanced within the reefs, the coast began to<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_49" id="Page_49">[Pg 49]</a></span>
+shew itself very distinctly, with a variety of high and low
+land; some parts of which were covered with wood. In
+our way towards the shore we fell in with a point of a reef,
+which is connected with that towards the sea, and here I
+came to a grapnel, and tried to catch fish, but had no success.
+The island Direction now bore S three or four
+leagues. Two islands lay about four miles to the W by N,
+and appeared eligible for a resting-place, if nothing more;
+but on my approach to the first I found it only a heap of
+stones, and its size too inconsiderable to shelter the boat. I
+therefore proceeded to the next, which was close to it and
+towards the main, where, on the N W side, I found a bay
+and a fine sandy point to land at. Our distance was about a
+quarter of a mile from a projecting part of the main, bearing
+from S W by S, to N N W 3/4 W. I now landed to examine
+if there were any signs of the natives being near us; but
+though I discovered some old fire-places, I saw nothing to
+alarm me for our situation during the night. Every one
+was anxious to find something to eat, and I soon heard that
+there were oysters on the rocks, for the tide was out; but it
+was nearly dark, and only a few could be gathered. I determined
+therefore to wait till the morning, to know how
+to proceed, and I consented that one half of us should sleep
+on shore, and the other in the boat. We would gladly
+have made a fire, but, as we could not accomplish it, we
+took our rest for the night, which happily was calm and
+undisturbed.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">1789. <span class="smcap">May</span> 29.</div>
+
+<p>The dawn of day brought greater strength and spirits to
+us than I expected; for, notwithstanding every one was
+very weak, there appeared strength sufficient remaining to
+make me conceive the most favourable hopes of our being<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_50" id="Page_50">[Pg 50]</a></span>
+able to surmount the difficulties we might yet have to encounter.</p>
+
+<p>As soon as I saw that there were not any natives immediately
+near us, I sent out parties in search of supplies,
+while others were putting the boat in order, that I might
+be ready to go to sea in case any unforeseen cause might
+make it necessary. The first object of this work, that demanded
+our attention, was the rudder: one of the gudgeons
+had come out, in the course of the night, and was
+lost. This, if it had happened at sea, would probably have
+been the cause of our perishing, as the management of the
+boat could not have been so nicely preserved as these very
+heavy seas required. I had often expressed my fears of this
+accident, and, that we might be prepared for it, had taken
+the precaution to have grummets fixed on each quarter of
+the boat for oars; but even our utmost readiness in using
+them, I fear, would not have saved us. It appears, therefore,
+a providential circumstance, that it happened at this
+place, and was in our power to remedy the defect; for by
+great good luck we found a large staple in the boat that
+answered the purpose.</p>
+
+<p>The parties were now returned, highly rejoiced at having
+found plenty of oysters and fresh water. I also had
+made a fire, by help of a small magnifying glass, that I
+always carried about me, to read off the divisions of my
+sextants; and, what was still more fortunate, among the
+few things which had been thrown into the boat and
+saved, was a piece of brimstone and a tinder-box, so that I
+secured fire for the future.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">1789. <span class="smcap">May</span> 29.</div>
+
+<p>One of my people had been so provident as to bring
+away with him a copper pot: it was by being in possession
+of this article that I was enabled to make a proper use of<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_51" id="Page_51">[Pg 51]</a></span>
+the supply we found, for, with a mixture of bread and
+a little pork, I made a stew that might have been relished
+by people of more delicate appetites, of which each person
+received a full pint.</p>
+
+<p>The general complaints of disease among us, were a dizziness
+in the head, great weakness of the joints, and violent
+tenesmus, most of us having had no evacuation by stool
+since we left the ship. I had constantly a severe pain at my
+stomach; but none of our complaints were alarming; on
+the contrary, every one retained marks of strength, that,
+with a mind possessed of any fortitude, could bear more fatigue
+than I hoped we had to undergo in our voyage to
+Timor.</p>
+
+<p>As I would not allow the people to expose themselves to
+the heat of the sun, it being near noon, every one took his
+allotment of earth, shaded by the bushes, for a short sleep.</p>
+
+<p>The oysters we found grew so fast to the rocks that it
+was with difficulty they could be broke off, and at last we
+discovered it to be the most expeditious way to open them
+where they were found. They were very sizeable, and
+well tasted, and gave us great relief. To add to this happy
+circumstance, in the hollow of the land there grew some
+wire grass, which indicated a moist situation. On forcing
+a stick, about three feet long, into the ground, we found
+water, and with little trouble dug a well, which produced
+as much as we were in need of. It was very good, but I
+could not determine if it was a spring or not. Our wants
+made it not necessary to make the well deep, for it
+flowed as fast as we emptied it; which, as the soil was apparently
+too loose to retain water from the rains, renders it
+probable to be a spring. It lies about 200 yards to the
+S E of a point in the S W part of the island.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_52" id="Page_52">[Pg 52]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">1789. <span class="smcap">May</span> 29.</div>
+
+<p>I found evident signs of the natives resorting to this
+island; for, besides fire-places, I saw two miserable wigwams,
+having only one side loosely covered. We found a
+pointed stick, about three feet long, with a slit in the end
+of it, to sling stones with, the same as the natives of Van
+Diemen's land use.</p>
+
+<p>The track of some animal was very discernible, and Mr.
+Nelson agreed with me that it was the Kanguroo; but how
+these animals can get from the main I know not, unless
+brought over by the natives to breed, that they may take
+them with more ease, and render a supply of food certain
+to them; as on the continent the catching of them may be
+precarious, or attended with great trouble, in so large an
+extent of country.</p>
+
+<p>The island may be about two miles in circuit; it is a high
+lump of rocks and stones covered with wood; but the trees
+are small, the soil, which is very indifferent and sandy,
+being barely sufficient to produce them. The trees that
+came within our knowledge were the manchineal and
+a species of purow: also some palm-trees, the tops of which
+we cut down, and the soft interior part or heart of them
+was so palatable that it made a good addition to our mess.
+Mr. Nelson discovered some fern-roots, which I thought
+might be good roasted, as a substitute for bread, but it
+proved a very poor one: it however was very good in its
+natural state to allay thirst, and on that account I directed a
+quantity to be collected to take into the boat. Many pieces
+of cocoa-nut shells and husk were found about the shore,
+but we could find no cocoa-nut trees, neither did I see any
+like them on the main.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">1789. <span class="smcap">May</span> 29.</div>
+
+<p>I had cautioned every one not to touch any kind of
+berry or fruit that they might find; yet they were no<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_53" id="Page_53">[Pg 53]</a></span>
+sooner out of my sight than they began to make free with
+three different kinds, that grew all over the island, eating
+without any reserve. The symptoms of having eaten too
+much, began at last to frighten same of them; but on
+questioning others, who had taken a more moderate allowance,
+their minds were a little quieted. The others, however,
+became equally alarmed in their turn, dreading that
+such symptoms would come on, and that they were all
+poisoned, so that they regarded each other with the
+strongest marks of apprehension, uncertain what would be
+the issue of their imprudence. Happily the fruit proved
+wholesome and good. One sort grew on a small delicate
+kind of vine; they were the size of a large gooseberry, and
+very like in substance, but had only a sweet taste; the
+skin was a pale red, streaked with yellow the long way of
+the fruit: it was pleasant and agreeable. Another kind
+grew on bushes, like that which is called the sea-side grape
+in the West Indies; but the fruit was very different, and
+more like elder-berries, growing in clusters in the same
+manner. The third sort was a black berry, not in such
+plenty as the others, and resembled a bullace, or large kind
+of sloe, both in size and taste. Seeing these fruits eaten by
+the birds made me consider them fit for use, and those
+who had already tried the experiment, not finding any
+bad effect, made it a certainty that we might eat of them
+without danger.</p>
+
+<p>Wild pigeons, parrots, and other birds, were about the
+summit of the island, but, as I had no fire-arms, relief of
+that kind was not to be expected, unless I met with some
+unfrequented spot where we might take them with our
+hands.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">1789. <span class="smcap">May</span> 29.</div>
+
+<p>On the south side of the island, and about half a mile<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_54" id="Page_54">[Pg 54]</a></span>
+from the well, a small run of water was found; but, as its
+source was not traced, I know nothing more of it.</p>
+
+<p>The shore of this island is very rocky, except the part
+we landed at, and here I picked up many pieces of pumice-stone.
+On the part of the main next to us were several
+sandy bays, but at low-water they became an extensive
+rocky flat. The country had rather a barren appearance,
+except in a few places where it was covered with wood.
+A remarkable range of rocks lay a few miles to the S W,
+or a high peaked hill terminated the coast towards the
+sea, with other high lands and islands to the southward.
+A high fair cape showed the direction of the coast to the
+N W, about seven leagues, and two small isles lay three
+or four leagues to the northward.</p>
+
+<p>I saw a few bees or wasps, several lizards, and the blackberry
+bushes were full of ants nests, webbed as a spider's,
+but so close and compact as not to admit the rain.</p>
+
+<p>A trunk of a tree, about 50 feet long, lay on the beach;
+from whence I conclude a heavy sea runs in here with the
+northerly winds.</p>
+
+<p>This being the day of the restoration of king Charles
+the Second, and the name not being inapplicable to our
+present situation (for we were restored to fresh life and
+strength), I named this Restoration Island; for I thought it
+probable that captain Cook might not have taken notice of
+it. The other names I have presumed to give the different
+parts of the coast, will be only to show my route a little
+more distinctly.</p>
+
+<p>At noon I found the latitude of the island to be 12&deg; 39&acute; S;
+our course having been N 66&deg; W; distance 18 miles from
+yesterday noon.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Saturday 30.</div>
+
+<div class="sidenote">1789. <span class="smcap">May</span> 30.</div>
+
+<p>Saturday, May the 30th. Very fine weather, and E S E<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_55" id="Page_55">[Pg 55]</a></span>
+winds. This afternoon I sent parties out again to gather
+oysters, with which and some of the inner part of the
+palm-top, we made another good stew for supper, each person
+receiving a full pint and a half; but I refused bread to
+this meal, for I considered our wants might yet be very
+great, and as such I represented the necessity of saving our
+principal support whenever it was in our power.</p>
+
+<p>At night we again divided, and one half of us slept on
+shore by a good fire. In the morning I discovered a visible
+alteration in every one for the better, and I sent them
+away again to gather oysters. I had now only two pounds
+of pork left. This article, which I could not keep under
+lock and key as I did the bread, had been pilfered by some
+inconsiderate person, but every one most solemnly denied
+it; I therefore resolved to put it out of their power for the
+future, by sharing what remained for our dinner. While
+the party was out getting oysters, I got the boat in readiness
+for sea, and filled all our water vessels, which amounted
+to nearly 60 gallons.</p>
+
+<p>The party being returned, dinner was soon ready, and
+every one had as good an allowance as they had for
+supper; for with the pork I gave an allowance of bread;
+as I was determined forthwith to push on. As it was
+not yet noon, I told every one that an exertion should
+be made to gather as many oysters as possible for a sea
+store, as I was determined to sail in the afternoon.</p>
+
+<p>At noon I again observed the latitude 12&deg; 39&acute; S; it was
+then high-water, the tide had risen three feet, but I could
+not be certain which way the flood came from. I deduce
+the time of high-water at full and change to be ten
+minutes past seven in the morning.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Sunday 31.</div>
+
+<div class="sidenote">1789. <span class="smcap">May</span> 31.</div>
+
+<p>Sunday, May the 31st. Early in the afternoon, the peo<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_56" id="Page_56">[Pg 56]</a></span>ple
+returned with the few oysters they had time to pick up,
+and every thing was put into the boat. I then examined
+the quantity of bread remaining, and found 38 days allowance,
+according to the last mode of issuing a 25th of a pound
+at breakfast and at dinner.</p>
+
+<p>Fair weather, and moderate breezes at E S E and S E.</p>
+
+<p>Being all ready for sea, I directed every person to attend
+prayers, and by four o'clock we were preparing to embark;
+when twenty natives appeared, running and holloaing to
+us, on the opposite shore. They were armed with a spear
+or lance, and a short weapon which they carried in their
+left hand: they made signs for us to come to them. On
+the top of the hills we saw the heads of many more;
+whether these were their wives and children, or others
+who waited for our landing, until which they meant not
+to show themselves, lest we might be intimidated, I cannot
+say; but, as I found we were discovered to be on the coast,
+I thought it prudent to make the best of my way, for fear
+of canoes; though, from the accounts of captain Cook, the
+chance was that there were very few or none of any consequence.
+I passed these people as near as I could, which
+was within a quarter of a mile; they were naked, and
+apparently black, and their hair or wool bushy and short.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">1789. <span class="smcap">May</span> 31.</div>
+
+<p>I directed my course within two small islands that lie to
+the north of Restoration Island, passing between them and
+the main land, towards Fair Cape, with a strong tide in my
+favour; so that I was abreast of it by eight o'clock. The
+coast I had passed was high and woody. As I could see no
+land without Fair Cape, I concluded that the coast inclined
+to the N W and W N W, which was agreeable to my recollection
+of captain Cook's survey. I therefore steered more
+towards the W; but by eleven o'clock at night I found<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_57" id="Page_57">[Pg 57]</a></span>
+myself mistaken: for we met with low land, which inclined
+to the N E; so that at three o'clock in the morning I found
+we were embayed, which obliged us to stand back to the
+southward.</p>
+
+<p>At day-break I was exceedingly surprised to find the appearance
+of the country all changed, as if in the course of
+the night I had been transported to another part of the
+world; for we had now a miserable low sandy coast in view,
+with very little verdure, or any thing to indicate that it was
+at all habitable to a human being, if I except some patches
+of small trees or brush-wood.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">1789. <span class="smcap">May</span> 31.</div>
+
+<p>I had many small islands in view to the N E, about six
+miles distant. The E part of the main bore N four miles,
+and Fair Cape S S E five or six leagues. I took the channel
+between the nearest island and the main land, about one
+mile apart, leaving all the islands on the starboard side.
+Some of these were very pretty spots, covered with wood,
+and well situated for fishing; large shoals of fish were
+about us, but we could not catch any. As I was passing this
+strait we saw another party of Indians, seven in number, running
+towards us, shouting and making signs for us to land.
+Some of them waved green branches of the bushes which
+were near them, as a sign of friendship; but there were
+some of their other motions less friendly. A larger party
+we saw a little farther off, and coming towards us. I therefore
+determined not to land, though I wished much to
+have had some intercourse with these people; for which
+purpose I beckoned to them to come near to me, and laid
+the boat close to the rocks; but not one would come
+within 200 yards of us. They were armed in the same
+manner as those I had seen from Restoration Island, were
+stark naked, and appeared to be jet black, with short bushy<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_58" id="Page_58">[Pg 58]</a></span>
+hair or wool, and in every respect the same people. An
+island of good height now bore N 1/2 W, four miles from
+us, at which I resolved to see what could be got, and from
+thence to take a look at the coast. At this isle I landed
+about eight o'clock in the morning. The shore was rocky,
+with some sandy beaches within the rocks: the water,
+however, was smooth, and I landed without difficulty.
+I sent two parties out, one to the northward, and the
+other to the southward, to seek for supplies, and others
+I ordered to stay by the boat. On this occasion their
+fatigue and weakness so far got the better of their sense
+of duty, that some of them began to mutter who had
+done most, and declared they would rather be without
+their dinner than go in search of it. One person, in
+particular, went so far as to tell me, with a mutinous
+look, he was as good a man as myself. It was not
+possible for me to judge where this might have an end, if
+not stopped in time; I therefore determined to strike a
+final blow at it, and either to preserve my command, or
+die in the attempt: and, seizing a cutlass, I ordered him
+to take hold of another and defend himself; on which he
+called out I was going to kill him, and began to make
+concessions. I did not allow this to interfere further with
+the harmony of the boat's crew, and every thing soon became
+quiet.</p>
+
+<p>The parties continued collecting what could be found,
+which consisted of some fine oysters and clams, and a few
+small dog-fish that were caught in the holes of the rocks.
+We also found about two tons of rain-water in the hollow of
+the rocks, on the north part of the island, so that of this essential
+article we were again so happy as not to be in want.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">1789. <span class="smcap">May</span> 31.</div>
+
+<p>After regulating the mode of proceeding, I set off for the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_59" id="Page_59">[Pg 59]</a></span>
+highest part of the island, to see and consider of my route
+for the night. To my surprise I could see no more of the
+main than I did from below, it extending only from S 1/2 E,
+four miles, to W by N, about three leagues, full of sand-hills.
+Besides the isles to the E S E and south, that I had seen
+before, I could only discover a small key N W by N. As
+this was considerably farther from the main than where I
+was at present, I resolved to get there by night, it being a
+more secure resting-place; for I was here open to an attack, if
+the Indians had canoes, as they undoubtedly observed my
+landing. My mind being made up on this point, I returned,
+taking a particular look at the spot I was on, which I
+found only to produce a few bushes and coarse grass, and
+the extent of the whole not two miles in circuit. On
+the north side, in a sandy bay, I saw an old canoe, about 33
+feet long, lying bottom upwards, and half buried in the
+beach. It was made of three pieces, the bottom entire, to
+which the sides were sewed in the common way. It had
+a sharp projecting prow rudely carved, in resemblance of
+the head of a fish; the extreme breadth was about three
+feet, and I imagine it was capable of carrying 20 men.</p>
+
+<p>At noon the parties were all returned, but had found
+difficulty in gathering the oysters, from their close adherence
+to the rocks, and the clams were scarce: I therefore
+saw, that it would be of little use to remain longer in this
+place, as we should not be able to collect more than we
+could eat; nor could any tolerable sea-store be expected,
+unless we fell in with a greater plenty. I named this Sunday
+Island: it lies N by W 3/4 W from Restoration Island; the latitude,
+by a good observation, 11&deg; 58&acute; S.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote"><span class="smcap">June</span>. Monday 1.</div>
+
+<p>Monday, June the 1st. Fresh breezes and fair weather,
+ending with a fresh gale. Wind S E by S.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_60" id="Page_60">[Pg 60]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">1789. <span class="smcap">June</span> 1.</div>
+
+<p>At two o'clock in the afternoon, we dined; each person
+having a full pint and a half of stewed oysters and clams,
+thickened with small beans, which Mr. Nelson informed us
+were a species of Dolichos. Having eaten heartily, and taken
+the water we were in want of, I only waited to determine
+the time of high-water, which I found to be at three o'clock,
+and the rise of the tide about five feet. According to this it
+is high-water on the full and change at 19 minutes past 9 in
+the morning; but here I observed the flood to come from the
+southward, though at Restoration Island, I thought it came
+from the northward. I think captain Cook mentions that
+he found great irregularity in the set of the flood on this
+coast.</p>
+
+<p>I now sailed for the key which I had seen in the N W by
+N, giving the name of Sunday Island to the place I left;
+we arrived just at dark, but found it so surrounded by a
+reef of rocks, that I could not land without danger of staving
+the boat; and on that account I came to a grapnel for the
+night.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">1789. <span class="smcap">June</span> 1.</div>
+
+<p>At dawn of day we got on shore, and tracked the boat
+into shelter; for the wind blowing fresh without, and the
+ground being rocky, I was afraid to trust her at a grapnel,
+lest she might be blown to sea: I was, therefore, obliged to
+let her ground in the course of the ebb. From appearances,
+I expected that if we remained till night we should
+meet with turtle, as we had already discovered recent
+tracks of them. Innumerable birds of the noddy kind
+made this island their resting-place; so that I had reason
+to flatter myself with hopes of getting supplies in
+greater abundance than it had hitherto been in my
+power. The situation was at least four leagues distant from
+the main. We were on the north-westernmost of four<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_61" id="Page_61">[Pg 61]</a></span>
+small keys, which were surrounded by a reef of rocks
+connected by sand-banks, except between the two northernmost;
+and there likewise it was dry at low water; the
+whole forming a lagoon island, into which the tide flowed:
+at this entrance I kept the boat.</p>
+
+<p>As usual, I sent parties away in search of supplies, but,
+to our great disappointment, we could only get a few
+clams and some dolichos: with these, and the oysters we had
+brought from Sunday Island, I made up a mess for dinner,
+with an addition of a small quantity of bread.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">1789. <span class="smcap">June</span> 1.</div>
+
+<p>Towards noon, Mr. Nelson, and his party, who had
+been to the easternmost key, returned; but himself in such
+a weak condition, that he was obliged to be supported
+by two men. His complaint was a violent heat in his
+bowels, a loss of sight, much drought, and an inability to
+walk. This I found was occasioned by his being unable
+to support the heat of the sun, and that, when he was
+fatigued and faint, instead of retiring into the shade to rest,
+he had continued to do more than his strength was equal
+to. It was a great satisfaction to me to find, that he had
+no fever; and it was now that the little wine, which I had so
+carefully saved became of real use. I gave it in very small
+quantities, with some small pieces of bread soaked in it;
+and, having pulled off his cloaths, and laid him under some
+shady bushes, he began to recover. The boatswain and
+carpenter also were ill, and complained of head-ach, and
+sickness of the stomach; others, who had not had any
+evacuation by stool, became shockingly distressed with
+the tenesmus; so that there were but few without complaints.
+An idea now prevailed, that their illness was occasioned
+by eating the dolichos, and some were so much
+alarmed that they thought themselves poisoned. Myself,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_62" id="Page_62">[Pg 62]</a></span>
+however, and some others, who had eaten of them, were
+yet very well; but the truth was, that all those who were
+complaining, except Mr. Nelson, had gorged themselves
+with a large quantity of raw beans, and Mr. Nelson
+informed me, that they were constantly teazing him,
+whenever a berry was found, to know if it was good to
+eat; so that it would not have been surprizing if many of
+them had been really poisoned.</p>
+
+<p>Our dinner was not so well relished as at Sunday Island,
+because we had mixed the dolichos with our stew. The
+oysters and soup, however, were eaten by every one, except
+Mr. Nelson, whom I fed with a few small pieces of bread
+soaked in half a glass of wine, and he continued to mend.</p>
+
+<p>In my walk round the island, I found several cocoa-nut
+shells, the remains of an old wigwam, and the backs of two
+turtle, but no sign of any quadruped. One of my people
+found three sea-fowl's eggs.</p>
+
+<p>As is common on such spots, the soil is little other than
+sand, yet it produced small toa-trees, and some others,
+that we were not acquainted with. There were fish in
+the lagoon, but we could not catch any. As our wants,
+therefore, were not likely to be supplied here, not even
+with water for our daily expence, I determined to sail
+in the morning, after trying our success in the night for
+turtle and birds. A quiet night's rest also, I conceived,
+would be of essential service to those who were unwell.</p>
+
+<p>From the wigwam and turtle-shell being found, it is
+certain that the natives sometimes resort to this place, and
+have canoes: but I did not apprehend that we ran any risk
+by remaining here. I directed our fire, however, to be
+made in the thicket, that we might not be discovered in the
+night.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_63" id="Page_63">[Pg 63]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">1789. <span class="smcap">June</span> 1.</div>
+
+<p>At noon, I observed the latitude of this island to be
+11&deg; 47&acute; S. The main land extended towards the N W, and
+was full of white sand-hills: another small island lay within
+us, bearing W by N 1/4 N, three leagues distant. My situation
+being very low, I could see nothing of the reef towards
+the sea.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Tuesday 2.</div>
+
+<p>Tuesday, June the 2d. The first part of this day we
+had some light showers of rain; the latter part was fair,
+wind from the S E, blowing fresh.</p>
+
+<p>Rest was now so much wanted, that the afternoon was
+advantageously spent in sleep. There were, however, a
+few not disposed to it, and those I employed in dressing
+some clams to take with us for the next day's dinner;
+others we cut up in slices to dry, which I knew was the
+most valuable supply we could find here. But, contrary
+to our expectation, they were very scarce.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">1789. <span class="smcap">June</span> 2.</div>
+
+<p>Towards evening, I cautioned every one against making
+too large a fire, or suffering it after dark to blaze up. Mr.
+Samuel and Mr. Peckover had the superintendence of this
+business, while I was strolling about the beach to observe if
+I thought it could be seen from the main. I was just satisfied
+that it could not, when on a sudden the island appeared
+all in a blaze, that might have been seen at a much more
+considerable distance. I ran to learn the cause, and found
+it was occasioned by the imprudence and obstinacy of one
+of the party, who, in my absence, had insisted on having
+a fire to himself; in making which the flames caught
+the neighbouring grass and rapidly spread. This misconduct
+might have produced very serious consequences,
+by discovering our situation to the natives; for, if they had
+attacked us, we must inevitably have fallen a sacrifice, as<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_64" id="Page_64">[Pg 64]</a></span>
+we had neither arms nor strength to oppose an enemy.
+Thus the relief which I expected from a little sleep was
+totally lost, and I anxiously waited for the flowing of the
+tide, that we might proceed to sea.</p>
+
+<p>I found it high-water at half past five this evening,
+whence I deduce the time, on the full and change of the
+moon, to be 58' past 10 in the morning: the rise is nearly
+five feet. I could not observe the set of the flood; but
+imagine it comes from the southward, and that I have
+been mistaken at Restoration Island, as I find the time of
+high-water gradually later as we advance to the northward.</p>
+
+<pre>
+At Restoration Island, high water, full and change, 7º 10'
+Sunday Island,                                      9º 19'
+Here,                                              10º 58'
+</pre>
+
+<div class="sidenote">1789. <span class="smcap">June</span> 2.</div>
+
+<p>After eight o'clock, Mr. Samuel and Mr. Peckover
+went out to watch for turtle, and three men went to the
+east key to endeavour to catch birds. All the others complaining
+of being sick, took their rest, except Mr. Hayward
+and Mr. Elphinston, who I directed to keep watch.
+About midnight the bird party returned, with only twelve
+noddies, a bird I have already described to be about the
+size of a pigeon: but if it had not been for the folly and
+obstinacy of one of the party, who separated from the
+other two, and disturbed the birds, they might have
+caught a great number. I was so much provoked at my
+plans being thus defeated, that I gave the offender<a name="FNanchor6" id="FNanchor6"></a><a href="#Footnote6" class="fnanchor">[*]</a> a good
+beating. I now went in search of the turtling party, who
+had taken great pains, but without success. This, however,
+did not surprise me, as it was not to be expected that<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_65" id="Page_65">[Pg 65]</a></span>
+turtle would come near us after the noise which was made
+at the beginning of the evening in extinguishing the fire.
+I therefore desired them to come back, but they requested
+to stay a little longer, as they still hoped to find some
+before day-light: they, however, returned by three o'clock,
+without any reward for their labour.</p>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote6" id="Footnote6"></a><a href="#FNanchor6"><span class="label">[*]</span></a> Robert Lamb.&mdash;This man, when he came to Java, acknowledged
+he had eaten nine birds on the key, after he separated from the other
+two.</p></div>
+
+<p>The birds we half dressed, which, with a few clams, made
+the whole of the supply procured here. I tied up a few gilt
+buttons and some pieces of iron to a tree, for any of the
+natives that might come after us; and, happily finding my
+invalids much better for their night's rest, I got every one
+into the boat, and departed by dawn of day. Wind at S E;
+course to the N by W.</p>
+
+<p>We had scarcely ran two leagues to the northward, when
+the sea suddenly became rough, which not having experienced
+since we were within the reefs, I concluded to
+be occasioned by an open channel to the ocean. Soon afterwards
+we met with a large shoal, on which were two
+sandy keys; between these and two others, four miles
+to the west, I passed on to the northward, the sea still
+continuing to be rough.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">1789. <span class="smcap">June</span> 2.</div>
+
+<p>Towards noon, I fell in with six other keys, most of
+which produced some small trees and brush-wood. These
+formed a pleasing contrast with the main land we had
+passed, which was full of sand-hills. The country continued
+hilly, and the northernmost land, the same which we
+saw from the lagoon island, appeared like downs, sloping
+towards the sea. To the southward of this is a flat-topped
+hill, which, on account of its shape, I called Pudding-pan
+hill, and a little to the northward two other hills, which
+we called the Paps; and here was a small tract of country<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_66" id="Page_66">[Pg 66]</a></span>
+without sand, the eastern part of which forms a cape,
+whence the coast inclines to the N W by N.</p>
+
+<p>At noon I observed in the latitude of 11&deg; 18&acute; S, the cape
+bearing W, distant ten miles. Five small keys bore from
+N E to S E, the nearest of them about two miles distant,
+and a low sandy key between us and the cape bore W, distant
+four miles. My course from the Lagoon Island N 1/2 W,
+distant 30 miles.</p>
+
+<p>I am sorry it was not in my power to obtain a sufficient
+knowledge of the depth of water; for in our situation
+nothing could be undertaken that might have occasioned
+delay. It may however be understood, that, to the best of
+my judgment, from appearances, a ship may pass wherever
+I have omitted to represent danger.</p>
+
+<p>I divided six birds, and issued one 25th of a pound of bread,
+with half a pint of water, to each person for dinner, and I
+gave half a glass of wine to Mr. Nelson, who was now so
+far recovered as to require no other indulgence.</p>
+
+<p>The gunner, when he left the ship, brought his watch
+with him, by which we had regulated our time till
+to-day, when unfortunately it stopped; so that noon,
+sun-rise, and sun-set, are the only parts of the 24 hours of
+which I can speak with certainty, as to time.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Wednesday 3.</div>
+
+<div class="sidenote">1789. <span class="smcap">June</span> 3.</div>
+
+<div class="sidenote">1789 <span class="smcap">June</span> 3.</div>
+
+<p>Wednesday, June the 3d. Fresh gales S S E and S E, and
+fair weather. As we stood to the N by W this afternoon,
+we found more sea, which I attributed to our receiving
+less shelter from the reefs to the eastward: it is probable
+they do not extend so far to the N as this; at least, it
+may be concluded that there is not a continued barrier to
+prevent shipping having access to the shore. I observed
+that the stream set to the N W, which I considered to be
+the flood; in some places along the coast, we saw patches of<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_67" id="Page_67">[Pg 67]</a></span>
+wood. At five o'clock, steering to the N W, we passed a
+large and fair inlet, into which, I imagine, is a safe and
+commodious entrance; it lies in latitude 11&deg; S: about three
+leagues to the northward of this is an island, at which we
+arrived about sun-set, and took shelter for the night under
+a sandy point, which was the only part we could land
+at: I was therefore under the necessity to put up with
+rather a wild situation, and slept in the boat. Nevertheless
+I sent a party away to see what could be got, but they
+returned without any success. They saw a great number
+of turtle bones and shells, where the natives had been
+feasting, and their last visit seemed to be of late date. The
+island was covered with wood, but in other respects a lump
+of rocks. We lay at a grapnel until day-light, with a very
+fresh gale and cloudy weather. The main bore from
+S E by S to N N W 1/2 W, three leagues; and a mountainous
+island, with a flat top, N by W, four or five leagues: several
+others were between it and the main. The spot we were
+on, which I call Turtle Island; lies in latitude, by account,
+10&deg; 52&acute; S, and 42 miles W from Restoration Island.
+Abreast of it the coast has the appearance of a sandy desert,
+but improves about three leagues farther to the northward,
+where it terminates in a point, near to which is a
+number of small islands. I sailed between these islands,
+where I found no bottom at twelve fathoms; the high
+mountainous island with a flat top, and four rocks to the
+S E of it, that I call the Brothers, being on my starboard
+hand. Soon after, an extensive opening appeared in the
+main land, with a number of high islands in it. I called
+this the Bay of Islands. We continued steering to the
+N W. Several islands and keys lay to the northward.
+The most northerly island was mountainous, having on it<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_68" id="Page_68">[Pg 68]</a></span>
+a very high round hill; and a smaller was remarkable for
+a single peaked hill.</p>
+
+<p>The coast to the northward and westward of the Bay of
+Islands had a very different appearance from that to the
+southward. It was high and woody, with many islands
+close to it, and had a very broken appearance. Among
+these islands are fine bays, and convenient places for shipping.
+The northernmost I call Wednesday Island: to the
+N W of this we fell in with a large reef, which I believe
+joins a number of keys that were in sight from the N W
+to the E N E. We now stood to the S W half a league,
+when it was noon, and I had a good observation of the
+latitude in 10&deg; 31&acute; S. Wednesday Island bore E by S five
+miles; the westernmost land S W two or three leagues; the
+islands to the northward, from N W by W four or five
+leagues, to N E six leagues; and the reef from W to N E,
+distant one mile, I now assured every one that we should
+be clear of New Holland in the afternoon.</p>
+
+<p>It is impossible for me to say how far this reef may
+extend. It may be a continuation, or a detached part of
+the range of shoals that surround the coast: but be that as
+it may, I consider the mountainous islands as separate from
+the shoals; and have no doubt that near them may be
+found good passages for ships. But I rather recommend to
+those who are to pass this strait from the eastward, to take
+their direction from the coast of New Guinea: yet, I
+likewise think that a ship coming from the southward,
+will find a fair strait in the latitude of 10&deg; S. I much
+wished to have ascertained this point; but in our distressful
+situation, any increase of fatigue, or loss of time,
+might have been attended with the most fatal consequences.
+I therefore determined to pass on without delay.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_69" id="Page_69">[Pg 69]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">1789. <span class="smcap">June</span> 3.</div>
+
+<p>As an addition to our dinner of bread and water, I served
+to each person six oysters.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Thursday 4.</div>
+
+<p>Thursday, June the 4th. A fresh gale at S E, and fair
+weather.</p>
+
+<p>At two o'clock as we were steering to the S W, towards
+the westernmost part of the land in sight, we fell in with
+some large sand-banks that run off from the coast. We
+were therefore obliged to steer to the northward again,
+and, having got round them, I directed my course to
+the W.</p>
+
+<p>At four o'clock, the westernmost of the islands to the
+northward bore N four leagues; Wednesday island E by N
+five leagues; and Shoal Cape S E by E two leagues. A
+small island was now seen bearing W, at which I arrived
+before dark, and found that it was only a rock, where
+boobies resort, for which reason I called it Booby Island.
+A small key also lies close to the W part of the coast, which
+I have called Shoal Cape. Here terminated the rocks and
+shoals of the N part of New Holland, for, except Booby
+Island, we could see no land to the westward of S, after
+three o'clock this afternoon.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">1789. <span class="smcap">June</span> 4.</div>
+
+<p>I find that Booby Island was seen by Captain Cook, and,
+by a remarkable coincidence of ideas, received from him
+the same name; but I cannot with certainty reconcile the
+situation of many parts of the coast that I have seen, to his
+survey. I ascribe this to the very different form in which
+land appears, when seen from the unequal heights of a ship
+and a boat. The chart I have given, is by no means meant
+to supersede that made by Captain Cook, who had better
+opportunities than I had, and was in every respect properly
+provided for surveying. The intention of mine is
+chiefly to render the narrative more intelligible, and to<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_70" id="Page_70">[Pg 70]</a></span>
+shew in what manner the coast appeared to me from an
+open boat. I have little doubt that the opening, which I
+named the Bay of Islands, is Endeavour Straits; and that
+our track was to the northward of Prince of Wales's Isles.
+Perhaps, by those who shall hereafter navigate these seas,
+more advantage may be derived from the possession of
+both our charts, than from either singly.</p>
+
+<p>At eight o'clock in the evening, we once more launched
+into the open ocean. Miserable as our situation was in
+every respect, I was secretly surprised to see that it did
+not appear to affect any one so strongly as myself; on the
+contrary, it seemed as if they had embarked on a voyage to
+Timor, in a vessel sufficiently calculated for safety and convenience.
+So much confidence gave me great pleasure, and
+I may assert that to this cause their preservation is chiefly
+to be attributed; for if any one of them had despaired,
+he would most probably have died before we reached New
+Holland.</p>
+
+<p>I now gave every one hopes that eight or ten days
+might bring us to a land of safety; and, after praying to
+God for a continuance of his most gracious protection, I
+served an allowance of water for supper, and kept my
+course to the W S W, to counteract the southerly winds, in
+case they should blow strong.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">1789. <span class="smcap">June</span> 4.</div>
+
+<p>We had been just six days on the coast of New Holland,
+in the course of which we found oysters, a few clams, some
+birds, and water. But perhaps a benefit nearly equal to
+this we received from not having fatigue in the boat, and
+enjoying good rest at night. These advantages certainly
+preserved our lives; for, small as the supply was, I
+am very sensible how much it relieved our distresses.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_71" id="Page_71">[Pg 71]</a></span>
+About this time nature would have sunk under the extremes
+of hunger and fatigue. Some would have ceased to
+struggle for a life that only promised wretchedness and
+misery; while others, though possessed of more bodily
+strength, must soon have followed their unfortunate companions.
+Even in our present situation, we were most
+wretched spectacles; yet our fortitude and spirit remained;
+every one being encouraged by the hopes of a speedy termination
+to his misery.</p>
+
+<p>For my own part, wonderful as it may appear, I felt
+neither extreme hunger nor thirst. My allowance contented
+me, knowing I could have no more.</p>
+
+<p>I served one 25th of a pound of bread, and an allowance
+of water, for breakfast, and the same for dinner, with an
+addition of six oysters to each person. At noon, latitude
+observed 10&deg; 48&acute; S; course since yesterday noon S 81 W;
+distance 111 miles; longitude, by account, from Shoal
+Cape 1&deg; 45&acute; W.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Friday 5.</div>
+
+<p>Friday, June the 5th. Fair weather with some showers,
+and a strong trade wind at E S E.</p>
+
+<p>This day we saw a number of water-snakes, that were
+ringed yellow and black, and towards noon we passed a
+great deal of rock-weed. Though the weather was fair,
+we were constantly shipping water, and two men always
+employed to bale the boat.</p>
+
+<p>At noon I observed in latitude 10&deg; 45&acute; S; our course since
+yesterday W 1/4 N, 108 miles; longitude made 3&deg; 35&acute; W.
+Served one 25th of a pound of bread, and a quarter of a pint
+of water for breakfast; the same for dinner, with an addition
+of six oysters; for supper water only.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Saturday 6.</div>
+
+<p>Saturday, June the 6th. Fair weather, with some
+showers, and a fresh gale at S E and E S E. Constantly
+shipping water and baling.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_72" id="Page_72">[Pg 72]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">1789. <span class="smcap">June</span> 6.</div>
+
+<p>In the evening a few boobies came about us, one of
+which I caught with my hand. The blood was divided
+among three of the men who were weakest, but the bird I
+ordered to be kept for our dinner the next day. Served
+a quarter of a pint of water for supper, and to some, who
+were most in need, half a pint.</p>
+
+<p>In the course of the night we suffered much cold and
+shiverings. At day-light, I found that some of the clams,
+which had been hung up to dry for sea-store, were stolen;
+but every one most solemnly denied having any knowledge
+of it. This forenoon we saw a gannet, a sand-lark, and
+some water-snakes, which in general were from two to
+three feet long.</p>
+
+<p>Served the usual allowance of bread and water for breakfast,
+and the same for dinner, with the bird, which I distributed
+in the usual way, of Who shall have this? I determined
+to make Timor about the latitude of 9&deg; 30&acute; S, or
+10&deg; S. At noon I observed the latitude to be 10&deg; 19&acute; S;
+course N 77&deg; W; distance 117 miles; longitude made from
+the Shoal Cape, the north part of New Holland, 5&deg; 31&acute; W.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Sunday 7.</div>
+
+<p>Sunday, June the 7th. Fresh gales and fair weather till
+eight in the evening. The remaining part of the 24 hours
+squally, with much wind at S S E and E S E, and a high
+sea, so that we were constantly wet and baling.</p>
+
+<p>In the afternoon, I took an opportunity of examining
+again into our store of bread, and found remaining 19 days
+allowance, at my former rate of serving one 25th of a pound
+three times a day: therefore, as I saw every prospect of a
+quick passage, I again ventured to grant an allowance for
+supper, agreeable to my promise at the time it was discontinued.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">1789. <span class="smcap">June</span> 7.</div>
+
+<p>We passed the night miserably wet and cold, and in the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_73" id="Page_73">[Pg 73]</a></span>
+morning I heard heavy complaints of our deplorable situation.
+The sea was high and breaking over us. I could
+only afford the allowance of bread and water for breakfast;
+but for dinner I gave out an ounce of dried clams to each
+person, which was all that remained.</p>
+
+<p>At noon I altered the course to the W N W, to keep more
+from the sea while it blew so strong. Latitude observed
+9&deg; 31&acute; S; course N 57&deg; W; distance 88 miles; longitude made
+6&deg; 46&acute; W.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Monday 8.</div>
+
+<p>Monday, June the 8th. Fresh gales and squally weather,
+with some showers of rain. Wind E and E S E.</p>
+
+<p>This day the sea ran very high, and we were continually
+wet, suffering much cold in the night. I now
+remarked that Mr. Ledward, the surgeon, and Lawrence
+Lebogue, an old hardy seaman, were giving way very fast.
+I could only assist them by a tea-spoonful or two of wine,
+which I had carefully saved, expecting such a melancholy
+necessity. Among most of the others I observed more than
+a common inclination to sleep, which seemed to indicate
+that nature was almost exhausted.</p>
+
+<p>Served the usual allowance of bread and water at supper,
+breakfast, and dinner. Saw several gannets.</p>
+
+<p>At noon I observed in 8&deg; 45&acute; S; course W N W 1/4 W,
+106 miles; longitude made 8&deg; 23&acute; W.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Tuesday 9.</div>
+
+<p>Tuesday, June the 9th. Wind S E. The weather being
+moderate, I steered W by S.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">1789 <span class="smcap">June</span> 9.</div>
+
+<p>At four in the afternoon we caught a small dolphin, the first
+relief of the kind we obtained. I issued about two ounces
+to each person, including the offals, and saved the remainder
+for dinner the next day. Towards evening the wind
+freshened, and it blew strong all night, so that we shipped
+much water, and suffered greatly from the wet and cold.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_74" id="Page_74">[Pg 74]</a></span>
+At day-light, as usual, I heard much complaining, which
+my own feelings convinced me was too well founded. I
+gave the surgeon and Lebogue a little wine, but I could
+give no farther relief, than assurances that a very few days
+longer, at our present fine rate of sailing, would bring us
+to Timor.</p>
+
+<p>Gannets, boobies, men of war and tropic birds, were
+constantly about us. Served the usual allowance of bread and
+water, and at noon dined on the remains of the dolphin,
+which amounted to about an ounce per man. I observed
+the latitude to be 9&deg; 9&acute; S; longitude made 10&deg; 8&acute; W; course
+since yesterday noon S 76&deg; W; distance 107 miles.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Wednesday 10.</div>
+
+<p>Wednesday, June the 10th. Wind E S E. Fresh gales
+and fair weather, but a continuance of much sea, which, by
+breaking almost constantly over the boat, made us miserably
+wet, and we had much cold to endure in the night.</p>
+
+<p>This afternoon I suffered great sickness from the oily
+nature of part of the stomach of the fish, which had fallen
+to my share at dinner. At sun-set I served an allowance of
+bread and water for supper. In the morning, after a very
+bad night, I could see an alteration for the worse in more
+than half my people. The usual allowance was served for
+breakfast and dinner. At noon I found our situation to be
+in latitude 9&deg; 16&acute; S; longitude from the north part of New
+Holland 12&deg; 1&acute; W; course since yesterday noon W 1/2 S,
+distance 111 miles.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Thursday 11.</div>
+
+<p>Thursday, June the 11th. Fresh gales and fair weather.
+Wind S E and S S E.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">1789. <span class="smcap">June</span> 11.</div>
+
+<p>Birds and rock-weed showed that we were not far from
+land; but I expected such signs must be here, as there are
+many islands between the east part of Timor and New
+Guinea. I however hoped to fall in with Timor every<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_75" id="Page_75">[Pg 75]</a></span>
+hour, for I had great apprehensions that some of my people
+could not hold out. An extreme weakness, swelled
+legs, hollow and ghastly countenances, great propensity to
+sleep, with an apparent debility of understanding, seemed
+to me melancholy presages of their approaching dissolution.
+The surgeon and Lebogue, in particular were most miserable
+objects. I occasionally gave them a few tea-spoonfuls
+of wine, out of the little I had saved for this dreadful
+stage, which no doubt greatly helped to support them.</p>
+
+<p>For my own part, a great share of spirits, with the hopes
+of being able to accomplish the voyage, seemed to be my
+principal support; but the boatswain very innocently told
+me, that he really thought I looked worse than any one in
+the boat. The simplicity with which he uttered such an
+opinion diverted me, and I had good humour enough to
+return him a better compliment.</p>
+
+<p>Every one received his 25th of a pound of bread, and
+quarter of a pint of water, at evening, morning, and noon,
+and an extra allowance of water was given to those who
+desired it.</p>
+
+<p>At noon I observed in latitude 9&deg; 41&acute; S; course S 77&deg; W;
+distance 109 miles; longitude made 13&deg; 49&acute; W. I had little
+doubt of having now passed the meridian of the eastern
+part of Timor, which is laid down in 128&deg; E. This diffused
+universal joy and satisfaction.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Friday 12.</div>
+
+<p>Friday, June the 12th. Fresh breezes and fine weather,
+but very hazy. Wind from E to S E.</p>
+
+<p>All the afternoon we had several gannets, and many
+other birds, about us, that indicated we were near land, and
+at sun-set we kept a very anxious look-out. In the evening
+we caught a booby, which I reserved for our dinner the
+next day.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_76" id="Page_76">[Pg 76]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">1789. <span class="smcap">June</span> 12.</div>
+
+<p>At three in the morning, with an excess of joy, we discovered
+Timor bearing from W S W to W N W, and I
+hauled on a wind to the N N E till day-light, when the
+land bore from S W by S about two leagues to N E by N
+seven leagues.</p>
+
+<p>It is not possible for me to describe the pleasure which the
+blessing of the sight of land diffused among us. It appeared
+scarce credible, that in an open boat, and so poorly
+provided, we should have been able to reach the coast
+of Timor in forty-one days after leaving Tofoa, having
+in that time run, by our log, a distance of 3618 miles, and
+that, notwithstanding our extreme distress, no one should
+have perished in the voyage.</p>
+
+<p>I have already mentioned, that I knew not where the
+Dutch settlement was situated; but I had a faint idea
+that it was at the S W part of the island. I therefore,
+after day-light, bore away along shore to the S S W, and
+the more readily as the wind would not suffer us to go
+towards the N E without great loss of time.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">1789. <span class="smcap">June</span> 12.</div>
+
+<p>The day gave us a most agreeable prospect of the land,
+which was interspersed with woods and lawns; the interior
+part mountainous, but the shore low. Towards noon the
+coast became higher, with some remarkable head-lands. We
+were greatly delighted with the general look of the
+country, which exhibited many cultivated spots and beautiful
+situations; but we could only see a few small huts,
+whence I concluded no European resided in this part of the
+island. Much sea ran on the shore, so that landing with a
+boat was impracticable. At noon I was abreast of a very
+high head-land; the extremes of the land bore S W 1/2
+W, and N N E 1/2 E; our distance off shore being three
+miles; latitude, by observation, 9&deg; 59&acute; S; and my longi<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_77" id="Page_77">[Pg 77]</a></span>tude,
+by dead reckoning, from the north part of New
+Holland, 15&deg; 6&acute; W.</p>
+
+<p>With the usual allowance of bread and water for dinner,
+I divided the bird we had caught the night before, and
+to the surgeon and Lebogue I gave a little wine.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Saturday 13.</div>
+
+<p>Saturday, June the 13th. Fresh gales at E, and E S E,
+with very hazy weather.</p>
+
+<p>During the afternoon, we continued our course along a
+low woody shore, with innumerable palm-trees, called the
+Fan Palm from the leaf spreading like a fan; but we had
+now lost all signs of cultivation, and the country had
+not so fine an appearance as it had to the eastward. This,
+however, was only a small tract, for by sun-set it improved
+again, and I saw several great smokes where the
+inhabitants were clearing and cultivating their grounds.
+We had now ran 25 miles to the W S W since noon,
+and were W five miles from a low point, which in
+the afternoon I imagined had been the southernmost
+land, and here the coast formed a deep bend, with low land
+in the bight that appeared like islands. The west shore
+was high; but from this part of the coast to the high cape
+which we were abreast of yesterday noon, the shore is low,
+and I believe shoal. I particularly remark this situation,
+because here the very high ridge of mountains, that run
+from the east end of the island, terminate, and the appearance
+of the country suddenly changes for the worse,
+as if it was not the same island in any respect.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">1789. <span class="smcap">June</span> 13.</div>
+
+<p>That we might not run past any settlement in the
+night, I determined to preserve my station till the morning,
+and therefore hove to under a close-reefed fore-sail,
+with which the boat lay very quiet. We were here in
+shoal water; our distance from the shore being half a<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_78" id="Page_78">[Pg 78]</a></span>
+league, the westernmost land in sight bearing W S W 1/2 W.
+Served bread and water for supper, and the boat lying too
+very well, all but the officer of the watch endeavoured
+to get a little sleep.</p>
+
+<p>At two in the morning, we wore, and stood in shore till
+day-light, when I found we had drifted, during the night,
+about three leagues to the W S W, the southernmost land
+in sight bearing W. On examining the coast, and not seeing
+any sign of a settlement, we bore away to the westward,
+having a strong gale, against a weather current,
+which occasioned much sea. The shore was high and covered
+with wood, but we did not run far before low
+land again formed the coast, the points of which
+opening at west, I once more fancied we were on the
+south part of the island; but at ten o'clock we found the
+coast again inclining towards the south, part of it bearing
+W S W 1/2 W. At the same time high land appeared from
+S W to S W by W 1/2 W; but the weather was so hazy, that
+it was doubtful whether the two lands were separated, the
+opening only extending one point of the compass. I,
+for this reason, stood towards the outer land, and found
+it to be the island Roti.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">1789. <span class="smcap">June</span> 13.</div>
+
+<p>I returned to the shore I had left, and in a sandy bay I
+brought to a grapnel, that I might more conveniently
+calculate my situation. In this place we saw several
+smokes, where the natives were clearing their grounds.
+During the little time we remained here, the master and
+carpenter very much importuned me to let them go in
+search of supplies; to which, at length, I assented; but,
+finding no one willing to be of their party, they did not
+choose to quit the boat. I stopped here no longer than
+for the purpose just mentioned, and we continued steering<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_79" id="Page_79">[Pg 79]</a></span>
+along shore. We had a view of a beautiful-looking
+country, as if formed by art into lawns and parks. The
+coast is low, and covered with woods, in which are innumerable
+fan palm-trees, that look like cocoa-nut walks.
+The interior part is high land, but very different from
+the more eastern parts of the island, where it is exceedingly
+mountainous, and to appearance the soil better.</p>
+
+<p>At noon, the island Roti bore S W by W seven leagues.
+I had no observation for the latitude, but, by account, we
+were in 10&deg; 12&acute; S; our course since yesterday noon being S
+77 W, 54 miles. The usual allowance of bread and water
+was served for breakfast and dinner, and to the surgeon and
+Lebogue, I gave a little wine.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Sunday 14.</div>
+
+<p>Sunday, June the 14th. A strong gale at E S E, with
+hazy weather, all the afternoon; after which the wind
+became moderate.</p>
+
+<p>At two o'clock this afternoon, having run through a
+very dangerous breaking sea, the cause of which I attributed
+to a strong tide setting to windward, and shoal water,
+we discovered a spacious bay or sound, with a fair entrance
+about two or three miles wide. I now conceived
+hopes that our voyage was nearly at an end, as no
+place could appear more eligible for shipping, or more
+likely to be chosen for an European settlement: I therefore
+came to a grapnel near the east side of the entrance, in a
+small sandy bay, where we saw a hut, a dog, and some
+cattle; and I immediately sent the boatswain and gunner
+away to the hut, to discover the inhabitants.</p>
+
+<p>The S W point of the entrance bore W 1/2 S three miles;
+the S E point S by W three quarters of a mile; and the island
+Roti from S by W 1/4 W to S W 1/4 W, about five leagues.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_80" id="Page_80">[Pg 80]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">1789. <span class="smcap">June</span> 14.</div>
+
+<p>While we lay here I found the ebb came from the
+northward, and before our departure the falling of the tide
+discovered to us a reef of rocks, about two cables length
+from the shore; the whole being covered at high-water,
+renders it dangerous. On the opposite shore also
+appeared very high breakers; but there is nevertheless
+plenty of room, and certainly a safe channel for a first-rate
+man of war.</p>
+
+<p>The bay or sound within, seemed to be of a considerable
+extent; the northern part, which I had now in view, being
+about five leagues distant. Here the land made in moderate
+risings joined by lower grounds. But the island
+Roti, which lies to the southward, is the best mark to
+know this place.</p>
+
+<p>I had just time to make these remarks, when I saw the
+boatswain and gunner returning with some of the natives.
+I therefore no longer doubted of our success, and that our
+most sanguine expectations would be fully gratified.
+They brought five Indians, and informed me that they had
+found two families, where the women treated them with
+European politeness. From these people I learned, that the
+governor resided at a place called Coupang, which was
+some distance to the N E. I made signs for one of them to go
+in the boat, and show me Coupang, intimating that I would
+pay him for his trouble; the man readily complied, and
+came into the boat.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">1789. <span class="smcap">June</span> 14.</div>
+
+<p>These people were of a dark tawny colour, and had long
+black hair; they chewed a great deal of beetle, and wore a
+square piece of cloth round their hips, in the folds of
+which was stuck a large knife. They had a handkerchief
+wrapped round their heads, and at their shoulders hung<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_81" id="Page_81">[Pg 81]</a></span>
+another tied by the four corners, which served as a bag
+for their beetle equipage.</p>
+
+<p>They brought us a few pieces of dried turtle, and some
+ears of Indian corn. This last was most welcome to us;
+for the turtle was so hard, that it could not be eaten
+without being first soaked in hot water. Had I staid
+they would have brought us something more; but, as the
+pilot was willing, I was determined to push on. It was
+about half an hour past four when we sailed.</p>
+
+<p>By direction of the pilot we kept close to the east shore
+under all our sail; but as night came on, the wind died
+away, and we were obliged to try at the oars, which I was
+surprised to see we could use with some effect. However,
+at ten o'clock, as I found we got but little ahead,
+I came to a grapnel, and for the first time I issued double
+allowance of bread and a little wine to each person.</p>
+
+<p>At one o'clock in the morning, after the most happy
+and sweet sleep that ever men had, we weighed, and continued
+to keep the east shore on board, in very smooth water;
+when at last I found we were again open to the sea, the
+whole of the land to the westward, that we had passed, being
+an island, which the pilot called Pulo Samow. The northern
+entrance of this channel is about a mile and a half
+or two miles wide, and I had no ground at ten fathoms.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">1789. <span class="smcap">June</span> 14.</div>
+
+<p>Hearing the report of two cannon that were fired, gave
+new life to every one; and soon after we discovered two
+square-rigged vessels and a cutter at anchor to the eastward.
+I endeavoured to work to windward, but we were
+obliged to take to our oars again, having lost ground
+on each tack. We kept close to the shore, and continued
+rowing till four o'clock, when I brought to a grapnel,
+and gave another allowance of bread and wine to<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_82" id="Page_82">[Pg 82]</a></span>
+all hands. As soon as we had rested a little, we weighed
+again, and rowed till near day-light, when I came to a grapnel,
+off a small fort and town, which the pilot told me was
+Coupang.</p>
+
+<p>Among the things which the boatswain had thrown
+into the boat before we left the ship, was a bundle of
+signal flags that had been made for the boats to show the
+depth of water in sounding; with these I had, in the course
+of the passage, made a small jack, which I now hoisted in
+the main shrouds, as a signal of distress; for I did not
+choose to land without leave.</p>
+
+<p>Soon after day-break a soldier hailed me to land, which I
+instantly did, among a croud of Indians, and was agreeably
+surprised to meet with an English sailor, who belonged to
+one of the vessels in the road. His captain, he told me,
+was the second person in the town; I therefore desired to
+be conducted to him, as I was informed the governor was
+ill, and could not then be spoken with.</p>
+
+<p>Captain Spikerman received me with great humanity.
+I informed him of our miserable situation; and requested
+that care might be taken of those who were with me,
+without delay. On which he gave directions for their
+immediate reception at his own house, and went himself to
+the governor, to know at what time I could be permitted
+to see him; which was fixed to be at eleven o'clock.</p>
+
+<p>I now desired every one to come on shore, which was as
+much as some of them could do, being scarce able to walk:
+they, however, got at last to the house, and found tea with
+bread and butter provided for their breakfast.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">1789. <span class="smcap">June</span> 14.</div>
+
+<p>The abilities of a painter, perhaps, could never have
+been displayed to more advantage than in the delineation
+of the two groups of figures, which at this time presented<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_83" id="Page_83">[Pg 83]</a></span>
+themselves. An indifferent spectator would have been at
+a loss which most to admire; the eyes of famine sparkling at
+immediate relief, or the horror of their preservers at the
+sight of so many spectres, whose ghastly countenances, if
+the cause had been unknown, would rather have excited
+terror than pity. Our bodies were nothing but skin and bones,
+our limbs were full of sores, and we were cloathed in rags;
+in this condition, with the tears of joy and gratitude flowing
+down our cheeks, the people of Timor beheld us with
+a mixture of horror, surprise, and pity.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">1789. <span class="smcap">June</span> 14.</div>
+
+<p>The governor, Mr. William Adrian Van Este, notwithstanding
+his extreme ill-health, became so anxious about us,
+that I saw him before the appointed time. He received me
+with great affection, and gave me the fullest proofs that he
+was possessed of every feeling of a humane and good man.
+Sorry as he was, he said, that such a calamity could ever
+have happened to us, yet he considered it as the greatest
+blessing of his life that we had fallen under his protection;
+and, though his infirmity was so great that he could not do
+the office of a friend himself, he would give such orders as
+I might be certain would procure me every supply I
+wanted. In the mean time a house was hired for me, and,
+till matters could be properly regulated, victuals for every
+one were ordered to be dressed at his own house. With
+respect to my people, he said I might have room for them
+either at the hospital or on board of captain Spikerman's ship,
+which lay in the road; and he expressed much uneasiness
+that Coupang could not afford them better accommodations,
+the house assigned to me being the only one uninhabited,
+and the situation of the few families such, that they
+could not accommodate any one. After this conversation
+an elegant repast was set before me, more according to the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_84" id="Page_84">[Pg 84]</a></span>
+custom of the country, than with design to alleviate my
+hunger: so that in this instance he happily blended, with
+common politeness, the greatest favour I could receive.</p>
+
+<p>On returning to my people, I found every kind relief
+had been given to them. The surgeon had dressed their
+sores, and the cleaning of their persons had not been less
+attended to, besides several friendly gifts of apparel.</p>
+
+<p>I now desired to be shewn to the house that was intended
+for me, and I found it ready, with servants to attend, and
+a particular one, which the governor had directed to be
+always about my person. The house consisted of a hall,
+with a room at each end, and a loft over-head; and was
+surrounded by a piazza, with an outer apartment in one
+corner, and a communication from the back part of the
+house to the street. I therefore determined, instead of
+separating from my people, to lodge them all with me; and
+I divided the house as follows: One room I took to myself,
+the other I allotted to the master, surgeon, Mr. Nelson, and
+the gunner; the loft to the other officers; and the outer
+apartment to the men. The hall was common to the
+officers, and the men had the back piazza. Of this I informed
+the governor, and he sent down chairs, tables, and
+benches, with bedding and other necessaries for the use
+of every one.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">1789. <span class="smcap">June</span> 14.</div>
+
+<p>The governor, when I took my leave, had desired me to
+acquaint him with every thing of which I stood in need;
+but I was now informed it was only at particular times
+that he had a few moments of ease, or could attend to any
+thing; being in a dying state, with an incurable disease.
+On this account, whatever business I had to transact would
+be with Mr. Timotheus Wanjon, the second of this place,
+and the governor's son-in-law; who now also was contribut<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_85" id="Page_85">[Pg 85]</a></span>ing
+every thing in his power to make our situation comfortable.
+I had been, therefore, misinformed by the seaman,
+who told me that captain Spikerman was the next person
+to the governor.</p>
+
+<p>At noon a very handsome dinner was brought to the
+house, which was sufficient to make persons, more accustomed
+to plenty, eat too much. Cautions, therefore,
+might be supposed to have had little effect; but I believe few
+people in such a situation would have observed more moderation.
+My greatest apprehension was, that they would
+eat too much fruit.</p>
+
+<p>Having seen every one enjoy this meal of plenty, I dined
+with Mr. Wanjon; but I found no extraordinary inclination
+to eat or drink. Rest and quiet, I considered, as more
+necessary to my doing well, and therefore retired to my
+room, which I found furnished with every convenience.
+But, instead of rest, my mind was disposed to reflect on our
+late sufferings, and on the failure of the expedition; but,
+above all, on the thanks due to Almighty God, who had
+given us power to support and bear such heavy calamities,
+and had enabled me at last to be the means of saving
+eighteen lives.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">1789. <span class="smcap">June</span> 14.</div>
+
+<p>In times of difficulty there will generally arise circumstances
+that bear more particularly hard on a commander.
+In our late situation, it was not the least of my distresses, to
+be constantly assailed with the melancholy demands of my
+people for an increase of allowance, which it grieved me
+to refuse. The necessity of observing the most rigid
+&oelig;conomy in the distribution of our provisions was so evident,
+that I resisted their solicitations, and never deviated
+from the agreement we made at setting out. The consequence
+of this care was, that at our arrival we had still re<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_86" id="Page_86">[Pg 86]</a></span>maining
+sufficient for eleven days, at our scanty allowance:
+and if we had been so unfortunate as to have missed the
+Dutch settlement at Timor, we could have proceeded to
+Java, where I was certain every supply we wanted could be
+procured.</p>
+
+<p>Another disagreeable circumstance, to which my situation
+exposed me, was the caprice of ignorant people. Had
+I been incapable of acting, they would have carried the boat
+on shore as soon as we made the island of Timor, without
+considering that landing among the natives, at a distance
+from the European settlement, might have been as dangerous
+as among any other Indians.</p>
+
+<p>The quantity of provisions with which we left the ship,
+was not more than we should have consumed in five days,
+had there been no necessity for husbanding our stock.
+The mutineers must naturally have concluded that we
+could have no other place of refuge than the Friendly
+Islands; for it was not likely they should imagine, that, so
+poorly equipped as we were in every respect, there could
+have been a possibility of our attempting to return homewards:
+much less will they suspect that the account of their
+villany has already reached their native country.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">1789. <span class="smcap">June</span> 14.</div>
+
+<p>When I reflect how providentially our lives were saved
+at Tofoa, by the Indians delaying their attack, and that,
+with scarce any thing to support life, we crossed a sea of
+more than 1200 leagues, without shelter from the inclemency
+of the weather; when I reflect that in an open boat,
+with so much stormy weather, we escaped foundering, that
+not any of us were taken off by disease, that we had the
+great good fortune to pass the unfriendly natives of other
+countries without accident, and at last happily to meet with
+the most friendly and best of people to relieve our dis<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_87" id="Page_87">[Pg 87]</a></span>tresses;
+I say, when I reflect on all these wonderful escapes,
+the remembrance of such great mercies enables me to bear,
+with resignation and chearfulness, the failure of an expedition,
+the success of which I had so much at heart, and
+which was frustrated at a time when I was congratulating
+myself on the fairest prospect of being able to complete it
+in a manner that would fully have answered the intention
+of his Majesty, and the honourable promoters of so benevolent
+a plan.</p>
+
+<p>With respect to the preservation of our health, during a
+course of 16 days of heavy and almost continual rain, I would
+recommend to every one in a similar situation the method
+we practised, which is to dip their cloaths in the salt-water,
+and wring them out, as often as they become filled with rain;
+it was the only resource we had, and I believe was of the
+greatest service to us, for it felt more like a change of dry
+cloaths than could well be imagined. We had occasion to do
+this so often, that at length all our cloaths were wrung to
+pieces: for, except the few days we passed on the coast of
+New Holland, we were continually wet either with rain or
+sea.</p>
+
+<p>Thus, through the assistance of Divine Providence, we
+surmounted the difficulties and distresses of a most perilous
+voyage, and arrived safe in an hospitable port, where
+every necessary and comfort were administered to us with
+a most liberal hand.</p>
+
+
+<div class="sidenote">Timor.</div>
+
+<div class="sidenote">1789. <span class="smcap">July</span>.</div>
+
+<p>As, from the great humanity and attention of the governor,
+and the gentlemen, at Coupang, we received every
+kind of assistance, we were not long without evident signs
+of returning health: therefore, to secure my arrival at
+Batavia, before the October fleet sailed for Europe, on
+the first of July, I purchased a small schooner; 34 feet long,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_88" id="Page_88">[Pg 88]</a></span>
+for which I gave 1000 rix-dollars, and fitted her for sea,
+under the name of His Majesty's schooner Resource.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">July. 20.</div>
+
+<p>On the 20th of July, I had the misfortune to lose Mr.
+David Nelson: he died of an inflammatory fever. The loss
+of this honest man I very much lamented: he had accomplished,
+with great care and diligence, the object for which
+he was sent, and was always ready to forward every plan I
+proposed, for the good of the service we were on. He was
+equally useful in our voyage hither, in the course of
+which he gave me great satisfaction, by the patience and
+fortitude with which he conducted himself.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">July. 21.</div>
+
+<p>July 21st. This day I was employed attending the funeral
+of Mr. Nelson. The corpse was carried by twelve
+soldiers drest in black, preceded by the minister; next followed
+myself and second governor; then ten gentlemen of
+the town and the officers of the ships in the harbour; and
+after them my own officers and people.</p>
+
+<p>After reading our burial-service, the body was interred
+behind the chapel, in the burying-ground appropriated to
+the Europeans of the town. I was sorry I could get no
+tombstone to place over his remains.</p>
+
+<p>This was the second voyage Mr. Nelson had undertaken
+to the South Seas, having been sent out by Sir Joseph
+Banks; to collect plants, seeds, &amp;c. in Captain Cook's last
+voyage. And now, after surmounting so many difficulties,
+and in the midst of thankfulness for his deliverance, he was
+called upon to pay the debt of nature, at a time least
+expected.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">August 20.</div>
+
+<p>August the 20th. After taking an affectionate leave of
+the hospitable and friendly inhabitants, I embarked, and
+we sailed from Coupang, exchanging salutes with the fort
+and shipping as we ran out of the harbour.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_89" id="Page_89">[Pg 89]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">1789. <span class="smcap">August</span>.</div>
+
+<p>I left the governor, Mr. Van Este, at the point of death.
+To this gentleman our most grateful thanks are due, for
+the humane and friendly treatment that we have received
+from him. His ill state of health only prevented him from
+showing us more particular marks of attention. Unhappily,
+it is to his memory only that I now pay this tribute.
+It was a fortunate circumstance for us, that Mr. Wanjon,
+the next in place to the governor, was equally humane and
+ready to relieve us. His attention was unremitting, and,
+when there was a doubt about supplying me with money,
+on government account, to enable me to purchase a vessel,
+he chearfully took it upon himself; without which, it was
+evident, I should have been too late at Batavia to have sailed
+for Europe with the October fleet. I can only return such
+services by ever retaining a grateful remembrance of
+them.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. Max, the town surgeon, likewise behaved to us with
+the most disinterested humanity: he attended every one
+with the utmost care; for which I could not prevail on him
+to receive any payment, or to render me any account, or
+other answer, than that it was his duty.</p>
+
+<p>Coupang is situated in 10&deg; 12&acute; S latitude, and 124&deg; 41&acute; E
+longitude.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">August 29.</div>
+
+<p>On the 29th of August, I passed by the west end of the
+Island Flores, through a dangerous strait full of islands and
+rocks; and, having got into the latitude of 8&deg; S, I steered to
+the west, passing the islands Sumbawa, Lombock, and Bali,
+towards Java, which I saw on the 6th of September. I continued
+my course to the west, through the Straits of Madura.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">September 10.</div>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Passourwang</div>
+
+<p>On the 10th of September, I anchored off Passourwang,
+in latitude 7&deg; 36&acute; S, and 1&deg; 44&acute; W of Cape Sandana, the N E
+end or Java.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_90" id="Page_90">[Pg 90]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">1789. <span class="smcap">September</span></div>
+
+<p>On the 11th I sailed, and on the 13th arrived at Sourabya,
+latitude 7&deg; 11&acute; S, 1&deg; 52&acute; west.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Sourabya. Crissey.</div>
+
+<p>On the 17th of September, sailed from Sourabya, and the
+same day anchored at Crissey, for about two hours, and
+from thence I proceeded to Samarang. Latitude of Crissey
+7&deg; 9&acute; S, 1&deg; 55&acute; west.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Samarang.</div>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Batavia.</div>
+
+<p>On the 22nd of September, anchored at Samarang; latitude
+6&deg; 54&acute; S; 4&deg; 7&acute; W. And on the 26th I sailed for Batavia, where
+I arrived on the 1st of October. Latitude 6&deg; 10&acute; S; 8&deg; 12&acute; W
+from the east end of Java.</p>
+
+<p>On the day after my arrival, having gone through some
+fatigue in adjusting matters to get my people out of the
+schooner, as she lay in the river, and in an unhealthy
+situation, I was seized with a violent fever.</p>
+
+<p>On the 7th, I was carried into the country, to the
+physician-general's house, where, the governor-general
+informed me, I should be accommodated with every
+attendance and convenience; and to this only can I attribute
+my recovery. It was, however, necessary for me to
+quit Batavia without delay; and the governor, on that account,
+gave me leave, with two others, to go in a packet
+that was to sail before the fleet; and assured me, that those
+who remained should be sent after me by the fleet, which
+was to sail before the end of the month: that if I remained,
+which would be highly hazardous, he could not send
+us all in one ship. My sailing, therefore, was eligible,
+even if it had not been necessary for my health; and for
+that reason I embarked in the Vlydt packet, which sailed
+on the 16th of October.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">Cape of Good Hope.</div>
+
+<div class="sidenote">1789. <span class="smcap">December</span>.</div>
+
+<p>On the 16th of December, I arrived at the Cape of Good
+Hope where I first observed that my usual health was<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_91" id="Page_91">[Pg 91]</a></span>
+returning; but for a long time I continued very weak and
+infirm.</p>
+
+<p>I received the greatest attention and politeness from the
+governor-general, and all the residents on the coast of Java;
+and particular marks of friendship and regard from the
+governor, M. Van de Graaf, at the Cape of Good Hope.</p>
+
+<p>On the 2d of January, 1790, we sailed for Europe, and on
+the 14th of March, I was landed at Portsmouth by an Isle of
+Wight boat.</p>
+
+
+<p>FINIS.</p>
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+<pre>
+
+
+
+
+
+End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of A Narrative Of The Mutiny, On Board
+His Majesty's Ship Bounty; And The Subsequent Voyage Of Part Of The Crew, In The Ship's Boat, by William Bligh
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK MUTINY OF THE BOUNTY ***
+
+***** This file should be named 20337-h.htm or 20337-h.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+        http://www.gutenberg.org/2/0/3/3/20337/
+
+Produced by Chuck Greif, V. L. Simpson and the Online
+Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net. (This
+file was produced from images generously made available
+by the Posner Memorial Collection
+(http://posnet.library.cmu.edu/Posner/)).
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties.  Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark.  Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission.  If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy.  You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research.  They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks.  Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+http://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1.  General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A.  By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement.  If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B.  "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark.  It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement.  There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement.  See
+paragraph 1.C below.  There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.  See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C.  The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works.  Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States.  If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed.  Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work.  You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D.  The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work.  Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change.  If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work.  The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E.  Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1.  The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges.  If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder.  Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4.  Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5.  Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6.  You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form.  However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form.  Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7.  Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8.  You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+     the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+     you already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  The fee is
+     owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+     has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+     Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.  Royalty payments
+     must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+     prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+     returns.  Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+     sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+     address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+     the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+     you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+     does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+     License.  You must require such a user to return or
+     destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+     and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+     Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+     money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+     electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+     of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+     distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9.  If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark.  Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1.  Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection.  Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2.  LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees.  YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3.  YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3.  LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from.  If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation.  The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund.  If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund.  If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4.  Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5.  Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6.  INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section  2.  Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers.  It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come.  In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3.  Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service.  The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541.  Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+http://pglaf.org/fundraising.  Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations.  Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org.  Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at http://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+     Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+     Chief Executive and Director
+     gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4.  Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment.  Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States.  Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements.  We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance.  To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit http://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States.  U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses.  Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
+To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5.  General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone.  For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+     http://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
+
+
+</pre>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/20337-h/images/map1-lg.png b/20337-h/images/map1-lg.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..665d428
--- /dev/null
+++ b/20337-h/images/map1-lg.png
diff --git a/20337-h/images/map1-sml.png b/20337-h/images/map1-sml.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3c24376
--- /dev/null
+++ b/20337-h/images/map1-sml.png
diff --git a/20337-h/images/map2-lg.png b/20337-h/images/map2-lg.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8c0b3f7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/20337-h/images/map2-lg.png
diff --git a/20337-h/images/map2-sml.png b/20337-h/images/map2-sml.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..084ea2d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/20337-h/images/map2-sml.png
diff --git a/20337-h/images/map3-lg.png b/20337-h/images/map3-lg.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..843ff95
--- /dev/null
+++ b/20337-h/images/map3-lg.png
diff --git a/20337-h/images/map3-sml.png b/20337-h/images/map3-sml.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c6c99ff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/20337-h/images/map3-sml.png
diff --git a/20337-h/images/map4-lg.png b/20337-h/images/map4-lg.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..33a04b9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/20337-h/images/map4-lg.png
diff --git a/20337-h/images/map4-sml.png b/20337-h/images/map4-sml.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ef4e1df
--- /dev/null
+++ b/20337-h/images/map4-sml.png
diff --git a/20337.txt b/20337.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3d6c13e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/20337.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,3379 @@
+The Project Gutenberg EBook of A Narrative Of The Mutiny, On Board His
+Majesty's Ship Bounty; And The Subsequent Voyage Of Part Of The Crew, In The Ship's Boat, by William Bligh
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: A Narrative Of The Mutiny, On Board His Majesty's Ship Bounty; And The Subsequent Voyage Of Part Of The Crew, In The Ship's Boat
+
+Author: William Bligh
+
+Release Date: January 11, 2007 [EBook #20337]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ASCII
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK MUTINY OF THE BOUNTY ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Chuck Greif, V. L. Simpson and the Online
+Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net. (This
+file was produced from images generously made available
+by the Posner Memorial Collection
+(http://posnet.library.cmu.edu/Posner/)).
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+             A NARRATIVE OF THE MUTINY,
+        ON BOARD HIS MAJESTY'S SHIP _BOUNTY_;
+    AND THE SUBSEQUENT VOYAGE OF PART OF THE CREW,
+                 IN THE SHIP's BOAT,
+
+       From TOFOA, one of the Friendly Islands,
+    To TIMOR, a Dutch Settlement in the East Indies.
+
+          Written by LIEUTENANT WILLIAM BLIGH.
+
+               ILLUSTRATED WITH CHARTS.
+
+
+    LONDON:
+    PRINTED FOR GEORGE NICOL, BOOKSELLER TO HIS MAJESTY, PALL-MALL.
+    MDCCXC.
+
+
+
+
+    ADVERTISEMENT.
+
+
+The following Narrative is only a part of a voyage undertaken for the
+purpose of conveying the Bread-fruit Tree from the South Sea Islands to
+the West Indies. The manner in which this expedition miscarried, with
+the subsequent transactions and events, are here related. This part of
+the voyage is not first in the order of time, yet the circumstances are
+so distinct from that by which it was preceded, that it appears
+unnecessary to delay giving as much early information as possible
+concerning so extraordinary an event. The rest will be laid before the
+Public as soon as it can be got ready; and it is intended to publish it
+in such a manner, as, with the present Narrative, will make the account
+of the voyage compleat.
+
+At present, for the better understanding the following pages, it is
+sufficient to inform the reader, that in August, 1787, I was appointed
+to command the Bounty, a ship of 215 tons burthen, carrying 4
+six-pounders, 4 swivels, and 46 men, including myself and every person
+on board. We sailed from England in December, 1787, and arrived at
+Otaheite the 26th of October, 1788. On the 4th of April, 1789, we left
+Otaheite, with every favourable appearance of completing the object of
+the voyage, in a manner equal to my most sanguine expectations. At this
+period the ensuing Narrative commences.
+
+
+
+
+          A
+
+    NARRATIVE, &c.
+
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. APRIL.]
+
+I sailed from Otaheite on the 4th of April 1789, having on board 1015
+fine bread-fruit plants, besides many other valuable fruits of that
+country, which, with unremitting attention, we had been collecting for
+three and twenty weeks, and which were now in the highest state of
+perfection.
+
+On the 11th of April, I discovered an island in latitude 18 deg. 52' S. and
+longitude 200 deg. 19' E. by the natives called Whytootackee. On the 24th we
+anchored at Annamooka, one of the Friendly Islands; from which, after
+completing our wood and water, I sailed on the 27th, having every reason
+to expect, from the fine condition of the plants, that they would
+continue healthy.
+
+On the evening of the 28th, owing to light winds, we were not clear of
+the islands, and at night I directed my course towards Tofoa. The master
+had the first watch; the gunner the middle watch; and Mr. Christian, one
+of the mates, the morning watch. This was the turn of duty for the
+night.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. APRIL.]
+
+Just before sun-rising, Mr. Christian, with the master at arms, gunner's
+mate, and Thomas Burket, seaman, came into my cabin while I was asleep,
+and seizing me, tied my hands with a cord behind my back, and threatened
+me with instant death, if I spoke or made the least noise: I, however,
+called so loud as to alarm every one; but they had already secured the
+officers who were not of their party, by placing centinels at their
+doors. There were three men at my cabin door, besides the four within;
+Christian had only a cutlass in his hand, the others had muskets and
+bayonets. I was hauled out of bed, and forced on deck in my shirt,
+suffering great pain from the tightness with which they had tied my
+hands. I demanded the reason of such violence, but received no other
+answer than threats of instant death, if I did not hold my tongue. Mr.
+Elphinston, the master's mate, was kept in his birth; Mr. Nelson,
+botanist, Mr. Peckover, gunner, Mr. Ledward, surgeon, and the master,
+were confined to their cabins; and also the clerk, Mr. Samuel, but he
+soon obtained leave to come on deck. The fore hatchway was guarded by
+centinels; the boatswain and carpenter were, however, allowed to come on
+deck, where they saw me standing abaft the mizen-mast, with my hands
+tied behind my back, under a guard, with Christian at their head.
+
+The boatswain was now ordered to hoist the launch out, with a threat, if
+he did not do it instantly, to take care of himself.
+
+The boat being out, Mr. Hayward and Mr. Hallet, midshipmen, and Mr.
+Samuel, were ordered into it; upon which I demanded the cause of such an
+order, and endeavoured to persuade some one to a sense of duty; but it
+was to no effect: "Hold your tongue, Sir, or you are dead this instant,"
+was constantly repeated to me.
+
+The master, by this time, had sent to be allowed to come on deck, which
+was permitted; but he was soon ordered back again to his cabin.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. APRIL.]
+
+I continued my endeavours to turn the tide of affairs, when Christian
+changed the cutlass he had in his hand for a bayonet, that was brought
+to him, and, holding me with a strong gripe by the cord that tied my
+hands, he with many oaths threatened to kill me immediately if I would
+not be quiet: the villains round me had their pieces cocked and bayonets
+fixed. Particular people were now called on to go into the boat, and
+were hurried over the side: whence I concluded that with these people I
+was to be set adrift.
+
+I therefore made another effort to bring about a change, but with no
+other effect than to be threatened with having my brains blown out.
+
+The boatswain and seamen, who were to go in the boat, were allowed to
+collect twine, canvas, lines, sails, cordage, an eight and twenty gallon
+cask of water, and the carpenter to take his tool chest. Mr. Samuel got
+150lbs of bread, with a small quantity of rum and wine. He also got a
+quadrant and compass into the boat; but was forbidden, on pain of death,
+to touch either map, ephemeris, book of astronomical observations,
+sextant, time-keeper, or any of my surveys or drawings.
+
+The mutineers now hurried those they meant to get rid of into the boat.
+When most of them were in, Christian directed a dram to be served to
+each of his own crew. I now unhappily saw that nothing could be done to
+effect the recovery of the ship: there was no one to assist me, and
+every endeavour on my part was answered with threats of death.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. APRIL.]
+
+The officers were called, and forced over the side into the boat, while
+I was kept apart from every one, abaft the mizen-mast; Christian, armed
+with a bayonet, holding me by the bandage that secured my hands. The
+guard round me had their pieces cocked, but, on my daring the ungrateful
+wretches to fire, they uncocked them.
+
+Isaac Martin, one of the guard over me, I saw, had an inclination to
+assist me, and, as he fed me with shaddock, (my lips being quite parched
+with my endeavours to bring about a change) we explained our wishes to
+each other by our looks; but this being observed, Martin was instantly
+removed from me; his inclination then was to leave the ship, for which
+purpose he got into the boat; but with many threats they obliged him to
+return.
+
+The armourer, Joseph Coleman, and the two carpenters, M'Intosh and
+Norman, were also kept contrary to their inclination; and they begged of
+me, after I was astern in the boat, to remember that they declared they
+had no hand in the transaction. Michael Byrne, I am told, likewise
+wanted to leave the ship.
+
+It is of no moment for me to recount my endeavours to bring back the
+offenders to a sense of their duty: all I could do was by speaking to
+them in general; but my endeavours were of no avail, for I was kept
+securely bound, and no one but the guard suffered to come near me.
+
+To Mr. Samuel I am indebted for securing my journals and commission,
+with some material ship papers. Without these I had nothing to certify
+what I had done, and my honour and character might have been suspected,
+without my possessing a proper document to have defended them. All this
+he did with great resolution, though guarded and strictly watched. He
+attempted to save the time-keeper, and a box with all my surveys,
+drawings, and remarks for fifteen years past, which were numerous; when
+he was hurried away, with "Damn your eyes, you are well off to get what
+you have."
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. APRIL.]
+
+It appeared to me, that Christian was some time in doubt whether he
+should keep the carpenter, or his mates; at length he determined on the
+latter, and the carpenter was ordered into the boat. He was permitted,
+but not without some opposition, to take his tool chest.
+
+Much altercation took place among the mutinous crew during the whole
+business: some swore "I'll be damned if he does not find his way home,
+if he gets any thing with him," (meaning me); others, when the
+carpenter's chest was carrying away, "Damn my eyes, he will have a
+vessel built in a month." While others laughed at the helpless situation
+of the boat, being very deep, and so little room for those who were in
+her. As for Christian, he seemed meditating instant destruction on
+himself and every one.
+
+I asked for arms, but they laughed at me, and said I was well acquainted
+with the people where I was going, and therefore did not want them; four
+cutlasses, however, were thrown into the boat, after we were veered
+astern.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. APRIL.]
+
+When the officers and men, with whom I was suffered to have no
+communication, were put into the boat, they only waited for me, and the
+master at arms informed Christian of it; who then said--"Come, captain
+Bligh, your officers and men are now in the boat, and you must go with
+them; if you attempt to make the least resistance you will instantly be
+put to death:" and, without any farther ceremony, holding me by the cord
+that tied my hands, with a tribe of armed ruffians about me, I was
+forced over the side, where they untied my hands. Being in the boat we
+were veered astern by a rope. A few pieces of pork were then thrown to
+us, and some cloaths, also the cutlasses I have already mentioned; and
+it was now that the armourer and carpenters called out to me to
+remember that they had no hand in the transaction. After having
+undergone a great deal of ridicule, and been kept some time to make
+sport for these unfeeling wretches, we were at length cast adrift in the
+open ocean.
+
+I had with me in the boat the following persons:
+
+  Names.                 Stations.
+
+  JOHN FRYER             Master.
+  THOMAS LEDWARD         Acting Surgeon.
+  DAVID NELSON           Botanist.
+  WILLIAM PECKOVER       Gunner.
+  WILLIAM COLE           Boatswain.
+  WILLIAM PURCELL        Carpenter.
+  WILLIAM ELPHINSTON     Master's Mate.
+  THOMAS HAYWARD       } Midshipmen.
+  JOHN HALLETT         }
+  JOHN NORTON          } Quarter Masters.
+  PETER LINKLETTER     }
+  LAWRENCE LEBOGUE       Sailmaker.
+  JOHN SMITH           } Cooks.
+  THOMAS HALL          }
+  GEORGE SIMPSON         Quarter Master's Mate.
+  ROBERT TINKLER         A boy.
+  ROBERT LAMB            Butcher.
+  MR. SAMUEL             Clerk.
+
+There remained on board the Bounty, as pirates,
+
+  FLETCHER CHRISTIAN     Master's Mate.
+  PETER HAYWOOD       }
+  EDWARD YOUNG        }  Midshipmen.
+  GEORGE STEWART      }
+  CHARLES CHURCHILL        Master at Arms.
+  JOHN MILLS               Gunner's Mate.
+  JAMES MORRISON           Boatswain's Mate.
+  THOMAS BURKITT           Able Seaman.
+  MATTHEW QUINTAL          Ditto.
+  JOHN SUMNER              Ditto.
+  JOHN MILLWARD            Ditto.
+  WILLIAM M'KOY            Ditto.
+  HENRY HILLBRANT          Ditto.
+  MICHAEL BYRNE            Ditto.
+  WILLIAM MUSPRAT          Ditto.
+  ALEXANDER SMITH          Ditto.
+  JOHN WILLIAMS            Ditto.
+  THOMAS ELLISON           Ditto.
+  ISAAC MARTIN             Ditto.
+  RICHARD SKINNER          Ditto.
+  MATTHEW THOMPSON         Ditto.
+  WILLIAM BROWN            Gardiner.
+  JOSEPH COLEMAN           Armourer.
+  CHARLES NORMAN           Carpenter's Mate.
+  THOMAS M'INTOSH          Carpenter's Crew.
+
+In all 25 hands, and the most able men of the ship's company.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. APRIL.]
+
+Having little or no wind, we rowed pretty fast towards Tofoa, which bore
+N E about 10 leagues from us. While the ship was in sight she steered to
+the W N W, but I considered this only as a feint; for when we were sent
+away--"Huzza for Otaheite," was frequently heard among the mutineers.
+
+Christian, the captain of the gang, is of a respectable family in the
+north of England. This was the third voyage he had made with me; and, as
+I found it necessary to keep my ship's company at three watches, I gave
+him an order to take charge of the third, his abilities being thoroughly
+equal to the task; and by this means my master and gunner were not at
+watch and watch.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. APRIL.]
+
+Haywood is also of a respectable family in the north of England, and a
+young man of abilities, as well as Christian. These two were objects of
+my particular regard and attention, and I took great pains to instruct
+them, for they really promised, as professional men, to be a credit to
+their country.
+
+Young was well recommended, and appeared to me an able stout seaman;
+therefore I was glad to take him: he, however, fell short of what his
+appearance promised.
+
+Stewart was a young man of creditable parents, in the Orkneys; at which
+place, on the return of the Resolution from the South Seas, in 1780, we
+received so many civilities, that, on that account only, I should gladly
+have taken him with me: but, independent of this recommendation, he was
+a seaman, and had always borne a good character.
+
+Notwithstanding the roughness with which I was treated, the remembrance
+of past kindnesses produced some signs of remorse in Christian. When
+they were forcing me out of the ship, I asked him, if this treatment was
+a proper return for the many instances he had received of my friendship?
+he appeared disturbed at my question, and answered, with much emotion,
+"That,--captain Bligh,--that is the thing;--I am in hell--I am in hell."
+
+As soon as I had time to reflect, I felt an inward satisfaction which
+prevented any depression of my spirits: conscious of my integrity, and
+anxious solicitude for the good of the service in which I was engaged,
+I found my mind wonderfully supported, and I began to conceive hopes,
+notwithstanding so heavy a calamity, that I should one day be able to
+account to my King and country for the misfortune.--A few hours before,
+my situation had been peculiarly flattering. I had a ship in the most
+perfect order, and well stored with every necessary both for service and
+health: by early attention to those particulars I had, as much as lay in
+my power, provided against any accident, in case I could not get through
+Endeavour Straits, as well as against what might befal me in them; add
+to this, the plants had been successfully preserved in the most
+flourishing state: so that, upon the whole, the voyage was two thirds
+completed, and the remaining part in a very promising way; every person
+on board being in perfect health, to establish which was ever amongst
+the principal objects of my attention.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. APRIL.]
+
+It will very naturally be asked, what could be the reason for such a
+revolt? in answer to which, I can only conjecture that the mutineers had
+assured themselves of a more happy life among the Otaheiteans, than they
+could possibly have in England; which, joined to some female
+connections, have most probably been the principal cause of the whole
+transaction.
+
+The women at Otaheite are handsome, mild and chearful in their manners
+and conversation, possessed of great sensibility, and have sufficient
+delicacy to make them admired and beloved. The chiefs were so much
+attached to our people, that they rather encouraged their stay among
+them than otherwise, and even made them promises of large possessions.
+Under these, and many other attendant circumstances, equally desirable,
+it is now perhaps not so much to be wondered at, though scarcely
+possible to have been foreseen, that a set of sailors, most of them
+void of connections, should be led away; especially when, in addition to
+such powerful inducements, they imagined it in their power to fix
+themselves in the midst of plenty, on the finest island in the world,
+where they need not labour, and where the allurements of dissipation are
+beyond any thing that can be conceived. The utmost, however, that any
+commander could have supposed to have happened is, that some of the
+people would have been tempted to desert. But if it should be asserted,
+that a commander is to guard against an act of mutiny and piracy in his
+own ship, more than by the common rules of service, it is as much as to
+say that he must sleep locked up, and when awake, be girded with
+pistols.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. APRIL.]
+
+Desertions have happened, more or less, from many of the ships that have
+been at the Society Islands; but it ever has been in the commanders
+power to make the chiefs return their people: the knowledge, therefore,
+that it was unsafe to desert; perhaps, first led mine to consider with
+what ease so small a ship might be surprized, and that so favourable an
+opportunity would never offer to them again.
+
+The secrecy of this mutiny is beyond all conception. Thirteen of the
+party, who were with me, had always lived forward among the people; yet
+neither they, nor the messmates of Christian, Stewart, Haywood, and
+Young, had ever observed any circumstance to give them suspicion of what
+was going on. With such close-planned acts of villainy, and my mind free
+from any suspicion, it is not wonderful that I have been got the better
+of. Perhaps, if I had had marines, a centinel at my cabin-door might
+have prevented it; for I slept with the door always open, that the
+officer of the watch might have access to me on all occasions. The
+possibility of such a conspiracy was ever the farthest from my
+thoughts. Had their mutiny been occasioned by any grievances, either
+real or imaginary, I must have discovered symptoms of their discontent,
+which would have put me on my guard: but the case was far otherwise.
+Christian, in particular, I was on the most friendly terms with; that
+very day he was engaged to have dined with me; and the preceding night
+he excused himself from supping with me, on pretence of being unwell;
+for which I felt concerned, having no suspicions of his integrity and
+honour.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. APRIL.]
+
+It now remained with me to consider what was best to be done. My first
+determination was to seek a supply of bread-fruit and water at Tofoa,
+and afterwards to sail for Tongataboo; and there risk a solicitation to
+Poulaho, the king, to equip my boat, and grant a supply of water and
+provisions, so as to enable us to reach the East Indies.
+
+The quantity of provisions I found in the boat was 150 lb. of bread, 16
+pieces of pork, each piece weighing 2 lb. 6 quarts of rum, 6 bottles of
+wine, with 28 gallons of water, and four empty barrecoes.
+
+[Sidenote: Wednesday 29.]
+
+Wednesday, April 29th[*]. Happily the afternoon kept calm, until about 4
+o'clock, when we were so far to windward, that, with a moderate easterly
+breeze which sprung up, we were able to sail. It was nevertheless dark
+when we got to Tofoa, where I expected to land; but the shore proved to
+be so steep and rocky, that I was obliged to give up all thoughts of it,
+and keep the boat under the lee of the island with two oars; for there
+was no anchorage. Having fixed on this mode of proceeding for the night,
+I served to every person half a pint of grog, and each took to his rest
+as well as our unhappy situation would allow.
+
+[*] It is to be observed, that the account of time is kept in the
+nautical way, each day ending at noon. Thus the beginning of the 29th of
+April is, according to the common way of reckoning, the afternoon of the
+28th.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. APRIL 29.]
+
+In the morning, at dawn of day, we set off along shore in search of
+landing, and about ten o'clock we discovered a stony cove at the N W
+part of the island, where I dropt the grapnel within 20 yards of the
+rocks. A great deal of surf ran on the shore; but, as I was unwilling to
+diminish our stock of provisions, I landed Mr. Samuel, and some others,
+who climbed the cliffs, and got into the country to search for supplies.
+The rest of us remained at the cove, not discovering any way to get into
+the country, but that by which Mr. Samuel had proceeded. It was great
+consolation to me to find, that the spirits of my people did not sink,
+notwithstanding our miserable and almost hopeless situation. Towards
+noon Mr. Samuel returned, with a few quarts of water, which he had found
+in holes; but he had met with no spring or any prospect of a sufficient
+supply in that particular, and had only seen signs of inhabitants. As it
+was impossible to know how much we might be in want, I only issued a
+morsel of bread, and a glass of wine, to each person for dinner.
+
+I observed the latitude of this cove to be 19 deg. 41' S.
+
+This is the N W part of Tofoa, the north-westernmost of the Friendly
+Islands.
+
+[Sidenote: Thursday 30.]
+
+Thursday, April 30th. Fair weather, but the wind blew so violently from
+the E S E that I could not venture to sea. Our detention therefore made
+it absolutely necessary to see what we could do more for our support;
+for I determined, if possible, to keep my first stock entire: I
+therefore weighed, and rowed along shore, to see if any thing could be
+got; and at last discovered some cocoa-nut trees, but they were on the
+top of high precipices, and the surf made it dangerous landing; both
+one and the other we, however, got the better of. Some, with much
+difficulty, climbed the cliffs, and got about 20 cocoa-nuts, and others
+slung them to ropes, by which we hauled them through the surf into the
+boat. This was all that could be done here; and, as I found no place so
+eligible as the one we had left to spend the night at, I returned to the
+cove, and, having served a cocoa-nut to each person, we went to rest
+again in the boat.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. APRIL 30.]
+
+At dawn of day I attempted to get to sea; but the wind and weather
+proved so bad, that I was glad to return to my former station; where,
+after issuing a morsel of bread and a spoonful of rum to each person, we
+landed, and I went off with Mr. Nelson, Mr. Samuel, and some others,
+into the country, having hauled ourselves up the precipice by long
+vines, which were fixed there by the natives for that purpose; this
+being the only way into the country.
+
+We found a few deserted huts, and a small plantain walk, but little
+taken care of; from which we could only collect three small bunches of
+plantains. After passing this place, we came to a deep gully that led
+towards a mountain, near a volcano; and, as I conceived that in the
+rainy season very great torrents of water must pass through it, we hoped
+to find sufficient for our use remaining in some holes of the rocks;
+but, after all our search, the whole that we found was only nine
+gallons, in the course of the day. We advanced within two miles of the
+foot of the highest mountain in the island, on which is the volcano that
+is almost constantly burning. The country near it is all covered with
+lava, and has a most dreary appearance. As we had not been fortunate in
+our discoveries, and saw but little to alleviate our distresses, we
+filled our cocoa-nut shells with the water we found, and returned
+exceedingly fatigued and faint. When I came to the precipice whence we
+were to descend into the cove, I was seized with such a dizziness in my
+head, that I thought it scarce possible to effect it: however, by the
+assistance of Mr. Nelson, and others, they at last got me down, in a
+weak condition. Every person being returned by noon, I gave about an
+ounce of pork and two plantains to each, with half a glass of wine. I
+again observed the latitude of this place 19 deg. 41' south. The people who
+remained by the boat I had directed to look for fish, or what they could
+pick up about the rocks; but nothing eatable could be found: so that,
+upon the whole, we considered ourselves on as miserable a spot of land
+as could well be imagined.
+
+I could not say positively, from the former knowledge I had of this
+island, whether it was inhabited or not; but I knew it was considered
+inferior to the other islands, and I was not certain but that the
+Indians only resorted to it at particular times. I was very anxious to
+ascertain this point; for, in case there had only been a few people
+here, and those could have furnished us with but very moderate supplies,
+the remaining in this spot to have made preparations for our voyage,
+would have been preferable to the risk of going amongst multitudes,
+where perhaps we might lose every thing. A party, therefore,
+sufficiently strong, I determined should go another route, as soon as
+the sun became lower; and they cheerfully undertook it.
+
+[Sidenote: MAY. Friday 1.]
+
+Friday, May the 1st: stormy weather, wind E S E and S E. About two
+o'clock in the afternoon the party set out; but, after suffering much
+fatigue, they returned in the evening, without any kind of success.
+
+At the head of the cove, about 150 yards from the water-side, was a
+cave; across the stony beach was about 100 yards, and the only way from
+the country into the cove was that which I have already described. The
+situation secured us from the danger of being surprised, and I
+determined to remain on shore for the night, with a part of my people,
+that the others might have more room to rest in the boat, with the
+master; whom I directed to lie at a grapnel, and be watchful, in case we
+should be attacked. I ordered one plantain for each person to be boiled;
+and, having supped on this scanty allowance, with a quarter of a pint of
+grog, and fixed the watches for the night, those whose turn it was, laid
+down to sleep in the cave; before which we kept up a good fire, yet
+notwithstanding we were much troubled with flies and musquitoes.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. MAY 1.]
+
+At dawn of day the party set out again in a different route, to see what
+they could find; in the course of which they suffered greatly for want
+of water: they, however, met with two men, a woman, and a child; the men
+came with them to the cove, and brought two cocoa-nut shells of water. I
+immediately made friends with these people, and sent them away for
+bread-fruit, plantains, and water. Soon after other natives came to us;
+and by noon I had 30 of them about me, trading with the articles we were
+in want of: but I could only afford one ounce of pork, and a quarter of
+a bread-fruit, to each man for dinner, with half a pint of water; for I
+was fixed in not using any of the bread or water in the boat.
+
+No particular chief was yet among the natives: they were,
+notwithstanding, tractable, and behaved honestly, giving the provisions
+they brought for a few buttons and beads. The party who had been out,
+informed me of having discovered several neat plantations; so that it
+became no longer a doubt of there being settled inhabitants on the
+island; and for that reason I determined to get what I could, and sail
+the first moment the wind and weather would allow me to put to sea.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. MAY 1.]
+
+[Sidenote: Saturday 2.]
+
+Saturday, May the 2d: stormy weather, wind E S E. It had hitherto been a
+weighty consideration with me, how I was to account to the natives for
+the loss of my ship: I knew they had too much sense to be amused with a
+story that the ship was to join me, when she was not in sight from the
+hills. I was at first doubtful whether I should tell the real fact, or
+say that the ship had overset and sunk, and that only we were saved: the
+latter appeared to me to be the most proper and advantageous to us, and
+I accordingly instructed my people, that we might all agree in one
+story. As I expected, enquiries were made after the ship, and they
+seemed readily satisfied with our account; but there did not appear the
+least symptom of joy or sorrow in their faces, although I fancied I
+discovered some marks of surprise. Some of the natives were coming and
+going the whole afternoon, and we got enough of bread-fruit, plantains,
+and cocoa-nuts for another day; but water they only brought us about
+five pints. A canoe also came in with four men, and brought a few
+cocoa-nuts and bread-fruit, which I bought as I had done the rest. Nails
+were much enquired after, but I would not suffer one to be shewn, as I
+wanted them for the use of the boat.
+
+Towards evening I had the satisfaction to find our stock of provisions
+somewhat increased: but the natives did not appear to have much to
+spare. What they brought was in such small quantities, that I had no
+reason to hope we should be able to procure from them sufficient to
+stock us for our voyage. At sun-set all the natives left us in quiet
+possession of the cove. I thought this a good sign, and made no doubt
+that they would come again the next day with a larger proportion of food
+and water, with which I hoped to sail without farther delay: for if, in
+attempting to get to Tongataboo, we should be blown away from the
+islands altogether, there would be a larger quantity of provisions to
+support us against such a misfortune.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. MAY 2.]
+
+At night I served a quarter of a bread-fruit and a cocoa-nut to each
+person for supper; and, a good fire being made, all but the watch went
+to sleep.
+
+At day-break I was happy to find every one's spirits a little revived,
+and that they no longer regarded me with those anxious looks, which had
+constantly been directed towards me since we lost sight of the ship:
+every countenance appeared to have a degree of cheerfulness, and they
+all seemed determined to do their best.
+
+As I doubted of water being brought by the natives, I sent a party among
+the gullies in the mountains, with empty shells, to see what they could
+get. In their absence the natives came about us, as I expected, but more
+numerous; also two canoes came in from round the north side of the
+island. In one of them was an elderly chief, called Maccaackavow. Soon
+after some of our foraging party returned, and with them came a
+good-looking chief, called Eegijeefow, or perhaps more properly Eefow,
+Egij or Eghee, signifying a chief. To both these men I made a present of
+an old shirt and a knife, and I soon found they either had seen me, or
+had heard of my being at Annamooka. They knew I had been with captain
+Cook, who they enquired after, and also captain Clerk. They were very
+inquisitive to know in what manner I had lost my ship. During this
+conversation a young man appeared, whom I remembered to have seen at
+Annamooka, called Nageete: he expressed much pleasure at seeing me. I
+now enquired after Poulaho and Feenow, who, they said, were at
+Tongataboo; and Eefow agreed to accompany me thither, if I would wait
+till the weather moderated. The readiness and affability of this man
+gave me much satisfaction.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. MAY 2.]
+
+This, however, was but of short duration, for the natives began to
+increase in number, and I observed some symptoms of a design against us;
+soon after they attempted to haul the boat on shore, when I threatened
+Eefow with a cutlass, to induce him to make them desist; which they did,
+and every thing became quiet again. My people, who had been in the
+mountains, now returned with about three gallons of water. I kept buying
+up the little bread-fruit that was brought to us, and likewise some
+spears to arm my men with, having only four cutlasses, two of which were
+in the boat. As we had no means of improving our situation, I told our
+people I would wait until sun-set, by which time, perhaps, something
+might happen in our favour: that if we attempted to go at present, we
+must fight our way through, which we could do more advantageously at
+night; and that in the mean time we would endeavour to get off to the
+boat what we had bought. The beach was now lined with the natives, and
+we heard nothing but the knocking of stones together, which they had in
+each hand. I knew very well this was the sign of an attack. It being now
+noon, I served a cocoa-nut and a bread-fruit to each person for dinner,
+and gave some to the chiefs, with whom I continued to appear intimate
+and friendly. They frequently importuned me to sit down, but I as
+constantly refused; for it occurred both to Mr. Nelson and myself, that
+they intended to seize hold of me, if I gave them such an opportunity.
+Keeping, therefore, constantly on our guard, we were suffered to eat our
+uncomfortable meal in some quietness.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. MAY 2.]
+
+[Sidenote: Sunday 3.]
+
+Sunday, 3d May, fresh gales at S E and E S E, varying to the N E in the
+latter part, with a storm of wind.
+
+After dinner we began by little and little to get our things into the
+boat, which was a troublesome business, on account of the surf. I
+carefully watched the motions of the natives, who still increased in
+number, and found that, instead of their intention being to leave us,
+fires were made, and places fixed on for their stay during the night.
+Consultations were also held among them, and every thing assured me we
+should be attacked. I sent orders to the master, that when he saw us
+coming down, he should keep the boat close to the shore, that we might
+the more readily embark.
+
+I had my journal on shore with me, writing the occurrences in the cave,
+and in sending it down to the boat it was nearly snatched away, but for
+the timely assistance of the gunner.
+
+The sun was near setting when I gave the word, on which every person,
+who was on shore with me, boldly took up his proportion of things, and
+carried them to the boat. The chiefs asked me if I would not stay with
+them all night, I said, "No, I never sleep out of my boat; but in the
+morning we will again trade with you, and I shall remain until the
+weather is moderate, that we may go, as we have agreed, to see Poulaho,
+at Tongataboo." Maccaackavow then got up, and said, "You will not sleep
+on shore? then Mattie," (which directly signifies we will kill you) and
+he left me. The onset was now preparing; every one, as I have described
+before, kept knocking stones together, and Eefow quitted me. We had now
+all but two or three things in the boat, when I took Nageete by the
+hand, and we walked down the beach, every one in a silent kind of
+horror.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. MAY 3.]
+
+When I came to the boat, and was seeing the people embark, Nageete
+wanted me to stay to speak to Eefow; but I found he was encouraging them
+to the attack, and I determined, had it then begun, to have killed him
+for his treacherous behaviour. I ordered the carpenter not to quit me
+until the other people were in the boat. Nageete, finding I would not
+stay, loosed himself from my hold and went off, and we all got into the
+boat except one man, who, while I was getting on board, quitted it, and
+ran up the beach to cast the stern fast off, notwithstanding the master
+and others called to him to return, while they were hauling me out of
+the water.
+
+I was no sooner in the boat than the attack began by about 200 men; the
+unfortunate poor man who had run up the beach was knocked down, and the
+stones flew like a shower of shot. Many Indians got hold of the stern
+rope, and were near hauling us on shore, and would certainly have done
+it if I had not had a knife in my pocket, with which I cut the rope. We
+then hauled off to the grapnel, every one being more or less hurt. At
+this time I saw five of the natives about the poor man they had killed,
+and two of them were beating him about the head with stones in their
+hands.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. May 3]
+
+We had no time to reflect, before, to my surprise, they filled their
+canoes with stones, and twelve men came off after us to renew the
+attack, which they did so effectually as nearly to disable all of us.
+Our grapnel was foul, but Providence here assisted us; the fluke broke,
+and we got to our oars, and pulled to sea. They, however, could paddle
+round us, so that we were obliged to sustain the attack without being
+able to return it, except with such stones as lodged in the boat, and in
+this I found we were very inferior to them. We could not close, because
+our boat was lumbered and heavy, and that they knew very well: I
+therefore adopted the expedient of throwing overboard some cloaths,
+which they lost time in picking up; and, as it was now almost dark, they
+gave over the attack, and returned towards the shore, leaving us to
+reflect on our unhappy situation.
+
+The poor man I lost was John Norton: this was his second voyage with me
+as a quarter-master, and his worthy character made me lament his loss
+very much. He has left an aged parent, I am told, whom he supported.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. May 3.]
+
+I once before sustained an attack of a similar nature, with a smaller
+number of Europeans, against a multitude of Indians; it was after the
+death of captain Cook, on the Morai at Owhyhee, where I was left by
+lieutenant King: yet, notwithstanding, I did not conceive that the power
+of a man's arm could throw stones, from two to eight pounds weight, with
+such force and exactness as these people did. Here unhappily I was
+without arms, and the Indians knew it; but it was a fortunate
+circumstance that they did not begin to attack us in the cave: in that
+case our destruction must have been inevitable, and we should have had
+nothing left for it but to die as bravely as we could, fighting close
+together; in which I found every one cheerfully disposed to join me.
+This appearance of resolution deterred them, supposing they could effect
+their purpose without risk after we were in the boat.
+
+Taking this as a sample of the dispositions of the Indians, there was
+little reason to expect much benefit if I persevered in my intention of
+visiting Poulaho; for I considered their good behaviour hitherto to
+proceed from a dread of our fire-arms, which, now knowing us destitute
+of, would cease; and, even supposing our lives not in danger, the boat
+and every thing we had would most probably be taken from us, and thereby
+all hopes precluded of ever being able to return to our native country.
+
+We were now sailing along the west side of the island Tofoa, and my mind
+was employed in considering what was best to be done, when I was
+solicited by all hands to take them towards home: and, when I told them
+no hopes of relief for us remained, but what I might find at New
+Holland, until I came to Timor, a distance of full 1200 leagues, where
+was a Dutch settlement, but in what part of the island I knew not, they
+all agreed to live on one ounce of bread, and a quarter of a pint of
+water, per day. Therefore, after examining our stock of provisions, and
+recommending this as a sacred promise for ever to their memory, we bore
+away across a sea, where the navigation is but little known, in a small
+boat, twenty-three feet long from stern to stern, deep laden with
+eighteen men; without a chart, and nothing but my own recollection and
+general knowledge of the situation of places, assisted by a book of
+latitudes and longitudes, to guide us. I was happy, however, to see
+every one better satisfied with our situation in this particular than
+myself.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. May 3.]
+
+Our stock of provisions consisted of about one hundred and fifty pounds
+of bread, twenty-eight gallons of water, twenty pounds of pork, three
+bottles of wine, and five quarts of rum. The difference between this and
+the quantity we had on leaving the ship, was principally owing to loss
+in the bustle and confusion of the attack. A few cocoa-nuts were in the
+boat, and some bread-fruit, but the latter was trampled to pieces.
+
+It was about eight o'clock at night when I bore away under a reefed lug
+fore-sail: and, having divided the people into watches, and got the boat
+in a little order, we returned God thanks for our miraculous
+preservation, and, fully confident of his gracious support, I found my
+mind more at ease than for some time past.
+
+At day-break the gale increased; the sun rose very fiery and red, a sure
+indication of a severe gale of wind. At eight it blew a violent storm,
+and the sea ran very high, so that between the seas the sail was
+becalmed, and when on the top of the sea it was too much to have set:
+but I was obliged to carry to it, for we were now in very imminent
+danger and distress, the sea curling over the stern of the boat, which
+obliged us to bale with all our might. A situation more distressing has,
+perhaps, seldom been experienced.
+
+Our bread was in bags, and in danger of being spoiled by the wet: to be
+starved to death was inevitable, if this could not be prevented: I
+therefore began to examine what cloaths there were in the boat, and what
+other things could be spared; and, having determined that only two suits
+should be kept for each person, the rest was thrown overboard, with some
+rope and spare sails, which lightened the boat considerably, and we had
+more room to bale the water out. Fortunately the carpenter had a good
+chest in the boat, into which I put the bread the first favourable
+moment. His tool chest also was cleared, and the tools stowed in the
+bottom of the boat, so that this became a second convenience.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. MAY 3.]
+
+I now served a tea-spoonful of rum to each person, (for we were very wet
+and cold) with a quarter of a bread-fruit, which was scarce eatable, for
+dinner; but our engagement was now strictly to be carried into
+execution, and I was fully determined to make what provisions I had last
+eight weeks, let the daily proportion be ever so small.
+
+At noon I considered my course and distance from Tofoa to be W N W 3/4
+W. 86 miles, my latitude 19 deg. 27' S. I directed my course to the W N W,
+that I might get a sight of the islands called Feejee, if they laid in
+the direction the natives had pointed out to me.
+
+[Sidenote: Monday 4.]
+
+Monday, 4th May. This day the weather was very severe, it blew a storm
+from N E to E S E. The sea ran higher than yesterday, and the fatigue of
+baling, to keep the boat from filling, was exceedingly great. We could
+do nothing more than keep before the sea; in the course of which the
+boat performed so wonderfully well, that I no longer dreaded any danger
+in that respect. But among the hardships we were to undergo, that of
+being constantly wet was not the least: the nights were very cold, and
+at day-light our limbs were so benumbed, that we could scarce find the
+use of them. At this time I served a tea-spoonful of rum to each person,
+which we all found great benefit from.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. MAY 4.]
+
+As I have mentioned before, I determined to keep to the W N W, until I
+got more to the northward, for I not only expected to have better
+weather, but to see the Feejee Islands, as I have often understood, from
+the natives of Annamooka, that they lie in that direction; Captain Cook
+likewise considers them to be N W by W from Tongataboo. Just before noon
+we discovered a small flat island of a moderate height, bearing W S W, 4
+or 5 leagues. I observed in latitude 18 deg. 58' S; our longitude, by
+account, 3 deg. 4' W from the island Tofoa, having made a N 72 deg. W course,
+distance 95 miles, since yesterday noon. I divided five small cocoa-nuts
+for our dinner, and every one was satisfied.
+
+[Sidenote: Tuesday 5.]
+
+Tuesday, 5th May. Towards the evening the gale considerably abated. Wind
+S E.
+
+A little after noon, other islands appeared, and at a quarter past three
+o'clock we could count eight, bearing from S round by the west to N W by
+N; those to the south, which were the nearest, being four leagues
+distant from us.
+
+I kept my course to the N W by W, between the islands, and at six
+o'clock discovered three other small islands to the N W, the westernmost
+of them bore N W 1/2 W 7 leagues. I steered to the southward of these
+islands, a W N W course for the night, under a reefed sail.
+
+Served a few broken pieces of bread-fruit for supper, and performed
+prayers.
+
+The night turned out fair, and, having had tolerable rest, every one
+seemed considerably better in the morning, and contentedly breakfasted
+on a few pieces of yams that were found in the boat. After breakfast we
+prepared a chest for our bread, and it got secured: but unfortunately a
+great deal was damaged and rotten; this nevertheless we were glad to
+keep for use.
+
+I had hitherto been scarcely able to keep any account of our run; but we
+now equipped ourselves a little better, by getting a log-line marked,
+and, having practised at counting seconds; several could do it with
+some degree of exactness.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. MAY 5.]
+
+The islands I have passed lie between the latitude of 19 deg. 5' S and 18 deg.
+19' S, and, according to my reckoning, from 3 deg. 17' to 3 deg. 46' W longitude
+from the island Tofoa: the largest may be about six leagues in circuit;
+but it is impossible for me to be very exact. To show where they are to
+be found again is the most my situation enabled me to do. The sketch I
+have made, will give a comparative view of their extent. I believe all
+the larger islands are inhabited, as they appeared very fertile.
+
+At noon I observed, in latitude 18 deg. 10' S, and considered my course and
+distance from yesterday noon, N W by W 1/2 W, 94 miles; longitude, by
+account, from Tofoa 4 deg. 29' W.
+
+For dinner, I served some of the damaged bread, and a quarter of a pint
+of water.
+
+[Sidenote: Wednesday 6.]
+
+Wednesday, 6th May. Fresh breezes E N E, and fair weather, but very
+hazy.
+
+About six o'clock this afternoon I discovered two islands, one bearing W
+by S 6 leagues, and the other N W by N 8 leagues; I kept to windward of
+the northernmost, and passing it by 10 o'clock, I resumed my course to
+the N W and W N W. At day-light in the morning I discovered a number of
+other islands from S S E to the W, and round to N E by E; between those
+in the N W I determined to pass. At noon a small sandy island or key, 2
+miles distant from me, bore from E to S 3/4 W. I had passed ten islands,
+the largest of which may be 6 or 8 leagues in circuit. Much larger lands
+appeared in the S W and N by W, between which I directed my course.
+Latitude observed 17 deg. 17' S; course since yesterday noon N 50 deg. W;
+distance 84 miles; longitude made, by account, 5 deg. 37' W.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. MAY 6.]
+
+Our supper, breakfast, and dinner, consisted of a quarter of a pint of
+cocoa-nut milk, and the meat, which did not exceed two ounces to each
+person: it was received very contentedly, but we suffered great drought.
+I dared not to land, as we had no arms, and were less capable to defend
+ourselves than we were at Tofoa.
+
+To keep an account of the boat's run was rendered difficult, from being
+constantly wet with the sea breaking over us; but, as we advanced
+towards the land, the sea became smoother, and I was enabled to form a
+sketch of the islands, which will serve to give a general knowledge of
+their extent. Those I have been near are fruitful and hilly, some very
+mountainous, and all of a good height.
+
+To our great joy we hooked a fish, but we were miserably disappointed by
+its being lost in getting into the boat.
+
+[Sidenote: Thursday 7.]
+
+Thursday, 7th May. Variable weather and cloudy, wind north-easterly, and
+calms. I continued my course to the N W, between the islands, which, by
+the evening, appeared of considerable extent, woody and mountainous. At
+sun-set the southernmost bore from S to S W by W, and the northernmost
+from N by W 1/2 W to N E 1/2 E. At six o'clock I was nearly mid-way
+between them, and about 6 leagues distant from each shore, when I fell
+in with a coral bank, where I had only four feet water, without the
+least break on it, or ruffle of the sea to give us warning. I could only
+see that it extended about a mile on each side of us; but, as it is
+probable that it extends much farther, I have laid it down so in my
+sketch.
+
+I now directed my course W by N for the night, and served to each person
+an ounce of the damaged bread, and a quarter of a pint of water, for
+supper.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. May 7.]
+
+It may readily be supposed, that our lodgings were very miserable and
+confined, and I had only in my power to remedy the latter defect by
+putting ourselves at watch and watch; so that one half always sat up
+while the other lay down on the boat's bottom, or upon a chest, with
+nothing to cover us but the heavens. Our limbs were dreadfully cramped,
+for we could not stretch them out, and the nights were so cold, and we
+so constantly wet, that after a few hours sleep we could scarce move.
+
+At dawn of day we again discovered land from W S W to W N W, and another
+island N N W, the latter a high round lump of but little extent; and I
+could see the southern land that I had passed in the night. Being very
+wet and cold, I served a spoonful of rum and a morsel of bread for
+breakfast.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. MAY 7.]
+
+As I advanced towards the land in the west, it appeared in a variety of
+forms; some extraordinary high rocks, and the country agreeably
+interspersed with high and low land, covered in some places with wood.
+Off the N E part lay two small rocky islands, between which and the
+island to the N E, 4 leagues apart, I directed my course; but a lee
+current very unexpectedly set us very near to the shore, and I could
+only get clear of it by rowing, passing close to the reef that
+surrounded the rocky isles. We now observed two large sailing canoes
+coming swiftly after us along shore, and, being apprehensive of their
+intentions, we rowed with some anxiety, being sensible of our weak and
+defenceless state. It was now noon, calm and cloudy weather, my latitude
+is therefore doubtful to 3 or 4 miles; my course since yesterday noon N
+56 W, distance 79 miles; latitude by account, 16 deg. 29' S, and longitude
+by account, from Tofoa, 6 deg. 46' W. Being constantly wet, it was with the
+utmost difficulty I could open a book to write, and I am sensible that
+what I have done can only serve to point out where these lands are to
+be found again, and give an idea of their extent.
+
+[Sidenote: Friday 8.]
+
+Friday, 8th May. All the afternoon the weather was very rainy, attended
+with thunder and lightning. Wind N N E.
+
+Only one of the canoes gained upon us, and by three o'clock in the
+afternoon was not more than two miles off, when she gave over chase.
+
+If I may judge from the sail of the vessels, they are the same as at the
+Friendly Islands, and the nearness of their situation leaves little room
+to doubt of their being the same kind of people. Whether these canoes
+had any hostile intention against us is a matter of doubt; perhaps we
+might have benefited by an intercourse with them, but in our defenceless
+situation it would have been risking too much to make the experiment.
+
+I imagine these to be the islands called Feejee, as their extent,
+direction, and distance from the Friendly Islands, answers to the
+description given of them by those Islanders. Heavy rain came on at four
+o'clock, when every person did their utmost to catch some water, and we
+increased our stock to 34 gallons, besides quenching our thirst for the
+first time since we had been at sea; but an attendant consequence made
+us pass the night very miserably, for, being extremely wet, and no dry
+things to shift or cover us, we experienced cold and shiverings scarce
+to be conceived. Most fortunately for us, the forenoon turned out fair,
+and we stripped and dried our cloaths. The allowance I issued to-day,
+was an ounce and a half of pork, a tea-spoonful of rum, half a pint of
+cocoa-nut milk, and an ounce of bread. The rum, though so small in
+quantity, was of the greatest service. A fishing-line was generally
+towing, and we saw great numbers of fish, but could never catch one.
+
+At noon, I observed, in latitude 16 deg. 4' S, and found I had made a
+course, from yesterday noon, N 62 deg. W, distance 62 miles; longitude, by
+account, from Tofoa, 7 deg. 42' W.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. MAY 8.]
+
+The land I passed yesterday, and the day before, is a group of islands,
+14 or 16 in number, lying between the latitude of 16 deg. 26' S and 17 deg. 57'
+S, and in longitude, by my account, 4 deg. 47' to 7 deg. 17' W from Tofoa; three
+of these islands are very large, having from 30 to 40 leagues of
+sea-coast.
+
+[Sidenote: Saturday 9.]
+
+Saturday, 9th May. Fine weather, and light winds from the N E to E by S.
+
+This afternoon we cleaned out the boat, and it employed us till sun-set
+to get every thing dry and in order. Hitherto I had issued the allowance
+by guess, but I now got a pair of scales, made with two cocoa-nut
+shells; and, having accidentally some pistol-balls in the boat, 25[*] of
+which weighed one pound, or 16 ounces, I adopted one, as the proportion
+of weight that each person should receive of bread at the times I served
+it. I also amused all hands, with describing the situation of New Guinea
+and New Holland, and gave them every information in my power, that in
+case any accident happened to me, those who survived might have some
+idea of what they were about, and be able to find their way to Timor,
+which at present they knew nothing of, more than the name, and some not
+that.
+
+[*] It weighed 272 grains.
+
+At night I served a quarter of a pint of water, and half an ounce of
+bread, for supper. In the morning, a quarter of a pint of cocoa-nut
+milk, and some of the decayed bread, for breakfast; and for dinner, I
+divided the meat of four cocoa-nuts, with the remainder of the rotten
+bread, which was only eatable by such distressed people.
+
+At noon, I observed the latitude to be 15 deg. 47' S; course since yesterday
+N 75 deg. W; distant 64 miles; longitude made, by account, 8 deg. 45' W.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789 MAY 10.]
+
+[Sidenote: Sunday 10.]
+
+Sunday, May the 10th. The first part of this day fine weather; but after
+sun-set it became squally, with hard rain, thunder, and lightning, and a
+fresh gale; wind E by S, S E, and S S E.
+
+In the afternoon I got fitted a pair of shrouds for each mast and
+contrived a canvass weather cloth round the boat, and raised the
+quarters about nine inches, by nailing on the seats of the stern sheets,
+which proved of great benefit to us.
+
+About nine o'clock in the evening, the clouds began to gather, and we
+had a prodigious fall of rain, with severe thunder and lightning. By
+midnight we had caught about twenty gallons of water. Being miserably
+wet and cold, I served to each person a tea-spoonful of rum, to enable
+them to bear with their distressed situation. The weather continued
+extremely bad, and the wind increased; we spent a very miserable night,
+without sleep, but such as could be got in the midst of rain. The day
+brought us no relief but its light. The sea was constantly breaking over
+us, which kept two persons baling; and we had no choice how to steer,
+for we were obliged to keep before the waves to avoid filling the boat.
+
+The allowance which I now regularly served to each person was one 25th
+of a pound of bread, and a quarter of a pint of water, at sun-set, eight
+in the morning, and at noon. To-day I gave about half an ounce of pork
+for dinner, which, though any moderate person would have considered but
+a mouthful, was divided into three or four.
+
+The rain abated towards noon, and I observed the latitude to be 15 deg. 17'
+S; course N 67 deg. W; distance 78 miles; longitude made 10 deg. W.
+
+[Sidenote: Monday 11.]
+
+Monday, May the 11th. Strong gales from S S E to S E, and very squally
+weather, with a high breaking sea, so that we were miserably wet, and
+suffered great cold in the night. In the morning at day-break I served
+to every person a tea-spoonful of rum, our limbs being so cramped that
+we could scarce feel the use of them. Our situation was now extremely
+dangerous, the sea frequently running over our stern, which kept us
+baling with all our strength.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. MAY 11.]
+
+At noon the sun appeared, which gave us as much pleasure as in a
+winter's day in England. I issued the 25th of a pound of bread, and a
+quarter of a pint of water, as yesterday. Latitude observed 14 deg. 50' S;
+course N 71 deg. W; distance 102 miles; and longitude, by account, 11 deg. 39'
+W. from Tofoa.
+
+[Sidenote: Tuesday 12.]
+
+Tuesday, May the 12th. Strong gales at S E, with much rain and dark
+dismal weather, moderating towards noon and wind varying to the N E.
+
+Having again experienced a dreadful night, the day showed to me a poor
+miserable set of beings full of wants, without any thing to relieve
+them. Some complained of a great pain in their bowels, and all of having
+but very little use of their limbs. What sleep we got was scarce
+refreshing, we being covered with sea and rain. Two persons were obliged
+to be always baling the water out of the boat. I served a spoonful of
+rum at day-dawn, and the usual allowance of bread and water, for supper,
+breakfast, and dinner.
+
+At noon it was almost calm, no sun to be seen, and some of us shivering
+with cold. Course since yesterday W by N; distance 89 miles; latitude,
+by account, 14 deg. 33' S; longitude made 13 deg. 9' W. The direction of my
+course is to pass to the northward of the New Hebrides.
+
+[Sidenote: Wednesday 13.]
+
+Wednesday, May the 13th. Very squally weather, wind southerly. As I saw
+no prospect of getting our cloaths dried, I recommended it to every one
+to strip, and wring them through the salt water, by which means they
+received a warmth, that, while wet with rain, they could not have, and
+we were less liable to suffer from colds or rheumatic complaints.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. MAY 13.]
+
+In the afternoon we saw a kind of fruit on the water, which Mr. Nelson
+knew to be the Barringtonia of Forster, and, as I saw the same again in
+the morning, and some men of war birds, I was led to believe we were not
+far from land.
+
+We continued constantly shipping seas, and baling, and were very wet and
+cold in the night; but I could not afford the allowance of rum at
+day-break. The twenty-fifth of a pound of bread, and water I served as
+usual. At noon I had a sight of the sun, latitude 14 deg. 17' S; course W by
+N 79 miles; longitude made 14 deg. 28' W.
+
+[Sidenote: Thursday 14.]
+
+Thursday, May the 14th. Fresh breezes and cloudy weather, wind
+southerly. Constantly shipping water, and very wet, suffering much cold
+and shiverings in the night. Served the usual allowance of bread and
+water, three times a day.
+
+At six in the morning, we saw land, from S W by S eight leagues, to N W
+by W 3/4 W six leagues, which I soon after found to be four islands, all
+of them high and remarkable. At noon discovered a rocky island N W by N
+four leagues, and another island W eight leagues, so that the whole were
+six in number; the four I had first seen bearing from S 1/2 E to S W by
+S; our distance three leagues from the nearest island. My latitude
+observed was 13 deg. 29' S, and longitude, by account, from Tofoa, 15 deg. 49'
+W; course since yesterday noon N 63 deg. W; distance 89 miles.
+
+[Sidenote: Friday 15.]
+
+Friday, May the 15th. Fresh gales at S E, and gloomy weather with rain,
+and a very high sea; two people constantly employed baling.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. MAY 15.]
+
+At four in the afternoon I passed the westernmost island. At one in the
+morning I discovered another, bearing W N W, five leagues distance, and
+at eight o'clock I saw it for the last time, bearing N E seven leagues.
+A number of gannets, boobies, and men of war birds were seen.
+
+These islands lie between the latitude of 13 deg. 16' S and 14 deg. 10' S: their
+longitude, according to my reckoning, 15 deg. 51' to 17 deg. 6' W from the
+island Tofoa[*]. The largest island may be twenty leagues in circuit,
+the others five or six. The easternmost is the smallest island, and most
+remarkable, having a high sugar-loaf hill.
+
+[*] By making a proportional allowance for the error afterwards found in
+the dead reckoning, I estimate the longitude of these islands to be from
+167 deg. 17' E to 168 deg. 34' E from Greenwich.
+
+The sight of these islands served but to increase the misery of our
+situation. We were very little better than starving, with plenty in
+view; yet to attempt procuring any relief was attended with so much
+danger, that prolonging of life, even in the midst of misery, was
+thought preferable, while there remained hopes of being able to surmount
+our hardships. For my own part, I consider the general run of cloudy and
+wet weather to be a blessing of Providence. Hot weather would have
+caused us to have died with thirst; and perhaps being so constantly
+covered with rain or sea protected us from that dreadful calamity.
+
+As I had nothing to assist my memory, I could not determine whether
+these islands were a part of the New Hebrides or not: I believed them
+perfectly a new discovery, which I have since found to be the case; but,
+though they were not seen either by Monsieur Bougainville or Captain
+Cook, they are so nearly in the neighbourhood of the New Hebrides, that
+they must be considered as part of the same group. They are fertile, and
+inhabited, as I saw smoke in several places.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. MAY 16.]
+
+[Sidenote: Saturday 16.]
+
+Saturday, May the 16th. Fresh gales from the S E, and rainy weather. The
+night was very dark, not a star to be seen to steer by, and the sea
+breaking constantly over us. I found it necessary to act as much as
+possible against the southerly winds, to prevent being driven too near
+New Guinea; for in general we were forced to keep so much before the
+sea, that if we had not, at intervals of moderate weather, steered a
+more southerly course, we should inevitably, from a continuance of the
+gales, have been thrown in sight of that coast: in which case there
+would most probably have been an end to our voyage.
+
+In addition to our miserable allowance of one 25th of a pound of bread,
+and a quarter of a pint of water, I issued for dinner about an ounce of
+salt pork to each person. I was often solicited for this pork, but I
+considered it better to give it in small quantities than to use all at
+once or twice, which would have been done if I had allowed it.
+
+At noon I observed, in 13 deg. 33' S; longitude made from Tofoa, 19 deg. 27' W;
+course N 82 deg. W; distance 101 miles. The sun gave us hopes of drying our
+wet cloaths.
+
+[Sidenote: Sunday 17.]
+
+Sunday, May the 17th. The sunshine was but of short duration. We had
+strong breezes at S E by S, and dark gloomy weather, with storms of
+thunder, lightning, and rain. The night was truly horrible, and not a
+star to be seen; so that our steerage was uncertain. At dawn of day I
+found every person complaining, and some of them soliciting extra
+allowance; but I positively refused it. Our situation was extremely
+miserable; always wet, and suffering extreme cold in the night, without
+the least shelter from the weather. Being constantly obliged to bale, to
+keep the boat from filling, was, perhaps, not to be reckoned an evil, as
+it gave us exercise.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. MAY 17.]
+
+The little rum I had was of great service to us; when our nights were
+particularly distressing, I generally served a tea-spoonful or two to
+each person: and it was always joyful tidings when they heard of my
+intentions.
+
+At noon a water-spout was very near on board of us. I issued an ounce of
+pork, in addition to the allowance of bread and water; but before we
+began to eat, every person stript and wrung their cloaths through the
+sea-water, which we found warm and refreshing. Course since yesterday
+noon W S W; distance 100 miles; latitude, by account, 14 deg. 11' S, and
+longitude made 21 deg. 3' W.
+
+[Sidenote: Monday 18.]
+
+Monday, May the 18th. Fresh gales with rain, and a dark dismal night,
+wind S E; the sea constantly breaking over us, and nothing but the wind
+and sea to direct our steerage. I now fully determined to make New
+Holland, to the southward of Endeavour straits, sensible that it was
+necessary to preserve such a situation as would make a southerly wind a
+fair one; that I might range the reefs until an opening should be found
+into smooth water, and we the sooner be able to pick up some
+refreshments.
+
+In the morning the rain abated, when we stripped, and wrung our cloaths
+through the sea-water, as usual, which refreshed us wonderfully. Every
+person complained of violent pain in their bones: I was only surprised
+that no one was yet laid up. Served one 25th of a pound of bread, and a
+quarter of a pint of water, at supper, breakfast, and dinner, as
+customary.
+
+At noon I deduced my situation, by account, for we had no glimpse of the
+sun, to be in latitude 14 deg. 52' S; course since yesterday noon W S W 106
+miles; longitude made from Tofoa 22 deg. 45' W. Saw many boobies and
+noddies, a sign of being in the neighbourhood of land.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. May 19. Tuesday 19.]
+
+Tuesday, May the 19th. Fresh gales at E N E, with heavy rain, and dark
+gloomy weather, and no sight of the sun. We past this day miserably wet
+and cold, covered with rain and sea, from which we had no relief, but at
+intervals by pulling off our cloaths and wringing them through the sea
+water. In the night we had very severe lightning, but otherwise it was
+so dark that we could not see each other. The morning produced many
+complaints on the severity of the weather, and I would gladly have
+issued my allowance of rum, if it had not appeared to me that we were to
+suffer much more, and that it was necessary to preserve the little I
+had, to give relief at a time we might be less able to bear such
+hardships; but, to make up for it, I served out about half an ounce of
+pork to each person, with the common allowance of bread and water, for
+dinner. All night and day we were obliged to bale without intermission.
+
+At noon it was very bad weather and constant rain; latitude, by account,
+14 deg. 37' S; course since yesterday N 81 deg. W; distance 100 miles; longitude
+made 24 deg. 30' W.
+
+[Sidenote: Wednesday 20.]
+
+Wednesday, May the 20th. Fresh breezes E N E with constant rain; at
+times a deluge. Always baling.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. May 20.]
+
+At dawn of day, some of my people seemed half dead: our appearances were
+horrible; and I could look no way, but I caught the eye of some one in
+distress. Extreme hunger was now too evident, but no one suffered from
+thirst, nor had we much inclination to drink, that desire, perhaps,
+being satisfied through the skin. The little sleep we got was in the
+midst of water, and we constantly awoke with severe cramps and pains in
+our bones. This morning I served about two tea-spoonfuls of rum to each
+person, and the allowance of bread and water, as usual. At noon the sun
+broke out, and revived every one. I found we were in latitude 14 deg. 49'
+S; longitude made 25 deg. 46' W; course S 88 deg. W; distance 75 miles.
+
+[Sidenote: Thursday 21.]
+
+Thursday, May the 21st. Fresh gales, and heavy showers of rain. Wind E N
+E.
+
+Our distresses were now very great, and we were so covered with rain and
+salt water, that we could scarcely see. Sleep, though we longed for it,
+afforded no comfort: for my own part, I almost lived without it: we
+suffered extreme cold, and every one dreaded the approach of night.
+About two o'clock in the morning we were overwhelmed with a deluge of
+rain. It fell so heavy that we were afraid it would fill the boat, and
+were obliged to bale with all our might. At dawn of day, I served a
+large allowance of rum. Towards noon the rain abated and the sun shone,
+but we were miserably cold and wet, the sea breaking so constantly over
+us, that, notwithstanding the heavy rain, we had not been able to add to
+our stock of fresh water. The usual allowance of one 25th of a pound of
+bread and water was served at evening, morning, and noon. Latitude, by
+observation, 14 deg. 29' S, and longitude made, by account, from Tofoa, 27 deg.
+25' W; course, since yesterday noon, N 78 deg. W, 99 miles. I now considered
+myself on a meridian with the east part of New Guinea, and about 65
+leagues distant from the coast of New Holland.
+
+[Sidenote: Friday 22.]
+
+Friday, May the 22nd. Strong gales from E S E to S S E, a high sea, and
+dark dismal night.
+
+Our situation this day was extremely calamitous. We were obliged to take
+the course of the sea, running right before it, and watching with the
+utmost care, as the least error in the helm would in a moment have been
+our destruction. The sea was continually breaking all over us; but, as
+we suffered not such cold as when wet with the rain, I only served the
+common allowance of bread and water.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. MAY 22.]
+
+At noon it blew very hard, and the foam of the sea kept running over our
+stern and quarters; I however got propped up, and made an observation of
+the latitude, in 14 deg. 17' S; course N 85 deg. W; distance 130 miles;
+longitude made 29 deg. 38' west.
+
+[Sidenote: Saturday 23.]
+
+Saturday, May the 23d. Strong gales with very hard squalls, and rain;
+wind S E, and S S E.
+
+The misery we suffered this day exceeded the preceding. The night was
+dreadful. The sea flew over us with great force, and kept us baling with
+horror and anxiety. At dawn of day I found every one in a most
+distressed condition, and I now began to fear that another such a night
+would put an end to the lives of several who seemed no longer able to
+support such sufferings. Every one complained of severe pains in their
+bones; but these were alleviated, in some degree, by an allowance of two
+tea-spoonfuls of rum; after drinking which, having wrung our cloaths,
+and taken our breakfast of bread and water, we became a little
+refreshed.
+
+Towards noon it became fair weather; but with very little abatement of
+the gale, and the sea remained equally high. With great difficulty I
+observed the latitude to be 13 deg. 44' S; course N 74 deg. W; distance 116
+miles since yesterday; longitude made 31 deg. 32' W from Tofoa.
+
+[Sidenote: Sunday 24.]
+
+Sunday, May the 24th. Fresh gales and fine weather; wind S S E and S.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. MAY 24.]
+
+Towards the evening the weather looked much better, which rejoiced all
+hands, so that they eat their scanty allowance with more satisfaction
+than for some time past. The night also was fair; but, being always wet
+with the sea, we suffered much from the cold. A fine morning, I had the
+pleasure to see, produce some chearful countenances. Towards noon the
+weather improved, and, the first time for 15 days past, we found a
+little warmth from the sun. We stripped, and hung our cloaths up to dry,
+which were by this time become so thread-bare, that they would not keep
+out either wet or cold.
+
+At noon I observed in latitude 13 deg. 33' S; longitude, by account, from
+Tofoa 33 deg. 28' W; course N 84 deg. W; distance 114 miles. With the usual
+allowance of bread and water for dinner, I served an ounce of pork to
+each person.
+
+[Sidenote: Monday 25.]
+
+Monday, May the 25th. Fresh gales and fair weather. Wind S S E.
+
+This afternoon we had many birds about us, which are never seen far from
+land, such as boobies and noddies.
+
+[Sidenote: Allowance lessened.]
+
+About three o'clock the sea began to run fair, and we shipped but little
+water, I therefore determined to know the exact quantity of bread I had
+left; and on examining found, according to my present issues, sufficient
+for 29 days allowance. In the course of this time I hoped to be at
+Timor; but, as that was very uncertain, and perhaps after all we might
+be obliged to go to Java, I determined to proportion my issues to six
+weeks. I was apprehensive that this would be ill received, and that it
+would require my utmost resolution to enforce it; for, small as the
+quantity was which I intended to take away, for our future good, yet it
+might appear to my people like robbing them of life, and some, who were
+less patient than their companions, I expected would very ill brook it.
+I however represented it so essentially necessary to guard against
+delays in our voyage by contrary winds, or other causes, promising to
+enlarge upon the allowance as we got on, that it was readily agreed to.
+I therefore fixed, that every person should receive one 25th of a pound
+of bread for breakfast, and one 25th of a pound for dinner; so that by
+omitting the proportion for supper, I had 43 days allowance.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. MAY 25.]
+
+At noon some noddies came so near to us, that one of them was caught by
+hand. This bird is about the size of a small pigeon. I divided it, with
+its entrails, into 18 portions, and by the method of, Who shall have
+this[*]? it was distributed with the allowance of bread and water for
+dinner, and eat up bones and all, with salt water for sauce. I observed
+the latitude 13 deg. 32' S; longitude made 35 deg. 19' W; and course N 89 deg. W;
+distance 108 miles.
+
+[*] One person turns his back on the object that is to be divided:
+another then points separately to the portions, at each of them asking
+aloud, "Who shall have this?" to which the first answers by naming
+somebody. This impartial method of division gives every man an equal
+chance of the best share.
+
+[Sidenote: Tuesday 26.]
+
+Tuesday, May the 26th. Fresh gales at S S E, and fine weather.
+
+In the evening we saw several boobies flying so near to us, that we
+caught one of them by hand. This bird is as large as a good duck; like
+the noddy, it has received its name from seamen, for suffering itself to
+be caught on the masts and yards of ships. They are the most presumptive
+proofs of being in the neighbourhood of land of any sea-fowl we are
+acquainted with. I directed the bird to be killed for supper, and the
+blood to be given to three of the people who were the most distressed
+for want of food. The body, with the entrails, beak, and feet, I divided
+into 18 shares, and with an allowance of bread, which I made a merit of
+granting, we made a good supper, compared with our usual fare.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. MAY 26.]
+
+In the morning we caught another booby, so that Providence seemed to be
+relieving our wants in a very extraordinary manner. Towards noon we
+passed a great many pieces of the branches of trees, some of which
+appeared to have been no long time in the water. I had a good
+observation for the latitude, and found my situation to be in 13 deg. 41'
+S; my longitude, by account, from Tofoa, 37 deg. 13' W; course S 85 deg. W, 112
+miles. Every person was now overjoyed at the addition to their dinner,
+which I distributed as I had done in the evening; giving the blood to
+those who were the most in want of food.
+
+To make our bread a little savoury we frequently dipped it in salt
+water; but for my own part I generally broke mine into small pieces, and
+eat it in my allowance of water, out of a cocoa-nut shell, with a spoon,
+economically avoiding to take too large a piece at a time, so that I was
+as long at dinner as if it had been a much more plentiful meal.
+
+[Sidenote: Wednesday 27.]
+
+Wednesday, May the 27th. Fresh breezes south-easterly, and fine weather.
+
+The weather was now serene, but unhappily we found ourselves unable to
+bear the sun's heat; many of us suffering a languor and faintness, which
+made life indifferent. We were, however, so fortunate as to catch two
+boobies to-day; their stomachs contained several flying-fish and small
+cuttlefish, all of which I saved to be divided for dinner.
+
+We passed much drift wood, and saw many birds; I therefore did not
+hesitate to pronounce that we were near the reefs of New Holland, and
+assured every one I would make the coast without delay, in the parallel
+we were in, and range the reef till I found an opening, through which we
+might get into smooth water, and pick up some supplies. From my
+recollection of captain Cook's survey of this coast, I considered the
+direction of it to be N W, and I was therefore satisfied that, with the
+wind to the southward of E, I could always clear any dangers.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. MAY 27.]
+
+At noon I observed in latitude 13 deg. 26' S; course since yesterday N 82 deg.
+W; distance 109 miles; longitude made 39 deg. 4' W. After writing my
+account, I divided the two birds with their entrails, and the contents
+of their maws, into 18 portions, and, as the prize was a very valuable
+one, it was divided as before, by calling out Who shall have this? so
+that to-day, with the allowance of a 25th of a pound of bread at
+breakfast, and another at dinner, with the proportion of water, I was
+happy to see that every person thought he had feasted.
+
+[Sidenote: Thursday 28.]
+
+Thursday, May the 28th. Fresh breezes and fair weather; wind E S E and
+E.
+
+In the evening we saw a gannet; and the clouds remained so fixed in the
+west, that I had little doubt of our being near to New Holland; and
+every person, after taking his allowance of water for supper, began to
+divert himself with conversing on the probability of what we should
+find.
+
+At one in the morning the person at the helm heard the sound of
+breakers, and I no sooner lifted up my head, than I saw them close under
+our lee, not more than a quarter of a mile distant from us. I
+immediately hauled on a wind to the N N E, and in ten minutes time we
+could neither see nor hear them.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. MAY 28.]
+
+I have already mentioned my reason for making New Holland so far to the
+southward; for I never doubted of numerous openings in the reef, through
+which I could have access to the shore: and, knowing the inclination of
+the coast to be to the N W, and the wind mostly to the southward of E, I
+could with ease range such a barrier of reefs till I should find a
+passage, which now became absolutely necessary, without a moment's loss
+of time. The idea of getting into smooth water, and finding
+refreshments, kept my people's spirits up: their joy was very great
+after we had got clear of the breakers, to which we had been much
+nearer than I thought was possible to be before we saw them.
+
+In the morning, at day-light, I bore away again for the reefs, and saw
+them by nine o'clock. The sea broke furiously over every part, and I had
+no sooner got near to them, than the wind came at E, so that we could
+only lie along the line of the breakers, within which we saw the water
+so smooth, that every person already anticipated the heart-felt
+satisfaction he would receive, as soon as we could get within them. But
+I now found we were embayed, for I could not lie clear with my sails,
+the wind having backed against us, and the sea set in so heavy towards
+the reef that our situation was become dangerous. We could effect but
+little with the oars, having scarce strength to pull them; and it was
+becoming every minute more and more probable that we should be obliged
+to attempt pushing over the reef, in case we could not pull off. Even
+this I did not despair of effecting with success, when happily we
+discovered a break in the reef, about one mile from us, and at the same
+time an island of a moderate height within it, nearly in the same
+direction, bearing W 1/2 N. I entered the passage with a strong stream
+running to the westward; and found it about a quarter of a mile broad,
+with every appearance of deep water.
+
+On the outside, the reef inclined to the N E for a few miles, and from
+thence to the N W; on the south side of the entrance, it inclined to the
+S S W as far as I could see it; and I conjecture that a similar passage
+to this which we now entered, may be found near the breakers that I
+first discovered, which are 23 miles S of this channel.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. MAY 28.]
+
+I did not recollect what latitude Providential channel[*] lies in, but
+I considered it to be within a few miles of this, which is situate in
+12 deg. 51' S latitude.
+
+[*] Providential Channel is in 12 deg. 34' S, longitude 143 deg. 33' E.
+
+Being now happily within the reefs, and in smooth water, I endeavoured
+to keep near them to try for fish; but the tide set us to the N W; I
+therefore bore away in that direction, and, having promised to land on
+the first convenient spot we could find, all our past hardships seemed
+already to be forgotten.
+
+At noon I had a good observation, by which our latitude was 12 deg. 46' S,
+whence the foregoing situations may be considered as determined with
+some exactness. The island first seen bore W S W five leagues. This,
+which I have called the island Direction, will in fair weather always
+shew the channel, from which it bears due W, and may be seen as soon as
+the reefs, from a ship's mast-head: it lies in the latitude of 12 deg. 51'
+S. These, however, are marks too small for a ship to hit, unless it can
+hereafter be ascertained that passages through the reef are numerous
+along the coast, which I am inclined to think they are, and then there
+would be little risk if the wind was not directly on the shore.
+
+My longitude, made by dead reckoning, from the island Tofoa to our
+passage through the reef, is 40 deg. 10' W. Providential channel, I imagine,
+must lie very nearly under the same meridian with our passage; by which
+it appears we had out-run our reckoning 1 deg. 9'.
+
+We now returned God thanks for his gracious protection, and with much
+content took our miserable allowance of a 25th of a pound of bread, and
+a quarter of a pint of water, for dinner.
+
+[Sidenote: Friday 29.]
+
+Friday, May the 29th. Moderate breezes and fine weather, wind E S E.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. MAY 29.]
+
+As we advanced within the reefs, the coast began to shew itself very
+distinctly, with a variety of high and low land; some parts of which
+were covered with wood. In our way towards the shore we fell in with a
+point of a reef, which is connected with that towards the sea, and here
+I came to a grapnel, and tried to catch fish, but had no success. The
+island Direction now bore S three or four leagues. Two islands lay about
+four miles to the W by N, and appeared eligible for a resting-place, if
+nothing more; but on my approach to the first I found it only a heap of
+stones, and its size too inconsiderable to shelter the boat. I therefore
+proceeded to the next, which was close to it and towards the main,
+where, on the N W side, I found a bay and a fine sandy point to land at.
+Our distance was about a quarter of a mile from a projecting part of the
+main, bearing from S W by S, to N N W 3/4 W. I now landed to examine if
+there were any signs of the natives being near us; but though I
+discovered some old fire-places, I saw nothing to alarm me for our
+situation during the night. Every one was anxious to find something to
+eat, and I soon heard that there were oysters on the rocks, for the tide
+was out; but it was nearly dark, and only a few could be gathered. I
+determined therefore to wait till the morning, to know how to proceed,
+and I consented that one half of us should sleep on shore, and the other
+in the boat. We would gladly have made a fire, but, as we could not
+accomplish it, we took our rest for the night, which happily was calm
+and undisturbed.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. MAY 29.]
+
+The dawn of day brought greater strength and spirits to us than I
+expected; for, notwithstanding every one was very weak, there appeared
+strength sufficient remaining to make me conceive the most favourable
+hopes of our being able to surmount the difficulties we might yet have
+to encounter.
+
+As soon as I saw that there were not any natives immediately near us, I
+sent out parties in search of supplies, while others were putting the
+boat in order, that I might be ready to go to sea in case any unforeseen
+cause might make it necessary. The first object of this work, that
+demanded our attention, was the rudder: one of the gudgeons had come
+out, in the course of the night, and was lost. This, if it had happened
+at sea, would probably have been the cause of our perishing, as the
+management of the boat could not have been so nicely preserved as these
+very heavy seas required. I had often expressed my fears of this
+accident, and, that we might be prepared for it, had taken the
+precaution to have grummets fixed on each quarter of the boat for oars;
+but even our utmost readiness in using them, I fear, would not have
+saved us. It appears, therefore, a providential circumstance, that it
+happened at this place, and was in our power to remedy the defect; for
+by great good luck we found a large staple in the boat that answered the
+purpose.
+
+The parties were now returned, highly rejoiced at having found plenty of
+oysters and fresh water. I also had made a fire, by help of a small
+magnifying glass, that I always carried about me, to read off the
+divisions of my sextants; and, what was still more fortunate, among the
+few things which had been thrown into the boat and saved, was a piece of
+brimstone and a tinder-box, so that I secured fire for the future.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. MAY 29.]
+
+One of my people had been so provident as to bring away with him a
+copper pot: it was by being in possession of this article that I was
+enabled to make a proper use of the supply we found, for, with a
+mixture of bread and a little pork, I made a stew that might have been
+relished by people of more delicate appetites, of which each person
+received a full pint.
+
+The general complaints of disease among us, were a dizziness in the
+head, great weakness of the joints, and violent tenesmus, most of us
+having had no evacuation by stool since we left the ship. I had
+constantly a severe pain at my stomach; but none of our complaints were
+alarming; on the contrary, every one retained marks of strength, that,
+with a mind possessed of any fortitude, could bear more fatigue than I
+hoped we had to undergo in our voyage to Timor.
+
+As I would not allow the people to expose themselves to the heat of the
+sun, it being near noon, every one took his allotment of earth, shaded
+by the bushes, for a short sleep.
+
+The oysters we found grew so fast to the rocks that it was with
+difficulty they could be broke off, and at last we discovered it to be
+the most expeditious way to open them where they were found. They were
+very sizeable, and well tasted, and gave us great relief. To add to this
+happy circumstance, in the hollow of the land there grew some wire
+grass, which indicated a moist situation. On forcing a stick, about
+three feet long, into the ground, we found water, and with little
+trouble dug a well, which produced as much as we were in need of. It was
+very good, but I could not determine if it was a spring or not. Our
+wants made it not necessary to make the well deep, for it flowed as fast
+as we emptied it; which, as the soil was apparently too loose to retain
+water from the rains, renders it probable to be a spring. It lies about
+200 yards to the S E of a point in the S W part of the island.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. MAY 29.]
+
+I found evident signs of the natives resorting to this island; for,
+besides fire-places, I saw two miserable wigwams, having only one side
+loosely covered. We found a pointed stick, about three feet long, with a
+slit in the end of it, to sling stones with, the same as the natives of
+Van Diemen's land use.
+
+The track of some animal was very discernible, and Mr. Nelson agreed
+with me that it was the Kanguroo; but how these animals can get from the
+main I know not, unless brought over by the natives to breed, that they
+may take them with more ease, and render a supply of food certain to
+them; as on the continent the catching of them may be precarious, or
+attended with great trouble, in so large an extent of country.
+
+The island may be about two miles in circuit; it is a high lump of rocks
+and stones covered with wood; but the trees are small, the soil, which
+is very indifferent and sandy, being barely sufficient to produce them.
+The trees that came within our knowledge were the manchineal and a
+species of purow: also some palm-trees, the tops of which we cut down,
+and the soft interior part or heart of them was so palatable that it
+made a good addition to our mess. Mr. Nelson discovered some fern-roots,
+which I thought might be good roasted, as a substitute for bread, but it
+proved a very poor one: it however was very good in its natural state to
+allay thirst, and on that account I directed a quantity to be collected
+to take into the boat. Many pieces of cocoa-nut shells and husk were
+found about the shore, but we could find no cocoa-nut trees, neither did
+I see any like them on the main.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. MAY 29.]
+
+I had cautioned every one not to touch any kind of berry or fruit that
+they might find; yet they were no sooner out of my sight than they
+began to make free with three different kinds, that grew all over the
+island, eating without any reserve. The symptoms of having eaten too
+much, began at last to frighten same of them; but on questioning others,
+who had taken a more moderate allowance, their minds were a little
+quieted. The others, however, became equally alarmed in their turn,
+dreading that such symptoms would come on, and that they were all
+poisoned, so that they regarded each other with the strongest marks of
+apprehension, uncertain what would be the issue of their imprudence.
+Happily the fruit proved wholesome and good. One sort grew on a small
+delicate kind of vine; they were the size of a large gooseberry, and
+very like in substance, but had only a sweet taste; the skin was a pale
+red, streaked with yellow the long way of the fruit: it was pleasant and
+agreeable. Another kind grew on bushes, like that which is called the
+sea-side grape in the West Indies; but the fruit was very different, and
+more like elder-berries, growing in clusters in the same manner. The
+third sort was a black berry, not in such plenty as the others, and
+resembled a bullace, or large kind of sloe, both in size and taste.
+Seeing these fruits eaten by the birds made me consider them fit for
+use, and those who had already tried the experiment, not finding any bad
+effect, made it a certainty that we might eat of them without danger.
+
+Wild pigeons, parrots, and other birds, were about the summit of the
+island, but, as I had no fire-arms, relief of that kind was not to be
+expected, unless I met with some unfrequented spot where we might take
+them with our hands.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. MAY 29.]
+
+On the south side of the island, and about half a mile from the well, a
+small run of water was found; but, as its source was not traced, I know
+nothing more of it.
+
+The shore of this island is very rocky, except the part we landed at,
+and here I picked up many pieces of pumice-stone. On the part of the
+main next to us were several sandy bays, but at low-water they became an
+extensive rocky flat. The country had rather a barren appearance, except
+in a few places where it was covered with wood. A remarkable range of
+rocks lay a few miles to the S W, or a high peaked hill terminated the
+coast towards the sea, with other high lands and islands to the
+southward. A high fair cape showed the direction of the coast to the N
+W, about seven leagues, and two small isles lay three or four leagues to
+the northward.
+
+I saw a few bees or wasps, several lizards, and the blackberry bushes
+were full of ants nests, webbed as a spider's, but so close and compact
+as not to admit the rain.
+
+A trunk of a tree, about 50 feet long, lay on the beach; from whence I
+conclude a heavy sea runs in here with the northerly winds.
+
+This being the day of the restoration of king Charles the Second, and
+the name not being inapplicable to our present situation (for we were
+restored to fresh life and strength), I named this Restoration Island;
+for I thought it probable that captain Cook might not have taken notice
+of it. The other names I have presumed to give the different parts of
+the coast, will be only to show my route a little more distinctly.
+
+At noon I found the latitude of the island to be 12 deg. 39' S; our course
+having been N 66 deg. W; distance 18 miles from yesterday noon.
+
+[Sidenote: Saturday 30.]
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. MAY 30.]
+
+Saturday, May the 30th. Very fine weather, and E S E winds. This
+afternoon I sent parties out again to gather oysters, with which and
+some of the inner part of the palm-top, we made another good stew for
+supper, each person receiving a full pint and a half; but I refused
+bread to this meal, for I considered our wants might yet be very great,
+and as such I represented the necessity of saving our principal support
+whenever it was in our power.
+
+At night we again divided, and one half of us slept on shore by a good
+fire. In the morning I discovered a visible alteration in every one for
+the better, and I sent them away again to gather oysters. I had now only
+two pounds of pork left. This article, which I could not keep under lock
+and key as I did the bread, had been pilfered by some inconsiderate
+person, but every one most solemnly denied it; I therefore resolved to
+put it out of their power for the future, by sharing what remained for
+our dinner. While the party was out getting oysters, I got the boat in
+readiness for sea, and filled all our water vessels, which amounted to
+nearly 60 gallons.
+
+The party being returned, dinner was soon ready, and every one had as
+good an allowance as they had for supper; for with the pork I gave an
+allowance of bread; as I was determined forthwith to push on. As it was
+not yet noon, I told every one that an exertion should be made to gather
+as many oysters as possible for a sea store, as I was determined to sail
+in the afternoon.
+
+At noon I again observed the latitude 12 deg. 39' S; it was then high-water,
+the tide had risen three feet, but I could not be certain which way the
+flood came from. I deduce the time of high-water at full and change to
+be ten minutes past seven in the morning.
+
+[Sidenote: Sunday 31.]
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. MAY 31.]
+
+Sunday, May the 31st. Early in the afternoon, the people returned with
+the few oysters they had time to pick up, and every thing was put into
+the boat. I then examined the quantity of bread remaining, and found 38
+days allowance, according to the last mode of issuing a 25th of a pound
+at breakfast and at dinner.
+
+Fair weather, and moderate breezes at E S E and S E.
+
+Being all ready for sea, I directed every person to attend prayers, and
+by four o'clock we were preparing to embark; when twenty natives
+appeared, running and holloaing to us, on the opposite shore. They were
+armed with a spear or lance, and a short weapon which they carried in
+their left hand: they made signs for us to come to them. On the top of
+the hills we saw the heads of many more; whether these were their wives
+and children, or others who waited for our landing, until which they
+meant not to show themselves, lest we might be intimidated, I cannot
+say; but, as I found we were discovered to be on the coast, I thought it
+prudent to make the best of my way, for fear of canoes; though, from the
+accounts of captain Cook, the chance was that there were very few or
+none of any consequence. I passed these people as near as I could, which
+was within a quarter of a mile; they were naked, and apparently black,
+and their hair or wool bushy and short.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. MAY 31.]
+
+I directed my course within two small islands that lie to the north of
+Restoration Island, passing between them and the main land, towards Fair
+Cape, with a strong tide in my favour; so that I was abreast of it by
+eight o'clock. The coast I had passed was high and woody. As I could see
+no land without Fair Cape, I concluded that the coast inclined to the N
+W and W N W, which was agreeable to my recollection of captain Cook's
+survey. I therefore steered more towards the W; but by eleven o'clock at
+night I found myself mistaken: for we met with low land, which inclined
+to the N E; so that at three o'clock in the morning I found we were
+embayed, which obliged us to stand back to the southward.
+
+At day-break I was exceedingly surprised to find the appearance of the
+country all changed, as if in the course of the night I had been
+transported to another part of the world; for we had now a miserable low
+sandy coast in view, with very little verdure, or any thing to indicate
+that it was at all habitable to a human being, if I except some patches
+of small trees or brush-wood.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. MAY 31.]
+
+I had many small islands in view to the N E, about six miles distant.
+The E part of the main bore N four miles, and Fair Cape S S E five or
+six leagues. I took the channel between the nearest island and the main
+land, about one mile apart, leaving all the islands on the starboard
+side. Some of these were very pretty spots, covered with wood, and well
+situated for fishing; large shoals of fish were about us, but we could
+not catch any. As I was passing this strait we saw another party of
+Indians, seven in number, running towards us, shouting and making signs
+for us to land. Some of them waved green branches of the bushes which
+were near them, as a sign of friendship; but there were some of their
+other motions less friendly. A larger party we saw a little farther off,
+and coming towards us. I therefore determined not to land, though I
+wished much to have had some intercourse with these people; for which
+purpose I beckoned to them to come near to me, and laid the boat close
+to the rocks; but not one would come within 200 yards of us. They were
+armed in the same manner as those I had seen from Restoration Island,
+were stark naked, and appeared to be jet black, with short bushy hair
+or wool, and in every respect the same people. An island of good height
+now bore N 1/2 W, four miles from us, at which I resolved to see what
+could be got, and from thence to take a look at the coast. At this isle
+I landed about eight o'clock in the morning. The shore was rocky, with
+some sandy beaches within the rocks: the water, however, was smooth, and
+I landed without difficulty. I sent two parties out, one to the
+northward, and the other to the southward, to seek for supplies, and
+others I ordered to stay by the boat. On this occasion their fatigue and
+weakness so far got the better of their sense of duty, that some of them
+began to mutter who had done most, and declared they would rather be
+without their dinner than go in search of it. One person, in particular,
+went so far as to tell me, with a mutinous look, he was as good a man as
+myself. It was not possible for me to judge where this might have an
+end, if not stopped in time; I therefore determined to strike a final
+blow at it, and either to preserve my command, or die in the attempt:
+and, seizing a cutlass, I ordered him to take hold of another and defend
+himself; on which he called out I was going to kill him, and began to
+make concessions. I did not allow this to interfere further with the
+harmony of the boat's crew, and every thing soon became quiet.
+
+The parties continued collecting what could be found, which consisted of
+some fine oysters and clams, and a few small dog-fish that were caught
+in the holes of the rocks. We also found about two tons of rain-water in
+the hollow of the rocks, on the north part of the island, so that of
+this essential article we were again so happy as not to be in want.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. MAY 31.]
+
+After regulating the mode of proceeding, I set off for the highest part
+of the island, to see and consider of my route for the night. To my
+surprise I could see no more of the main than I did from below, it
+extending only from S 1/2 E, four miles, to W by N, about three leagues,
+full of sand-hills. Besides the isles to the E S E and south, that I had
+seen before, I could only discover a small key N W by N. As this was
+considerably farther from the main than where I was at present, I
+resolved to get there by night, it being a more secure resting-place;
+for I was here open to an attack, if the Indians had canoes, as they
+undoubtedly observed my landing. My mind being made up on this point, I
+returned, taking a particular look at the spot I was on, which I found
+only to produce a few bushes and coarse grass, and the extent of the
+whole not two miles in circuit. On the north side, in a sandy bay, I saw
+an old canoe, about 33 feet long, lying bottom upwards, and half buried
+in the beach. It was made of three pieces, the bottom entire, to which
+the sides were sewed in the common way. It had a sharp projecting prow
+rudely carved, in resemblance of the head of a fish; the extreme breadth
+was about three feet, and I imagine it was capable of carrying 20 men.
+
+At noon the parties were all returned, but had found difficulty in
+gathering the oysters, from their close adherence to the rocks, and the
+clams were scarce: I therefore saw, that it would be of little use to
+remain longer in this place, as we should not be able to collect more
+than we could eat; nor could any tolerable sea-store be expected, unless
+we fell in with a greater plenty. I named this Sunday Island: it lies N
+by W 3/4 W from Restoration Island; the latitude, by a good observation,
+11 deg. 58' S.
+
+[Sidenote: JUNE. Monday 1.]
+
+Monday, June the 1st. Fresh breezes and fair weather, ending with a
+fresh gale. Wind S E by S.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. JUNE 1.]
+
+At two o'clock in the afternoon, we dined; each person having a full
+pint and a half of stewed oysters and clams, thickened with small beans,
+which Mr. Nelson informed us were a species of Dolichos. Having eaten
+heartily, and taken the water we were in want of, I only waited to
+determine the time of high-water, which I found to be at three o'clock,
+and the rise of the tide about five feet. According to this it is
+high-water on the full and change at 19 minutes past 9 in the morning;
+but here I observed the flood to come from the southward, though at
+Restoration Island, I thought it came from the northward. I think
+captain Cook mentions that he found great irregularity in the set of the
+flood on this coast.
+
+I now sailed for the key which I had seen in the N W by N, giving the
+name of Sunday Island to the place I left; we arrived just at dark, but
+found it so surrounded by a reef of rocks, that I could not land without
+danger of staving the boat; and on that account I came to a grapnel for
+the night.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. JUNE 1.]
+
+At dawn of day we got on shore, and tracked the boat into shelter; for
+the wind blowing fresh without, and the ground being rocky, I was afraid
+to trust her at a grapnel, lest she might be blown to sea: I was,
+therefore, obliged to let her ground in the course of the ebb. From
+appearances, I expected that if we remained till night we should meet
+with turtle, as we had already discovered recent tracks of them.
+Innumerable birds of the noddy kind made this island their
+resting-place; so that I had reason to flatter myself with hopes of
+getting supplies in greater abundance than it had hitherto been in my
+power. The situation was at least four leagues distant from the main. We
+were on the north-westernmost of four small keys, which were surrounded
+by a reef of rocks connected by sand-banks, except between the two
+northernmost; and there likewise it was dry at low water; the whole
+forming a lagoon island, into which the tide flowed: at this entrance I
+kept the boat.
+
+As usual, I sent parties away in search of supplies, but, to our great
+disappointment, we could only get a few clams and some dolichos: with
+these, and the oysters we had brought from Sunday Island, I made up a
+mess for dinner, with an addition of a small quantity of bread.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. JUNE 1.]
+
+Towards noon, Mr. Nelson, and his party, who had been to the easternmost
+key, returned; but himself in such a weak condition, that he was obliged
+to be supported by two men. His complaint was a violent heat in his
+bowels, a loss of sight, much drought, and an inability to walk. This I
+found was occasioned by his being unable to support the heat of the sun,
+and that, when he was fatigued and faint, instead of retiring into the
+shade to rest, he had continued to do more than his strength was equal
+to. It was a great satisfaction to me to find, that he had no fever; and
+it was now that the little wine, which I had so carefully saved became
+of real use. I gave it in very small quantities, with some small pieces
+of bread soaked in it; and, having pulled off his cloaths, and laid him
+under some shady bushes, he began to recover. The boatswain and
+carpenter also were ill, and complained of head-ach, and sickness of the
+stomach; others, who had not had any evacuation by stool, became
+shockingly distressed with the tenesmus; so that there were but few
+without complaints. An idea now prevailed, that their illness was
+occasioned by eating the dolichos, and some were so much alarmed that
+they thought themselves poisoned. Myself, however, and some others, who
+had eaten of them, were yet very well; but the truth was, that all those
+who were complaining, except Mr. Nelson, had gorged themselves with a
+large quantity of raw beans, and Mr. Nelson informed me, that they were
+constantly teazing him, whenever a berry was found, to know if it was
+good to eat; so that it would not have been surprizing if many of them
+had been really poisoned.
+
+Our dinner was not so well relished as at Sunday Island, because we had
+mixed the dolichos with our stew. The oysters and soup, however, were
+eaten by every one, except Mr. Nelson, whom I fed with a few small
+pieces of bread soaked in half a glass of wine, and he continued to
+mend.
+
+In my walk round the island, I found several cocoa-nut shells, the
+remains of an old wigwam, and the backs of two turtle, but no sign of
+any quadruped. One of my people found three sea-fowl's eggs.
+
+As is common on such spots, the soil is little other than sand, yet it
+produced small toa-trees, and some others, that we were not acquainted
+with. There were fish in the lagoon, but we could not catch any. As our
+wants, therefore, were not likely to be supplied here, not even with
+water for our daily expence, I determined to sail in the morning, after
+trying our success in the night for turtle and birds. A quiet night's
+rest also, I conceived, would be of essential service to those who were
+unwell.
+
+From the wigwam and turtle-shell being found, it is certain that the
+natives sometimes resort to this place, and have canoes: but I did not
+apprehend that we ran any risk by remaining here. I directed our fire,
+however, to be made in the thicket, that we might not be discovered in
+the night.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. JUNE 1.]
+
+At noon, I observed the latitude of this island to be 11 deg. 47' S. The
+main land extended towards the N W, and was full of white sand-hills:
+another small island lay within us, bearing W by N 1/4 N, three leagues
+distant. My situation being very low, I could see nothing of the reef
+towards the sea.
+
+[Sidenote: Tuesday 2.]
+
+Tuesday, June the 2d. The first part of this day we had some light
+showers of rain; the latter part was fair, wind from the S E, blowing
+fresh.
+
+Rest was now so much wanted, that the afternoon was advantageously spent
+in sleep. There were, however, a few not disposed to it, and those I
+employed in dressing some clams to take with us for the next day's
+dinner; others we cut up in slices to dry, which I knew was the most
+valuable supply we could find here. But, contrary to our expectation,
+they were very scarce.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. JUNE 2.]
+
+Towards evening, I cautioned every one against making too large a fire,
+or suffering it after dark to blaze up. Mr. Samuel and Mr. Peckover had
+the superintendence of this business, while I was strolling about the
+beach to observe if I thought it could be seen from the main. I was just
+satisfied that it could not, when on a sudden the island appeared all in
+a blaze, that might have been seen at a much more considerable distance.
+I ran to learn the cause, and found it was occasioned by the imprudence
+and obstinacy of one of the party, who, in my absence, had insisted on
+having a fire to himself; in making which the flames caught the
+neighbouring grass and rapidly spread. This misconduct might have
+produced very serious consequences, by discovering our situation to the
+natives; for, if they had attacked us, we must inevitably have fallen a
+sacrifice, as we had neither arms nor strength to oppose an enemy. Thus
+the relief which I expected from a little sleep was totally lost, and I
+anxiously waited for the flowing of the tide, that we might proceed to
+sea.
+
+I found it high-water at half past five this evening, whence I deduce
+the time, on the full and change of the moon, to be 58' past 10 in the
+morning: the rise is nearly five feet. I could not observe the set of
+the flood; but imagine it comes from the southward, and that I have been
+mistaken at Restoration Island, as I find the time of high-water
+gradually later as we advance to the northward.
+
+At Restoration Island, high water, full and change, 7^h 10'
+Sunday Island,                                      9   19
+Here,                                              10   58
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. JUNE 2.]
+
+After eight o'clock, Mr. Samuel and Mr. Peckover went out to watch for
+turtle, and three men went to the east key to endeavour to catch birds.
+All the others complaining of being sick, took their rest, except Mr.
+Hayward and Mr. Elphinston, who I directed to keep watch. About midnight
+the bird party returned, with only twelve noddies, a bird I have already
+described to be about the size of a pigeon: but if it had not been for
+the folly and obstinacy of one of the party, who separated from the
+other two, and disturbed the birds, they might have caught a great
+number. I was so much provoked at my plans being thus defeated, that I
+gave the offender[*] a good beating. I now went in search of the
+turtling party, who had taken great pains, but without success. This,
+however, did not surprise me, as it was not to be expected that turtle
+would come near us after the noise which was made at the beginning of
+the evening in extinguishing the fire. I therefore desired them to come
+back, but they requested to stay a little longer, as they still hoped to
+find some before day-light: they, however, returned by three o'clock,
+without any reward for their labour.
+
+[*] Robert Lamb.--This man, when he came to Java, acknowledged he had
+eaten nine birds on the key, after he separated from the other two.
+
+The birds we half dressed, which, with a few clams, made the whole of
+the supply procured here. I tied up a few gilt buttons and some pieces
+of iron to a tree, for any of the natives that might come after us; and,
+happily finding my invalids much better for their night's rest, I got
+every one into the boat, and departed by dawn of day. Wind at S E;
+course to the N by W.
+
+We had scarcely ran two leagues to the northward, when the sea suddenly
+became rough, which not having experienced since we were within the
+reefs, I concluded to be occasioned by an open channel to the ocean.
+Soon afterwards we met with a large shoal, on which were two sandy keys;
+between these and two others, four miles to the west, I passed on to the
+northward, the sea still continuing to be rough.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. JUNE 2.]
+
+Towards noon, I fell in with six other keys, most of which produced some
+small trees and brush-wood. These formed a pleasing contrast with the
+main land we had passed, which was full of sand-hills. The country
+continued hilly, and the northernmost land, the same which we saw from
+the lagoon island, appeared like downs, sloping towards the sea. To the
+southward of this is a flat-topped hill, which, on account of its shape,
+I called Pudding-pan hill, and a little to the northward two other
+hills, which we called the Paps; and here was a small tract of country
+without sand, the eastern part of which forms a cape, whence the coast
+inclines to the N W by N.
+
+At noon I observed in the latitude of 11 deg. 18' S, the cape bearing W,
+distant ten miles. Five small keys bore from N E to S E, the nearest of
+them about two miles distant, and a low sandy key between us and the
+cape bore W, distant four miles. My course from the Lagoon Island N 1/2
+W, distant 30 miles.
+
+I am sorry it was not in my power to obtain a sufficient knowledge of
+the depth of water; for in our situation nothing could be undertaken
+that might have occasioned delay. It may however be understood, that, to
+the best of my judgment, from appearances, a ship may pass wherever I
+have omitted to represent danger.
+
+I divided six birds, and issued one 25th of a pound of bread, with half
+a pint of water, to each person for dinner, and I gave half a glass of
+wine to Mr. Nelson, who was now so far recovered as to require no other
+indulgence.
+
+The gunner, when he left the ship, brought his watch with him, by which
+we had regulated our time till to-day, when unfortunately it stopped; so
+that noon, sun-rise, and sun-set, are the only parts of the 24 hours of
+which I can speak with certainty, as to time.
+
+[Sidenote: Wednesday 3.]
+
+Wednesday, June the 3d. Fresh gales S S E and S E, and fair weather. As
+we stood to the N by W this afternoon, we found more sea, which I
+attributed to our receiving less shelter from the reefs to the eastward:
+it is probable they do not extend so far to the N as this; at least, it
+may be concluded that there is not a continued barrier to prevent
+shipping having access to the shore. I observed that the stream set to
+the N W, which I considered to be the flood; in some places along the
+coast, we saw patches of wood. At five o'clock, steering to the N W, we
+passed a large and fair inlet, into which, I imagine, is a safe and
+commodious entrance; it lies in latitude 11 deg. S: about three leagues to
+the northward of this is an island, at which we arrived about sun-set,
+and took shelter for the night under a sandy point, which was the only
+part we could land at: I was therefore under the necessity to put up
+with rather a wild situation, and slept in the boat. Nevertheless I sent
+a party away to see what could be got, but they returned without any
+success. They saw a great number of turtle bones and shells, where the
+natives had been feasting, and their last visit seemed to be of late
+date. The island was covered with wood, but in other respects a lump of
+rocks. We lay at a grapnel until day-light, with a very fresh gale and
+cloudy weather. The main bore from S E by S to N N W 1/2 W, three
+leagues; and a mountainous island, with a flat top, N by W, four or five
+leagues: several others were between it and the main. The spot we were
+on, which I call Turtle Island; lies in latitude, by account, 10 deg. 52' S,
+and 42 miles W from Restoration Island. Abreast of it the coast has the
+appearance of a sandy desert, but improves about three leagues farther
+to the northward, where it terminates in a point, near to which is a
+number of small islands. I sailed between these islands, where I found
+no bottom at twelve fathoms; the high mountainous island with a flat
+top, and four rocks to the S E of it, that I call the Brothers, being on
+my starboard hand. Soon after, an extensive opening appeared in the main
+land, with a number of high islands in it. I called this the Bay of
+Islands. We continued steering to the N W. Several islands and keys lay
+to the northward. The most northerly island was mountainous, having on
+it a very high round hill; and a smaller was remarkable for a single
+peaked hill.
+
+The coast to the northward and westward of the Bay of Islands had a very
+different appearance from that to the southward. It was high and woody,
+with many islands close to it, and had a very broken appearance. Among
+these islands are fine bays, and convenient places for shipping. The
+northernmost I call Wednesday Island: to the N W of this we fell in with
+a large reef, which I believe joins a number of keys that were in sight
+from the N W to the E N E. We now stood to the S W half a league, when
+it was noon, and I had a good observation of the latitude in 10 deg. 31' S.
+Wednesday Island bore E by S five miles; the westernmost land S W two or
+three leagues; the islands to the northward, from N W by W four or five
+leagues, to N E six leagues; and the reef from W to N E, distant one
+mile, I now assured every one that we should be clear of New Holland in
+the afternoon.
+
+It is impossible for me to say how far this reef may extend. It may be a
+continuation, or a detached part of the range of shoals that surround
+the coast: but be that as it may, I consider the mountainous islands as
+separate from the shoals; and have no doubt that near them may be found
+good passages for ships. But I rather recommend to those who are to pass
+this strait from the eastward, to take their direction from the coast of
+New Guinea: yet, I likewise think that a ship coming from the southward,
+will find a fair strait in the latitude of 10 deg. S. I much wished to have
+ascertained this point; but in our distressful situation, any increase
+of fatigue, or loss of time, might have been attended with the most
+fatal consequences. I therefore determined to pass on without delay.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. JUNE 3.]
+
+As an addition to our dinner of bread and water, I served to each person
+six oysters.
+
+[Sidenote: Thursday 4.]
+
+Thursday, June the 4th. A fresh gale at S E, and fair weather.
+
+At two o'clock as we were steering to the S W, towards the westernmost
+part of the land in sight, we fell in with some large sand-banks that
+run off from the coast. We were therefore obliged to steer to the
+northward again, and, having got round them, I directed my course to the
+W.
+
+At four o'clock, the westernmost of the islands to the northward bore N
+four leagues; Wednesday island E by N five leagues; and Shoal Cape S E by
+E two leagues. A small island was now seen bearing W, at which I arrived
+before dark, and found that it was only a rock, where boobies resort,
+for which reason I called it Booby Island. A small key also lies close
+to the W part of the coast, which I have called Shoal Cape. Here
+terminated the rocks and shoals of the N part of New Holland, for,
+except Booby Island, we could see no land to the westward of S, after
+three o'clock this afternoon.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. JUNE 4.]
+
+I find that Booby Island was seen by Captain Cook, and, by a remarkable
+coincidence of ideas, received from him the same name; but I cannot with
+certainty reconcile the situation of many parts of the coast that I have
+seen, to his survey. I ascribe this to the very different form in which
+land appears, when seen from the unequal heights of a ship and a boat.
+The chart I have given, is by no means meant to supersede that made by
+Captain Cook, who had better opportunities than I had, and was in every
+respect properly provided for surveying. The intention of mine is
+chiefly to render the narrative more intelligible, and to shew in what
+manner the coast appeared to me from an open boat. I have little doubt
+that the opening, which I named the Bay of Islands, is Endeavour
+Straits; and that our track was to the northward of Prince of Wales's
+Isles. Perhaps, by those who shall hereafter navigate these seas, more
+advantage may be derived from the possession of both our charts, than
+from either singly.
+
+At eight o'clock in the evening, we once more launched into the open
+ocean. Miserable as our situation was in every respect, I was secretly
+surprised to see that it did not appear to affect any one so strongly as
+myself; on the contrary, it seemed as if they had embarked on a voyage
+to Timor, in a vessel sufficiently calculated for safety and
+convenience. So much confidence gave me great pleasure, and I may assert
+that to this cause their preservation is chiefly to be attributed; for
+if any one of them had despaired, he would most probably have died
+before we reached New Holland.
+
+I now gave every one hopes that eight or ten days might bring us to a
+land of safety; and, after praying to God for a continuance of his most
+gracious protection, I served an allowance of water for supper, and kept
+my course to the W S W, to counteract the southerly winds, in case they
+should blow strong.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. JUNE 4.]
+
+We had been just six days on the coast of New Holland, in the course of
+which we found oysters, a few clams, some birds, and water. But perhaps
+a benefit nearly equal to this we received from not having fatigue in
+the boat, and enjoying good rest at night. These advantages certainly
+preserved our lives; for, small as the supply was, I am very sensible
+how much it relieved our distresses. About this time nature would have
+sunk under the extremes of hunger and fatigue. Some would have ceased to
+struggle for a life that only promised wretchedness and misery; while
+others, though possessed of more bodily strength, must soon have
+followed their unfortunate companions. Even in our present situation, we
+were most wretched spectacles; yet our fortitude and spirit remained;
+every one being encouraged by the hopes of a speedy termination to his
+misery.
+
+For my own part, wonderful as it may appear, I felt neither extreme
+hunger nor thirst. My allowance contented me, knowing I could have no
+more.
+
+I served one 25th of a pound of bread, and an allowance of water, for
+breakfast, and the same for dinner, with an addition of six oysters to
+each person. At noon, latitude observed 10 deg. 48' S; course since
+yesterday noon S 81 W; distance 111 miles; longitude, by account, from
+Shoal Cape 1 deg. 45' W.
+
+[Sidenote: Friday 5.]
+
+Friday, June the 5th. Fair weather with some showers, and a strong trade
+wind at E S E.
+
+This day we saw a number of water-snakes, that were ringed yellow and
+black, and towards noon we passed a great deal of rock-weed. Though the
+weather was fair, we were constantly shipping water, and two men always
+employed to bale the boat.
+
+At noon I observed in latitude 10 deg. 45' S; our course since yesterday W
+1/4 N, 108 miles; longitude made 3 deg. 35' W. Served one 25th of a pound of
+bread, and a quarter of a pint of water for breakfast; the same for
+dinner, with an addition of six oysters; for supper water only.
+
+[Sidenote: Saturday 6.]
+
+Saturday, June the 6th. Fair weather, with some showers, and a fresh
+gale at S E and E S E. Constantly shipping water and baling.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. JUNE 6.]
+
+In the evening a few boobies came about us, one of which I caught with
+my hand. The blood was divided among three of the men who were weakest,
+but the bird I ordered to be kept for our dinner the next day. Served a
+quarter of a pint of water for supper, and to some, who were most in
+need, half a pint.
+
+In the course of the night we suffered much cold and shiverings. At
+day-light, I found that some of the clams, which had been hung up to dry
+for sea-store, were stolen; but every one most solemnly denied having
+any knowledge of it. This forenoon we saw a gannet, a sand-lark, and
+some water-snakes, which in general were from two to three feet long.
+
+Served the usual allowance of bread and water for breakfast, and the
+same for dinner, with the bird, which I distributed in the usual way, of
+Who shall have this? I determined to make Timor about the latitude of 9 deg.
+30' S, or 10 deg. S. At noon I observed the latitude to be 10 deg. 19' S; course
+N 77 deg. W; distance 117 miles; longitude made from the Shoal Cape, the
+north part of New Holland, 5 deg. 31' W.
+
+[Sidenote: Sunday 7.]
+
+Sunday, June the 7th. Fresh gales and fair weather till eight in the
+evening. The remaining part of the 24 hours squally, with much wind at S
+S E and E S E, and a high sea, so that we were constantly wet and
+baling.
+
+In the afternoon, I took an opportunity of examining again into our
+store of bread, and found remaining 19 days allowance, at my former rate
+of serving one 25th of a pound three times a day: therefore, as I saw
+every prospect of a quick passage, I again ventured to grant an
+allowance for supper, agreeable to my promise at the time it was
+discontinued.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. JUNE 7.]
+
+We passed the night miserably wet and cold, and in the morning I heard
+heavy complaints of our deplorable situation. The sea was high and
+breaking over us. I could only afford the allowance of bread and water
+for breakfast; but for dinner I gave out an ounce of dried clams to each
+person, which was all that remained.
+
+At noon I altered the course to the W N W, to keep more from the sea
+while it blew so strong. Latitude observed 9 deg. 31' S; course N 57 deg. W;
+distance 88 miles; longitude made 6 deg. 46' W.
+
+[Sidenote: Monday 8.]
+
+Monday, June the 8th. Fresh gales and squally weather, with some showers
+of rain. Wind E and E S E.
+
+This day the sea ran very high, and we were continually wet, suffering
+much cold in the night. I now remarked that Mr. Ledward, the surgeon,
+and Lawrence Lebogue, an old hardy seaman, were giving way very fast. I
+could only assist them by a tea-spoonful or two of wine, which I had
+carefully saved, expecting such a melancholy necessity. Among most of
+the others I observed more than a common inclination to sleep, which
+seemed to indicate that nature was almost exhausted.
+
+Served the usual allowance of bread and water at supper, breakfast, and
+dinner. Saw several gannets.
+
+At noon I observed in 8 deg. 45' S; course W N W 1/4 W, 106 miles; longitude
+made 8 deg. 23' W.
+
+[Sidenote: Tuesday 9.]
+
+Tuesday, June the 9th. Wind S E. The weather being moderate, I steered W
+by S.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789 JUNE 9.]
+
+At four in the afternoon we caught a small dolphin, the first relief of
+the kind we obtained. I issued about two ounces to each person,
+including the offals, and saved the remainder for dinner the next day.
+Towards evening the wind freshened, and it blew strong all night, so
+that we shipped much water, and suffered greatly from the wet and cold.
+At day-light, as usual, I heard much complaining, which my own feelings
+convinced me was too well founded. I gave the surgeon and Lebogue a
+little wine, but I could give no farther relief, than assurances that a
+very few days longer, at our present fine rate of sailing, would bring
+us to Timor.
+
+Gannets, boobies, men of war and tropic birds, were constantly about us.
+Served the usual allowance of bread and water, and at noon dined on the
+remains of the dolphin, which amounted to about an ounce per man. I
+observed the latitude to be 9 deg. 9' S; longitude made 10 deg. 8' W; course
+since yesterday noon S 76 deg. W; distance 107 miles.
+
+[Sidenote: Wednesday 10.]
+
+Wednesday, June the 10th. Wind E S E. Fresh gales and fair weather, but
+a continuance of much sea, which, by breaking almost constantly over the
+boat, made us miserably wet, and we had much cold to endure in the
+night.
+
+This afternoon I suffered great sickness from the oily nature of part of
+the stomach of the fish, which had fallen to my share at dinner. At
+sun-set I served an allowance of bread and water for supper. In the
+morning, after a very bad night, I could see an alteration for the worse
+in more than half my people. The usual allowance was served for
+breakfast and dinner. At noon I found our situation to be in latitude 9 deg.
+16' S; longitude from the north part of New Holland 12 deg. 1' W; course
+since yesterday noon W 1/2 S, distance 111 miles.
+
+[Sidenote: Thursday 11.]
+
+Thursday, June the 11th. Fresh gales and fair weather. Wind S E and S S
+E.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. JUNE 11.]
+
+Birds and rock-weed showed that we were not far from land; but I
+expected such signs must be here, as there are many islands between the
+east part of Timor and New Guinea. I however hoped to fall in with Timor
+every hour, for I had great apprehensions that some of my people could
+not hold out. An extreme weakness, swelled legs, hollow and ghastly
+countenances, great propensity to sleep, with an apparent debility of
+understanding, seemed to me melancholy presages of their approaching
+dissolution. The surgeon and Lebogue, in particular were most miserable
+objects. I occasionally gave them a few tea-spoonfuls of wine, out of
+the little I had saved for this dreadful stage, which no doubt greatly
+helped to support them.
+
+For my own part, a great share of spirits, with the hopes of being able
+to accomplish the voyage, seemed to be my principal support; but the
+boatswain very innocently told me, that he really thought I looked worse
+than any one in the boat. The simplicity with which he uttered such an
+opinion diverted me, and I had good humour enough to return him a better
+compliment.
+
+Every one received his 25th of a pound of bread, and quarter of a pint
+of water, at evening, morning, and noon, and an extra allowance of water
+was given to those who desired it.
+
+At noon I observed in latitude 9 deg. 41' S; course S 77 deg. W; distance 109
+miles; longitude made 13 deg. 49' W. I had little doubt of having now passed
+the meridian of the eastern part of Timor, which is laid down in 128 deg. E.
+This diffused universal joy and satisfaction.
+
+[Sidenote: Friday 12.]
+
+Friday, June the 12th. Fresh breezes and fine weather, but very hazy.
+Wind from E to S E.
+
+All the afternoon we had several gannets, and many other birds, about
+us, that indicated we were near land, and at sun-set we kept a very
+anxious look-out. In the evening we caught a booby, which I reserved for
+our dinner the next day.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. JUNE 12.]
+
+At three in the morning, with an excess of joy, we discovered Timor
+bearing from W S W to W N W, and I hauled on a wind to the N N E till
+day-light, when the land bore from S W by S about two leagues to N E by
+N seven leagues.
+
+It is not possible for me to describe the pleasure which the blessing of
+the sight of land diffused among us. It appeared scarce credible, that
+in an open boat, and so poorly provided, we should have been able to
+reach the coast of Timor in forty-one days after leaving Tofoa, having
+in that time run, by our log, a distance of 3618 miles, and that,
+notwithstanding our extreme distress, no one should have perished in the
+voyage.
+
+I have already mentioned, that I knew not where the Dutch settlement was
+situated; but I had a faint idea that it was at the S W part of the
+island. I therefore, after day-light, bore away along shore to the S S
+W, and the more readily as the wind would not suffer us to go towards
+the N E without great loss of time.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. JUNE 12.]
+
+The day gave us a most agreeable prospect of the land, which was
+interspersed with woods and lawns; the interior part mountainous, but
+the shore low. Towards noon the coast became higher, with some
+remarkable head-lands. We were greatly delighted with the general look
+of the country, which exhibited many cultivated spots and beautiful
+situations; but we could only see a few small huts, whence I concluded
+no European resided in this part of the island. Much sea ran on the
+shore, so that landing with a boat was impracticable. At noon I was
+abreast of a very high head-land; the extremes of the land bore S W 1/2
+W, and N N E 1/2 E; our distance off shore being three miles; latitude,
+by observation, 9 deg. 59' S; and my longitude, by dead reckoning, from the
+north part of New Holland, 15 deg. 6' W.
+
+With the usual allowance of bread and water for dinner, I divided the
+bird we had caught the night before, and to the surgeon and Lebogue I
+gave a little wine.
+
+[Sidenote: Saturday 13.]
+
+Saturday, June the 13th. Fresh gales at E, and E S E, with very hazy
+weather.
+
+During the afternoon, we continued our course along a low woody shore,
+with innumerable palm-trees, called the Fan Palm from the leaf spreading
+like a fan; but we had now lost all signs of cultivation, and the
+country had not so fine an appearance as it had to the eastward. This,
+however, was only a small tract, for by sun-set it improved again, and I
+saw several great smokes where the inhabitants were clearing and
+cultivating their grounds. We had now ran 25 miles to the W S W since
+noon, and were W five miles from a low point, which in the afternoon I
+imagined had been the southernmost land, and here the coast formed a
+deep bend, with low land in the bight that appeared like islands. The
+west shore was high; but from this part of the coast to the high cape
+which we were abreast of yesterday noon, the shore is low, and I believe
+shoal. I particularly remark this situation, because here the very high
+ridge of mountains, that run from the east end of the island, terminate,
+and the appearance of the country suddenly changes for the worse, as if
+it was not the same island in any respect.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. JUNE 13.]
+
+That we might not run past any settlement in the night, I determined to
+preserve my station till the morning, and therefore hove to under a
+close-reefed fore-sail, with which the boat lay very quiet. We were here
+in shoal water; our distance from the shore being half a league, the
+westernmost land in sight bearing W S W 1/2 W. Served bread and water
+for supper, and the boat lying too very well, all but the officer of the
+watch endeavoured to get a little sleep.
+
+At two in the morning, we wore, and stood in shore till day-light, when
+I found we had drifted, during the night, about three leagues to the W S
+W, the southernmost land in sight bearing W. On examining the coast, and
+not seeing any sign of a settlement, we bore away to the westward,
+having a strong gale, against a weather current, which occasioned much
+sea. The shore was high and covered with wood, but we did not run far
+before low land again formed the coast, the points of which opening at
+west, I once more fancied we were on the south part of the island; but
+at ten o'clock we found the coast again inclining towards the south,
+part of it bearing W S W 1/2 W. At the same time high land appeared from
+S W to S W by W 1/2 W; but the weather was so hazy, that it was doubtful
+whether the two lands were separated, the opening only extending one
+point of the compass. I, for this reason, stood towards the outer land,
+and found it to be the island Roti.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. JUNE 13.]
+
+I returned to the shore I had left, and in a sandy bay I brought to a
+grapnel, that I might more conveniently calculate my situation. In this
+place we saw several smokes, where the natives were clearing their
+grounds. During the little time we remained here, the master and
+carpenter very much importuned me to let them go in search of supplies;
+to which, at length, I assented; but, finding no one willing to be of
+their party, they did not choose to quit the boat. I stopped here no
+longer than for the purpose just mentioned, and we continued steering
+along shore. We had a view of a beautiful-looking country, as if formed
+by art into lawns and parks. The coast is low, and covered with woods,
+in which are innumerable fan palm-trees, that look like cocoa-nut walks.
+The interior part is high land, but very different from the more eastern
+parts of the island, where it is exceedingly mountainous, and to
+appearance the soil better.
+
+At noon, the island Roti bore S W by W seven leagues. I had no
+observation for the latitude, but, by account, we were in 10 deg. 12' S; our
+course since yesterday noon being S 77 W, 54 miles. The usual allowance
+of bread and water was served for breakfast and dinner, and to the
+surgeon and Lebogue, I gave a little wine.
+
+[Sidenote: Sunday 14.]
+
+Sunday, June the 14th. A strong gale at E S E, with hazy weather, all
+the afternoon; after which the wind became moderate.
+
+At two o'clock this afternoon, having run through a very dangerous
+breaking sea, the cause of which I attributed to a strong tide setting to
+windward, and shoal water, we discovered a spacious bay or sound, with a
+fair entrance about two or three miles wide. I now conceived hopes that
+our voyage was nearly at an end, as no place could appear more eligible
+for shipping, or more likely to be chosen for an European settlement: I
+therefore came to a grapnel near the east side of the entrance, in a
+small sandy bay, where we saw a hut, a dog, and some cattle; and I
+immediately sent the boatswain and gunner away to the hut, to discover
+the inhabitants.
+
+The S W point of the entrance bore W 1/2 S three miles; the S E point S
+by W three quarters of a mile; and the island Roti from S by W 1/4 W to
+S W 1/4 W, about five leagues.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. JUNE 14.]
+
+While we lay here I found the ebb came from the northward, and before
+our departure the falling of the tide discovered to us a reef of rocks,
+about two cables length from the shore; the whole being covered at
+high-water, renders it dangerous. On the opposite shore also appeared
+very high breakers; but there is nevertheless plenty of room, and
+certainly a safe channel for a first-rate man of war.
+
+The bay or sound within, seemed to be of a considerable extent; the
+northern part, which I had now in view, being about five leagues
+distant. Here the land made in moderate risings joined by lower grounds.
+But the island Roti, which lies to the southward, is the best mark to
+know this place.
+
+I had just time to make these remarks, when I saw the boatswain and
+gunner returning with some of the natives. I therefore no longer doubted
+of our success, and that our most sanguine expectations would be fully
+gratified. They brought five Indians, and informed me that they had
+found two families, where the women treated them with European
+politeness. From these people I learned, that the governor resided at a
+place called Coupang, which was some distance to the N E. I made signs
+for one of them to go in the boat, and show me Coupang, intimating that
+I would pay him for his trouble; the man readily complied, and came into
+the boat.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. JUNE 14.]
+
+These people were of a dark tawny colour, and had long black hair; they
+chewed a great deal of beetle, and wore a square piece of cloth round
+their hips, in the folds of which was stuck a large knife. They had a
+handkerchief wrapped round their heads, and at their shoulders hung
+another tied by the four corners, which served as a bag for their beetle
+equipage.
+
+They brought us a few pieces of dried turtle, and some ears of Indian
+corn. This last was most welcome to us; for the turtle was so hard, that
+it could not be eaten without being first soaked in hot water. Had I
+staid they would have brought us something more; but, as the pilot was
+willing, I was determined to push on. It was about half an hour past
+four when we sailed.
+
+By direction of the pilot we kept close to the east shore under all our
+sail; but as night came on, the wind died away, and we were obliged to
+try at the oars, which I was surprised to see we could use with some
+effect. However, at ten o'clock, as I found we got but little ahead, I
+came to a grapnel, and for the first time I issued double allowance of
+bread and a little wine to each person.
+
+At one o'clock in the morning, after the most happy and sweet sleep that
+ever men had, we weighed, and continued to keep the east shore on board,
+in very smooth water; when at last I found we were again open to the
+sea, the whole of the land to the westward, that we had passed, being an
+island, which the pilot called Pulo Samow. The northern entrance of this
+channel is about a mile and a half or two miles wide, and I had no
+ground at ten fathoms.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. JUNE 14.]
+
+Hearing the report of two cannon that were fired, gave new life to every
+one; and soon after we discovered two square-rigged vessels and a cutter
+at anchor to the eastward. I endeavoured to work to windward, but we
+were obliged to take to our oars again, having lost ground on each tack.
+We kept close to the shore, and continued rowing till four o'clock, when
+I brought to a grapnel, and gave another allowance of bread and wine to
+all hands. As soon as we had rested a little, we weighed again, and
+rowed till near day-light, when I came to a grapnel, off a small fort
+and town, which the pilot told me was Coupang.
+
+Among the things which the boatswain had thrown into the boat before we
+left the ship, was a bundle of signal flags that had been made for the
+boats to show the depth of water in sounding; with these I had, in the
+course of the passage, made a small jack, which I now hoisted in the
+main shrouds, as a signal of distress; for I did not choose to land
+without leave.
+
+Soon after day-break a soldier hailed me to land, which I instantly did,
+among a croud of Indians, and was agreeably surprised to meet with an
+English sailor, who belonged to one of the vessels in the road. His
+captain, he told me, was the second person in the town; I therefore
+desired to be conducted to him, as I was informed the governor was ill,
+and could not then be spoken with.
+
+Captain Spikerman received me with great humanity. I informed him of our
+miserable situation; and requested that care might be taken of those who
+were with me, without delay. On which he gave directions for their
+immediate reception at his own house, and went himself to the governor,
+to know at what time I could be permitted to see him; which was fixed to
+be at eleven o'clock.
+
+I now desired every one to come on shore, which was as much as some of
+them could do, being scarce able to walk: they, however, got at last to
+the house, and found tea with bread and butter provided for their
+breakfast.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. JUNE 14.]
+
+The abilities of a painter, perhaps, could never have been displayed to
+more advantage than in the delineation of the two groups of figures,
+which at this time presented themselves. An indifferent spectator would
+have been at a loss which most to admire; the eyes of famine sparkling
+at immediate relief, or the horror of their preservers at the sight of
+so many spectres, whose ghastly countenances, if the cause had been
+unknown, would rather have excited terror than pity. Our bodies were
+nothing but skin and bones, our limbs were full of sores, and we were
+cloathed in rags; in this condition, with the tears of joy and gratitude
+flowing down our cheeks, the people of Timor beheld us with a mixture of
+horror, surprise, and pity.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. JUNE 14.]
+
+The governor, Mr. William Adrian Van Este, notwithstanding his extreme
+ill-health, became so anxious about us, that I saw him before the
+appointed time. He received me with great affection, and gave me the
+fullest proofs that he was possessed of every feeling of a humane and
+good man. Sorry as he was, he said, that such a calamity could ever have
+happened to us, yet he considered it as the greatest blessing of his
+life that we had fallen under his protection; and, though his infirmity
+was so great that he could not do the office of a friend himself, he
+would give such orders as I might be certain would procure me every
+supply I wanted. In the mean time a house was hired for me, and, till
+matters could be properly regulated, victuals for every one were ordered
+to be dressed at his own house. With respect to my people, he said I
+might have room for them either at the hospital or on board of captain
+Spikerman's ship, which lay in the road; and he expressed much
+uneasiness that Coupang could not afford them better accommodations, the
+house assigned to me being the only one uninhabited, and the situation
+of the few families such, that they could not accommodate any one. After
+this conversation an elegant repast was set before me, more according to
+the custom of the country, than with design to alleviate my hunger: so
+that in this instance he happily blended, with common politeness, the
+greatest favour I could receive.
+
+On returning to my people, I found every kind relief had been given to
+them. The surgeon had dressed their sores, and the cleaning of their
+persons had not been less attended to, besides several friendly gifts of
+apparel.
+
+I now desired to be shewn to the house that was intended for me, and I
+found it ready, with servants to attend, and a particular one, which the
+governor had directed to be always about my person. The house consisted
+of a hall, with a room at each end, and a loft over-head; and was
+surrounded by a piazza, with an outer apartment in one corner, and a
+communication from the back part of the house to the street. I therefore
+determined, instead of separating from my people, to lodge them all with
+me; and I divided the house as follows: One room I took to myself, the
+other I allotted to the master, surgeon, Mr. Nelson, and the gunner; the
+loft to the other officers; and the outer apartment to the men. The hall
+was common to the officers, and the men had the back piazza. Of this I
+informed the governor, and he sent down chairs, tables, and benches,
+with bedding and other necessaries for the use of every one.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. JUNE 14.]
+
+The governor, when I took my leave, had desired me to acquaint him with
+every thing of which I stood in need; but I was now informed it was only
+at particular times that he had a few moments of ease, or could attend
+to any thing; being in a dying state, with an incurable disease. On this
+account, whatever business I had to transact would be with Mr. Timotheus
+Wanjon, the second of this place, and the governor's son-in-law; who now
+also was contributing every thing in his power to make our situation
+comfortable. I had been, therefore, misinformed by the seaman, who told
+me that captain Spikerman was the next person to the governor.
+
+At noon a very handsome dinner was brought to the house, which was
+sufficient to make persons, more accustomed to plenty, eat too much.
+Cautions, therefore, might be supposed to have had little effect; but I
+believe few people in such a situation would have observed more
+moderation. My greatest apprehension was, that they would eat too much
+fruit.
+
+Having seen every one enjoy this meal of plenty, I dined with Mr.
+Wanjon; but I found no extraordinary inclination to eat or drink. Rest
+and quiet, I considered, as more necessary to my doing well, and
+therefore retired to my room, which I found furnished with every
+convenience. But, instead of rest, my mind was disposed to reflect on
+our late sufferings, and on the failure of the expedition; but, above
+all, on the thanks due to Almighty God, who had given us power to
+support and bear such heavy calamities, and had enabled me at last to be
+the means of saving eighteen lives.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. JUNE 14.]
+
+In times of difficulty there will generally arise circumstances that
+bear more particularly hard on a commander. In our late situation, it
+was not the least of my distresses, to be constantly assailed with the
+melancholy demands of my people for an increase of allowance, which it
+grieved me to refuse. The necessity of observing the most rigid
+[oe]conomy in the distribution of our provisions was so evident, that I
+resisted their solicitations, and never deviated from the agreement we
+made at setting out. The consequence of this care was, that at our
+arrival we had still remaining sufficient for eleven days, at our
+scanty allowance: and if we had been so unfortunate as to have missed
+the Dutch settlement at Timor, we could have proceeded to Java, where I
+was certain every supply we wanted could be procured.
+
+Another disagreeable circumstance, to which my situation exposed me, was
+the caprice of ignorant people. Had I been incapable of acting, they
+would have carried the boat on shore as soon as we made the island of
+Timor, without considering that landing among the natives, at a distance
+from the European settlement, might have been as dangerous as among any
+other Indians.
+
+The quantity of provisions with which we left the ship, was not more
+than we should have consumed in five days, had there been no necessity
+for husbanding our stock. The mutineers must naturally have concluded
+that we could have no other place of refuge than the Friendly Islands;
+for it was not likely they should imagine, that, so poorly equipped as
+we were in every respect, there could have been a possibility of our
+attempting to return homewards: much less will they suspect that the
+account of their villany has already reached their native country.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. JUNE 14.]
+
+When I reflect how providentially our lives were saved at Tofoa, by the
+Indians delaying their attack, and that, with scarce any thing to
+support life, we crossed a sea of more than 1200 leagues, without
+shelter from the inclemency of the weather; when I reflect that in an
+open boat, with so much stormy weather, we escaped foundering, that not
+any of us were taken off by disease, that we had the great good fortune
+to pass the unfriendly natives of other countries without accident, and
+at last happily to meet with the most friendly and best of people to
+relieve our distresses; I say, when I reflect on all these wonderful
+escapes, the remembrance of such great mercies enables me to bear, with
+resignation and chearfulness, the failure of an expedition, the success
+of which I had so much at heart, and which was frustrated at a time when
+I was congratulating myself on the fairest prospect of being able to
+complete it in a manner that would fully have answered the intention of
+his Majesty, and the honourable promoters of so benevolent a plan.
+
+With respect to the preservation of our health, during a course of 16
+days of heavy and almost continual rain, I would recommend to every one
+in a similar situation the method we practised, which is to dip their
+cloaths in the salt-water, and wring them out, as often as they become
+filled with rain; it was the only resource we had, and I believe was of
+the greatest service to us, for it felt more like a change of dry
+cloaths than could well be imagined. We had occasion to do this so
+often, that at length all our cloaths were wrung to pieces: for, except
+the few days we passed on the coast of New Holland, we were continually
+wet either with rain or sea.
+
+Thus, through the assistance of Divine Providence, we surmounted the
+difficulties and distresses of a most perilous voyage, and arrived safe
+in an hospitable port, where every necessary and comfort were
+administered to us with a most liberal hand.
+
+
+[Sidenote: Timor.]
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. JULY.]
+
+As, from the great humanity and attention of the governor, and the
+gentlemen, at Coupang, we received every kind of assistance, we were not
+long without evident signs of returning health: therefore, to secure my
+arrival at Batavia, before the October fleet sailed for Europe, on the
+first of July, I purchased a small schooner; 34 feet long, for which I
+gave 1000 rix-dollars, and fitted her for sea, under the name of His
+Majesty's schooner Resource.
+
+[Sidenote: July. 20.]
+
+On the 20th of July, I had the misfortune to lose Mr. David Nelson: he
+died of an inflammatory fever. The loss of this honest man I very much
+lamented: he had accomplished, with great care and diligence, the object
+for which he was sent, and was always ready to forward every plan I
+proposed, for the good of the service we were on. He was equally useful
+in our voyage hither, in the course of which he gave me great
+satisfaction, by the patience and fortitude with which he conducted
+himself.
+
+[Sidenote: July. 21.]
+
+July 21st. This day I was employed attending the funeral of Mr. Nelson.
+The corpse was carried by twelve soldiers drest in black, preceded by
+the minister; next followed myself and second governor; then ten
+gentlemen of the town and the officers of the ships in the harbour; and
+after them my own officers and people.
+
+After reading our burial-service, the body was interred behind the
+chapel, in the burying-ground appropriated to the Europeans of the town.
+I was sorry I could get no tombstone to place over his remains.
+
+This was the second voyage Mr. Nelson had undertaken to the South Seas,
+having been sent out by Sir Joseph Banks; to collect plants, seeds, &c.
+in Captain Cook's last voyage. And now, after surmounting so many
+difficulties, and in the midst of thankfulness for his deliverance, he
+was called upon to pay the debt of nature, at a time least expected.
+
+[Sidenote: August 20.]
+
+August the 20th. After taking an affectionate leave of the hospitable
+and friendly inhabitants, I embarked, and we sailed from Coupang,
+exchanging salutes with the fort and shipping as we ran out of the
+harbour.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. AUGUST.]
+
+I left the governor, Mr. Van Este, at the point of death. To this
+gentleman our most grateful thanks are due, for the humane and friendly
+treatment that we have received from him. His ill state of health only
+prevented him from showing us more particular marks of attention.
+Unhappily, it is to his memory only that I now pay this tribute. It was
+a fortunate circumstance for us, that Mr. Wanjon, the next in place to
+the governor, was equally humane and ready to relieve us. His attention
+was unremitting, and, when there was a doubt about supplying me with
+money, on government account, to enable me to purchase a vessel, he
+chearfully took it upon himself; without which, it was evident, I should
+have been too late at Batavia to have sailed for Europe with the October
+fleet. I can only return such services by ever retaining a grateful
+remembrance of them.
+
+Mr. Max, the town surgeon, likewise behaved to us with the most
+disinterested humanity: he attended every one with the utmost care; for
+which I could not prevail on him to receive any payment, or to render me
+any account, or other answer, than that it was his duty.
+
+Coupang is situated in 10 deg. 12' S latitude, and 124 deg. 41' E longitude.
+
+[Sidenote: August 29.]
+
+On the 29th of August, I passed by the west end of the Island Flores,
+through a dangerous strait full of islands and rocks; and, having got
+into the latitude of 8 deg. S, I steered to the west, passing the islands
+Sumbawa, Lombock, and Bali, towards Java, which I saw on the 6th of
+September. I continued my course to the west, through the Straits of
+Madura.
+
+[Sidenote: September 10.]
+
+[Sidenote: Passourwang]
+
+On the 10th of September, I anchored off Passourwang, in latitude 7 deg. 36'
+S, and 1 deg. 44' W of Cape Sandana, the N E end or Java.
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. SEPTEMBER]
+
+On the 11th I sailed, and on the 13th arrived at Sourabya, latitude 7 deg.
+11' S, 1 deg. 52' west.
+
+[Sidenote: Sourabya. Crissey.]
+
+On the 17th of September, sailed from Sourabya, and the same day
+anchored at Crissey, for about two hours, and from thence I proceeded to
+Samarang. Latitude of Crissey 7 deg. 9' S, 1 deg. 55' west.
+
+[Sidenote: Samarang.]
+
+[Sidenote: Batavia.]
+
+On the 22nd of September, anchored at Samarang; latitude 6 deg. 54' S; 4 deg. 7'
+W. And on the 26th I sailed for Batavia, where I arrived on the 1st of
+October. Latitude 6 deg. 10' S; 8 deg. 12' W from the east end of Java.
+
+On the day after my arrival, having gone through some fatigue in
+adjusting matters to get my people out of the schooner, as she lay in
+the river, and in an unhealthy situation, I was seized with a violent
+fever.
+
+On the 7th, I was carried into the country, to the physician-general's
+house, where, the governor-general informed me, I should be accommodated
+with every attendance and convenience; and to this only can I attribute
+my recovery. It was, however, necessary for me to quit Batavia without
+delay; and the governor, on that account, gave me leave, with two
+others, to go in a packet that was to sail before the fleet; and assured
+me, that those who remained should be sent after me by the fleet, which
+was to sail before the end of the month: that if I remained, which would
+be highly hazardous, he could not send us all in one ship. My sailing,
+therefore, was eligible, even if it had not been necessary for my
+health; and for that reason I embarked in the Vlydt packet, which sailed
+on the 16th of October.
+
+[Sidenote: Cape of Good Hope.]
+
+[Sidenote: 1789. DECEMBER.]
+
+On the 16th of December, I arrived at the Cape of Good Hope where I
+first observed that my usual health was returning; but for a long time
+I continued very weak and infirm.
+
+I received the greatest attention and politeness from the
+governor-general, and all the residents on the coast of Java; and
+particular marks of friendship and regard from the governor, M. Van de
+Graaf, at the Cape of Good Hope.
+
+On the 2d of January, 1790, we sailed for Europe, and on the 14th of
+March, I was landed at Portsmouth by an Isle of Wight boat.
+
+
+FINIS.
+
+
+
+
+
+End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of A Narrative Of The Mutiny, On Board
+His Majesty's Ship Bounty; And The Subsequent Voyage Of Part Of The Crew, In The Ship's Boat, by William Bligh
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK MUTINY OF THE BOUNTY ***
+
+***** This file should be named 20337.txt or 20337.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+        http://www.gutenberg.org/2/0/3/3/20337/
+
+Produced by Chuck Greif, V. L. Simpson and the Online
+Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net. (This
+file was produced from images generously made available
+by the Posner Memorial Collection
+(http://posnet.library.cmu.edu/Posner/)).
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties.  Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark.  Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission.  If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy.  You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research.  They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks.  Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+http://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1.  General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A.  By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement.  If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B.  "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark.  It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement.  There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement.  See
+paragraph 1.C below.  There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.  See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C.  The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works.  Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States.  If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed.  Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work.  You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D.  The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work.  Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change.  If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work.  The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E.  Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1.  The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges.  If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder.  Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4.  Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5.  Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6.  You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form.  However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form.  Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7.  Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8.  You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+     the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+     you already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  The fee is
+     owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+     has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+     Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.  Royalty payments
+     must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+     prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+     returns.  Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+     sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+     address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+     the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+     you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+     does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+     License.  You must require such a user to return or
+     destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+     and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+     Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+     money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+     electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+     of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+     distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9.  If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark.  Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1.  Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection.  Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2.  LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees.  YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3.  YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3.  LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from.  If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation.  The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund.  If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund.  If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4.  Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5.  Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6.  INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section  2.  Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers.  It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come.  In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3.  Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service.  The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541.  Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+http://pglaf.org/fundraising.  Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations.  Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org.  Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at http://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+     Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+     Chief Executive and Director
+     gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4.  Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment.  Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States.  Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements.  We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance.  To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit http://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States.  U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses.  Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
+To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5.  General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone.  For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+     http://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
diff --git a/20337.zip b/20337.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2433981
--- /dev/null
+++ b/20337.zip
diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6312041
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LICENSE.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements,
+metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be
+in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES.
+
+Procedures for determining public domain status are described in
+the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org.
+
+No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in
+jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize
+this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright
+status under the laws that apply to them.
diff --git a/README.md b/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..52db48b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for
+eBook #20337 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/20337)